A76XX Series_

AT Command Manual
LTE Module

SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

SIMCom Headquarters Building, Building 3, No. 289 Linhong
Road, Changning District, Shanghai P.R. China
Tel: 86-21-31575100
[email protected]
www.simcom.com
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Document Title: A76XX Series_AT Command Manual

Version: 1.11
Date: 2023.12.07
Status: Released

GENERAL NOTES

SIMCOM OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS, TO SUPPORT

APPLICATION AND ENGINEERING EFFORTS THAT USE THE PRODUCTS DESIGNED BY SIMCOM.
THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED UPON REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO
SIMCOM BY THE CUSTOMERS. SIMCOM HAS NOT UNDERTAKEN ANY INDEPENDENT SEARCH
FOR ADDITIONAL RELEVANT INFORMATION, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT MAY BE IN THE
CUSTOMER’S POSSESSION. FURTHERMORE, SYSTEM VALIDATION OF THIS PRODUCT
DESIGNED BY SIMCOM WITHIN A LARGER ELECTRONIC SYSTEM REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY
OF THE CUSTOMER OR THE CUSTOMER’S SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. ALL SPECIFICATIONS
SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.

COPYRIGHT

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY

OF SIMCOM WIRELESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED COPYING, TO OTHERS AND USING THIS DOCUMENT,
ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY BY SIMCOM. OFFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO THE
PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATIONS. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BY SIMCOM IN THE PROPRIETARY
TECHNICAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REGISTRATION GRANTING OF A
PATENT, A UTILITY MODEL OR DESIGN. ALL SPECIFICATION SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AT ANY TIME.

SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited

SIMCom Headquarters Building, Building 3, No. 289 Linhong Road, Changning District, Shanghai P.R.
China
Tel: +86 21 31575100
Email: [email protected]

For more information, please visit:

https://www.simcom.com/technical_files.html

For technical support, or to report documentation errors, please visit:

https://www.simcom.com/online_questions.html or email to: [email protected]

Copyright © 2023 SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited All Rights Reserved.

www.simcom.com 1 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Version History

Version Date Chapter Description

V1.00 2019.5.15 New version
5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ
2019.5.20 Modify these commands
5.2.10 AT+CGEQMIN
9.2.9 AT+CNMI
2019.5.22 14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Modify these commands
14.2.3 AT+CNTP
2.2.15 AT&W
2019.6.5 Modify these commands
2.2.16 ATZ
2.2.10 AT&V
9.2.4 AT+CSCA
9.2.6 AT+CSMP
8.2.4 AT+CPBW
2019.6.17 Modify these commands
8.2.5 AT+CNUM
5.2.14 AT+CGCLASS
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV
14.2.3 AT+CNTP
8.2.5 AT+CNUM
2019.7.8 Modify these commands
14.2.3 AT+CNTP
V1.01 2019.8.9 5.2.17 AT+CPING Add this command
2.2.8 ATI
2.2.14 ATX
2.2.18 AT+CGMM
2.2.19 AT+CGMR
4.2.2 AT+COPS
5.2.4 AT+CGACT
2019.8.9 5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT Modify these commands
5.2.7 AT+CGTFT
5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ
5.2.11 AT+CGEQMIN
12.2.1 AT+FSCD
13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX
13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX
2019.12.11 4.2.2 AT+COPS Modify this command
2019.12.25 8.2.5 AT+CNUM Modify this command
2020.1.7 4.2.7 AT+CNMP Modify this command
2020.3.6 5.2.11 AT+CGEQMIN Modify this command

www.simcom.com 2 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2020.3.11 4.2.7 AT+CNMP Modify this command

15 AT Commands for TCPIP
16 AT Commands for HTTP(S)
17 AT Commands for FTP(S)
Add Chapter
18 AT Commands for MQTT(S)
2020.3.23 15/16/17/18/19/21/22/23 and
19 AT Commands for SSL
reconstruct the chapters
20 AT Commands for TTS
21 AT Commands for AMR
22 AT Commands for SFOTA
Add Chapter 7 and reconstruct
2020.4.1 7 AT Commands for Call Control
the chapters
2020.4.10 8.2.5 AT+CNUM Modify this command
2020.4.20 5.2.7 AT+CGTFT Modify this command
2020.4.20 5.2.1 AT+CGREG Modify this command
4.2.2 AT+COPS
4.2.3 AT+CUSD
4.2.4 AT+CSSN
2020.4.20 4.2.7 AT+CNMP Modify these commands
4.2.10 AT+CNSMOD
4.2.11 AT+CTZU
4.2.12 AT+CTZR
18.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ
18.2.8 AT+CMQTTCONNECT
18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC
18.2.10 AT+CMQTTTOPIC
2020.4.26 Modify these commands
18.2.11 AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD
18.2.14 AT+CMQTTSUB
18.2.16 AT+CMQTTUNSUB
18.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG
12.2.5 AT+FSDEL
12.2.6 AT+FSRENAME
2020.4.26 Modify these commands
12.2.8 AT+FSMEM
12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY
2020.4.26 10.2.10 AT+CFGRI Modify this command
2020.4.26 10.2.11 AT+CURCD Modify this command
2020.4.26 21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Modify this command
2020.4.27 3.2.4 AT+CSQDELTA Modify this command
12 AT Commands for File System
2020.4.16 Add Notes to these chapters
13AT Commands for File Transmission
10.2.10 AT+CFGRI
17.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP
17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD
2020.4.29 Modify these commands
17.2.14 AT+CFTPSPUT
17.2.15 AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP
17.2.17 AT+FTPSTYPE
www.simcom.com 3 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY
2020.5.6 Modify these commands
21.2.2 AT+CCMXSTOP
12.2 Detailed Description of AT
2020.5.8 Add description to this section
Commands for File System
3.2.1 AT+CFUN
3.2.3 AT+AUTOCSQ
3.2 4 AT+CSQDELTA
3.3.10 AT+CCLK
3.3.11 AT+CMEE
4.2.7 AT+CNMP
4.2.9 AT+CPSI
5.2.2 AT+CEREG
5.2.3 AT+CGATT
2020.5.11 5.2.4 AT+CGACT Modify these commands
5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT
5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT
5.2.8 AT+CGQREQ
5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ
5.2.10 AT+CGQMIN
5.2.11 AT+CGEQMIN
5.2.15 AT+CGEREP
5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH
8.2.5 AT+CNUM
2.2.5 ATS0
2.2.21 AT+CSCS
6.2.4 AT+CPWD
2020.5.12 Modify these commands
6.2.7 AT+CRSM
19.2.2 AT+CCERTDOWN
19.2.12 AT+CCHOPEN
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV
14.2.2 AT+CHTPUPDATE
2020.5.13 Modify these commands
14.2.3 AT+CNTP
18.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART
2.2.5 ATS0
9.2.1 AT+CSMS
9.2.2 AT+CPMS
9.2.3 AT+CMGF
9.2.5 AT+CSCB
9.2.7 AT+CSDH
2020.5.18 Modify these commands
9.2.9 AT+CNMI
9.2.10 AT+CGSMS
9.2.11 AT+CMGL
9.2.12 AT+CMGR
9.2.13 AT+CMGS
9.2.14 AT+CMSS

www.simcom.com 4 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.15 AT+CMGW
9.2.16 AT+CMGD
9.2.18 AT+CMVP
9.2.19 AT+CMGRD
8.2.1 AT+CPBS
2020.5.19 8.2.2 AT+CPBR Modify these commands
8.2.4 AT+CPBW
6.2.11 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON
.2020.5.19 Add these commands
6.2.11 AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL
2020.5.20 18 AT Commands for MQTT(S) Modify this chapter
3.2.11 AT+CMEE
4.2.4 AT+CSSN
4.2.6 AT+COPN
5.2.7 AT+CGTFT
2020.5.20 5.2.15 AT+CGEREP Modify these commands
5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH
5.2.17 AT+CGPIN
8.2.5 AT+CNUM
17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE
15.2.1 AT+NETOPEN
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET
2020.5.22 15.2.8 AT+CIPHEAD Modify these commands
15.2.9 AT+CIPSRIP
15.2.10 AT+CIPMODE
15.2.11 AT+CIPSENDMODE
2020.5.26 21.AT Commands for Audio Modify this chapter
2020.5.26 22.2.3 AT+CREC Add this command
2020.5.27 17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE Modify this command
5.2.1 AT+CGREG
2020.5.28 Modify these commands
5.2.2 AT+CEREG
6.2.2 AT+CPIN
2020.5.29 6.2.3 AT+CLCK Modify these commands
6.2.4 AT+CPWD
12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY
2020.5.29 13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX Modify these commands
13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX
2020.5.29 18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC Modify this command
3.2.1 AT+CFUN
3.2.2 AT+CSQ
3.2.3 AT+AUTOCSQ
2020.6.1 4.2.1 AT+CREG Modify these commands
4.2.3 AT+CUSD
4.2.5 AT+CPOL
4.2.11 AT+CTZU

www.simcom.com 5 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

4.2.12 AT+CTZR
9.2.1 AT+CSMS
9.2.5 AT+CSCB
9.2.7 AT+CSDH
9.2.8 AT+CNMA
2020.6.1 9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Modify these commands
9.2.11 AT+CMGL
9.2.13 AT+CMGS
9.2.16 AT+CMGD
9.2.18 AT+CMVP
2020.6.2 21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Modify this command
11.2.1 AT+CVALARM
11.2.2 AT+CVAUXS
11.2.3 AT+CVAUXV
2020.6.3 11.2.6 AT+CMTE Modify these commands
11.2.7 AT+CPMVT
11.2.8 AT+CRIIC
11.2.10 AT+CBC
4.2.11 AT+CTZU
5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT
2020.6.3 Modify these commands
5.2.17 AT+CPING
8.2.2 AT+CPBR
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
2020.6.3 Modify these commands
16.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE
12.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR
12.2.4 AT+FSLS
2020.6.4 12.2.8 AT+FSMEM Modify these commands
12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY
13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX
5.2.13 AT+CGPADDR
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
2020.6.10 Modify these commands
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE
15.2.9 AT+CIPSRI
2020.6.19 All
2020.6.28 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify this command
2020.6.28 17.2.14 AT+CFTPSPUT Modify this command
2020.6.28 23.3 Summary of CME ERROR codes Modify this section
2020.6.29 17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE Modify this command
2020.6.29 19.2.7 AT+CCHSTART Modify this command
V1.02
2020.7.1 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify this command
9.1Overview of AT Commands for
2020.7.2 Modify this section
SMS
2020.7.6 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify this command
2020.7.10 23 AT Commands for GPS Add this chapter

www.simcom.com 6 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

10.2.2 AT&C
7.2.10 AT+CLIP
7.2.12 AT+COLP
2020.7.10 2.2.11 ATV Modify these commands
2.2.13 ATQ
2.2.14 ATX
2.2.21 AT+CSCS
21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY
2020.7.15 Modify these commands
21.2.3 AT+CREC
2020.7.21 16.2.8 AT+HTTPREAD Modify this command
12.2.1 AT+FSCD
12.2.2 AT+FSMKDIR
12.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR
13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX
13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX
3.2.10 AT+CCLK
5.2.2 AT+CEREG
5.2.4 AT+CGACT
4.2.6 AT+COPN
4.2.4 AT+CSSN
18.2.7 AT+CMQTTWILLMSG
5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH
3.2.2 AT+CSQ
3.2.3 AT+AUTOCSQ
3.2.5 AT+CPOF
3.2.6 AT+CRESET
3.2.7 AT+CACM
2020.8.11 15.2.7 AT+IPADDR Modify these commands
15.2.10 AT+CIPMODE
3.2.12 AT+CPAS
15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE
15.2.15 AT+SERVERSTOP
15.2.16 AT+CIPACK
18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC
18.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC
4.2.2 AT+CGDCONT
3.2.8 AT+CAMM
3.2.9 AT+CPUC
5.2.4 AT+CGACT
4.2.2 AT+COPS
5.2.15 AT+CGEREP
10.2.3 AT+IPR

www.simcom.com 7 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

10.2.4 AT+IPREX
10.2.10 AT+CFGRI
23.2.8 AT+CGNSSNMEA
23.2.9 AT+CGPSNMEARATE
23.2.13 AT+CGNSSCMD
6.2.4 AT+CPWD
4.2.3 AT+CUSD
10.2.2 AT&C
3.2.12 AT+CPAS
7.2.20 AT+CMICGAIN
7.2.13 AT+VTS
7.2.14 AT+VTD
18.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART
18.2.5 AT+CMQTTSSLCFG
13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX
13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX
23 AT Commands for GNSS
5.2.8 AT+CGQREQ
5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT
20.2.1 AT+CTTS
20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM
7.2.20 AT+CMICGAIN
7.2.20 AT+COUTGAIN
19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG
5.2.17 AT+CPING
15.2.17 AT+CDNSGIP
15.2.16 AT+CIPACK
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE
23.2.1 AT+CGNSSPWR
23.2.2 AT+CGPSCOLD
23.2.4 AT+HOT
2020.8.11 Add these commands
4.2.9 AT+CPSI
5.2.7 AT+CGTFT
5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT
2020.8.13 23.2.10 AT+CGPSFTM Modify this command
4.2.7 AT+CNMP
2020.8.14 Modify these commands
9.2.2 AT+CPMS
2020.8.18 23.2.5 AT+CCONFSAVE Delete this command
2020.8.18 15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Add a note
2020.8.19 20.2.1 AT+CTTS Modify this command
24.1 Overview of AT Commands for
GNSS
2020.8.19 24.2.5 AT+CGNSSIPR Modify these sections
24.2.7 AT+CGNSSNMEA
24.2.8 AT+CGPSNMEARATE

www.simcom.com 8 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5.2.7 AT+CGTFT
2020.8.21 Modify these commands
5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT
2020.8.24 20.2.9 AT+CTTSPARAM Modify this command
2020.8.25 22 AT Commands for FOTA Add this chapter
2020.8.25 5.2.4 AT+CGACT Modify this command
7.2.5 AT+CRC
2020.8.25 Modify these commands
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX
3.2.13 AT+SIMEI
2020.8.31 Modify these commands
16.6.26 AT+HTTPREAD
2020.9.1 25 AT Commands for WIFI Add this chapter
2020.9.1 19.2.11 AT+CCHCFG Modify this command
2020.9.2 16.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA Modify this command
17.4 Summary of Unsolicited Result
2020.9.2 Add this section
Codes
10.2.3 AT+IPR
2020.9.2 Delete these commands
10.2.4 AT+IPREX
2020.9.3 5.2.13 AT+CGPADDR Modify this command
2020.9.4 12.2.7 AT+FSATTRI Modify this command
4.2.4 AT+CSSN
2020.9.7 Modify these commands
4.2.8 AT+CNBP
2020.9.8 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify this command
2020.9.11 22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Add this command
11.2.8 AT+CWIIC
2020.9.11 Modify these commands
11.2.8 AT+CRIIC

7.2.4 AT+CRLP
7.2.20 AT+CMICGAIN
7.2.21 AT+COUTGAIN
2.2.3 ATA
2020.9.14 Modify these commands
5.2.4 AT+CGACT
9.2.8 AT+CNMA
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX
2.2.14 ATX
9.2.5 AT+CSCB
2020.9.15 Modify these commands
9.2.16 AT+CMGD
2020.9.16 22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Modify this command
2020.9.25 20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Modify this command
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
2020.9.25 Modify these commands
14.2.1 AT+HTPSERV
2020.9.29 24.2.13 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Add this command
16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD
2020.10.10 Modify these commands
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
2020.10.15 18.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Modify this command
2020.10.20 16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Modify these command
www.simcom.com 9 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

18.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG
2020.10.21 25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX Add this command
2020.10.29 12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY Modify this command
2020.10.30 2.2.1 A/ Delete this command
2020.11.2 11.2.15 Unsolicited result codes Modify this section
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
5.2.17 AT+CPING
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
4.2.2 AT+COPS
4.2.8 AT+CNBP
7.2.8 AT+CCWA
7.2.2 AT+CHUP
7.2.11 AT+CLIR
2020.11.2 22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Modify these commands
11.2.7 AT+CPMVT
5.2.14 AT+CGCLASS
15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE
15.2.16 AT+CIPACK
15.2.17 AT+CDNSGIP
23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA
18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC
19.2.13 AT+CCHCLOSE
10.2.6 AT+IFC
24.2.5 AT+CGNSSIPR
24.2.6 AT+CGNSSMODE
24.2.10 AT+CGPSINFO
2020.11.3 25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN Modify these commands
25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
20.2.1 AT+CTTS
22.2.1 AT+CFOTA
19.2.2 AT+CCERTDOWN
24.2.13 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH
17.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN
17.2.12 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE
17.2.17 AT+CFTPSTYPE
17.2.18 AT+CFTPSSLCFG
21.2.3 AT+CREC
2020.11.7 Modify these commands
20.2.1 AT+CTTS
20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM
21.1 AT Commands for Audio
15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND
24.2.1 AT+CGNSSPWR

www.simcom.com 10 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7.2.12 AT+COLP
7.2.11 AT+CLIR
3.3.7 AT+CACM
3.3.8 AT+CAMM
4.2.9 AT+CPSI
5.2.14 AT+CGCLASS
15.2.15 AT+SERVERSTOP
24.2.13 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH
15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN
2020.11.13 Add these commands
24.2.14 AT+CAGPS
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
8.2.1 AT+CPBS
7.2.11 AT+VTS
7.2.12 AT+COLP
7.2.11 AT+CLIP
10.2.5 AT+ICF
2020.11.13 9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX Modify these commands
6.2.3 AT+CLCK
6.2.4 AT+CPWD
23.2.1 AT+CAPFOTA
17.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP
9.2.9 AT+CNMI
9.2.12 AT+CMGR
6.2.7 AT+CRSM
24.2.13 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH
17.2.12 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE
17.2.18 AT+CFTPSSLCFG
20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM
2020.11.15 Modify these commands
4.2.9 AT+CPSI
15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET
9.2.12 AT+CMGR
3.2.10 AT+CCLK
9.2.8 AT+CNMA
16.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION
16.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE
15.2.14 AT+SERVERSTART
2020.11.16 5.2.1 AT+CGREG Modify these commands
4.2.7 AT+CNMP
2.2.1 ATD
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
3.2.4 AT+CSQDELTA
3.2.10 AT+CCLK
V1.03

www.simcom.com 11 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

24.2.7 AT+CGNSSNMEA
2020.11.25 Modify these commands
10.2.6 AT+IFC
7.2.13 AT+VTS
2020.11.30 7.2.3 AT+CBST Modify these commands
6.2.3 AT+CLCK
7.2.3 AT+CRLP
2020.12.1 2.2.2 ATA Modify these commands
4.2.3 AT+CUSD
2020.12.3 6.2.3 AT+CLCK Modify this command
2020.12.4 16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD Modify this command
2020.12.7 10.2.10 AT+CFGRI Modify this command
2020.12.14 24.2.13 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Modify this command

4.2.3 AT+CUSD
2020.12.21 7.2.3 AT+CBST Modify these commands
10.2.11 AT+CURCD
2020.12.22 20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Modify this command
1.4 Definitions and Conventions
2020.12.28 26.2 Response String of AT+CEER Modify these sections
26.3 Summary of CME ERROR Codes
9.2.1 AT+CSMS
9.2.2 AT+CPMS
2020.12.28 Modify these commands
7.2.13 AT+VTS
4.2.11 AT+CTZU
2020.12.31 20.2.3 AT+CDTAM Add this command
2020.12.31 21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Modify this command
4.2.1 AT+CREG
4.2.4 AT+CSSN
2021.1.7 Modify these commands
4.2.9 AT+CPSI
5.2.15 AT+CGEREP
2021.1.8 18.2.8 AT+CMQTTCONNECT Modify this command
2021.1.12 7.2.9 AT+CCFC Modify this command
11.2.5 AT+CADC2
2021.1.14 Modify these commands
7.2.21 AT+COUTGAIN
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX
15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN
2021.1.15 Modify these commands
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE
5.2.8 AT+CGQREQ
11.2.7 AT+CPMVT
8.2.4 AT+CPBW
9.2.5 AT+CSCB
2021.1.29 Modify these commands
9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX
9.2.6 AT+CSMP
21.2.3 AT+CREC

www.simcom.com 12 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

All Add support on A7678 Series

3.2.10 AT+CCLK
Modify these commands
2021.2.3 7.2.12 AT+COLP
modify this chapter for A7678
24 AT Commands for GNSS
Series
2021.3.12 18.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Modify this command
12.2Detailed Description of AT
2021.2.4 Modify this command
Commands for File System
2021.3.5 14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Modify this command
11.2.7AT+CPMVT Low and high
voltage Power Off
4.2.2 AT+COPS Operator selection
15.2.6AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or
2021.3.16 UDP Socket Modify this command
9.2.15AT+CMGW Write message to
memory
14.2.3AT+CNTP rectify parameter
range
13.2.3AT+CFTRXBUF
13.1 AT+CFTRANRX
2021.3.10 Add this command
13.1 AT+CFTRANTX
13.1 AT+CFTRXBUF

4.2.4 AT+CSSN
25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN
2021.3.26 Modify this command
25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX
2.2.9 AT&V

2021.3.29 14.2.3 AT+CCLK Modify this command

5.2.2AT+CEREG EPS network
2021.3.30 Modify this command
registration status
9.2.18AT+CMVP Set message valid
2021.3.30 Modify this command
period
9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Select service for
2021.3.30 Modify this command
MO SMS messages
2021.3.30 10.2.7 AT+CSCLK Modify this command
2021.3.30 15.2.8 AT+CSOCKSETPN Modify this command
2021.3.30 22.2.1AT+CFOTA Modify this command
2021.3.31 9.2.16 AT+CMGD Modify this command
2021.3.31 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify this command
2021.4.1 26 Added Ble At Add this chapter
2021.4.14 25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX Modify this command
2021.4.22 7.2.3 AT+CBST Modify this command

www.simcom.com 13 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.19 +BLESRREQ
2021.4.22 26.2.20 +BLESWREQ Add this command
26.2.21 +BLESCON
26.2.9 AT+BLESLSTART
2021.4.22 Modify this command
26.2.11 AT+BLEADV
2021.4.27 20.2.3 AT+CDTAM Modify this command
16.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT
16.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD
16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD
2021.4.27 Add there Test commands
16.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA
17.2.1 AT+CFTPSSTART
17.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP
17.2.5 AT+CFTPSLIST
17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD
26.2.1 AT+BLESREG
2021.4.28 Modify this command
26.2.21 +BLESCONN
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
2021.4.28 Modify this command
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE

2021.4.29 20.2.1 AT+CTTS Modify this command

2021.4.30 9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX Modify this command

2.2.4ATS0 Automatic answer incoming

call
2021.4.30 Modify the word
22.3 Unsolicited Result Codes
16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD

2021.5.7 23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA Modify the word

2021.5.8 11.2.7 AT+CPMVT Modify the word

2021.5.10 21.2.2 AT+CCMXSTOP Modify this command

17.2.14 AT+CFTPSPUT
26.2.1 AT+BLEPOWER
2021.5.10 Modify this command
26.2.10 AT+BLESSCRM
26.2.12 AT+BLESSDRM
26.2.1 AT+BLEPOWER
26.2.5 AT+BLESREG
2021.5.13 Modify this command
26.2.7 AT+BLESSAD
26.2.9 AT+BLESSCAD

www.simcom.com 14 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.11 AT+BLESSDAD

7.2.11 AT+CLIR
2021.5.14 Modify these commands
7.2.12 AT+COLP

2021.5.17 14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Modify the word

9.2.15 AT+CMGW
2021.5.18 Modify these commands
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX
26.2.2 AT+BLESTATUS
26.2.3 AT+BLEHOST
26.2.4 AT+BLEADDRESS
26.2.5 AT+BLESREG
26.2.6 AT+BLESDREG
2021.5.19 Modify these commands
10.2.10AT+CFGRI
24.2.6AT+CGNSSIPR
24.2.9AT+CGPSNMEARATE
24.2.7 AT+CGNSSMODE
21.2.3 AT+CREC

2021.5.31 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify this commands

12.1Overview of AT Commands for Modify the length of actual fully

2021.6.1
File System qualified names

2021.6.1 12.2.6 AT+FSRENAME Delete the Note

5.2.4 AT+CGACT
2021.6.2 Modify these commands
7.2.12 AT+COLP
6.2.12 AT+SWITCHSIM
2021.6.16 6.2.13 AT+DUALSIM Add these commands
6.2.14 AT+BINDSIM

2021.6.17 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify this commands

2021.6.29 22.2.1AT+CFOTA Modify URC report

2.2.1 ATD
2.2.2 ATA
2.2.3 ATH
2021.6.29 7.2.2 AT+CHUP Modify these commands
7.2.11 AT+CLIR
7.2.12 AT+COLP
7.2.15 AT+CSTA

www.simcom.com 15 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2021.6.29 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify comment

4.2.1 AT+CREG
2021.6.30 5.2.1 AT+CGREG Add state
5.2.2 AT+CEREG
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV
2021.6.30 17.2Overview of AT Commands for Modify parameter
FTP.

2021.6.30 20.2.1 AT+CTTS Modify comment

2021.7.7 21.2.3 AT+CREC Modify comment

2021.7.8 24.2.6 AT+CGNSSIPR Add notes

15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Modify comment

2021.7.13
21.2.3 AT+CREC
6.2.12 AT+SWITCHSIM
2021.7.13 6.2.13 AT+DUALSIM Modify these commands
6.2.14 AT+BINDSIM
7.2.7 AT+CEER
7.2.13 AT+VTS
2021.7.19 Modify these commands
7.2.15 AT+CSTA
7.2.16 AT+CMOD
16.2.5AT+HTTPHEAD
16.2.6AT+HTTPREAD
2021.7.23 Modify these commands
16.2.7AT+HTTPDATA
16.2.8AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
V1.04 17.2.5 AT+CFTPSLIST
2021.7.23 Modify comment
17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE
15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE
15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN
24.2.3 AT+CGPSCOLD
2021.7.28 24.2.4 AT+CGPSWARM Modify these commands
24.2.5 AT+CGPSHOT
25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN
25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX

2021.7.28 24.2.16 AT+CGNSSPROD Add this command

14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV
2021.7.29 11.2.1 AT+CVALARM Modify these comment
11.2.7 AT+CPMVT

2021.7.30 4.2.11 AT+CTZU Modify comment

www.simcom.com 16 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

24.2.2 AT+CGNSSTST
2021.7.30 Modify these commands
10.2.11 AT+CURCD

17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD
2021.8.11 Modify these commands
17.2.10 AT+CFPSDELE

2021.8.13 18.2.2 AT+CMQTTSTOP Modify command

2021.8.16 6.2.10 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Modify command

2021.8.18 27.2.1 AT+CTBURST Add this command

2021.8.19 17.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Add read command
25.2.1AT+CWSTASCAN
2021.8.23 3.2.7 AT+CACM Change the font
3.2.8AT+CAMM

2021.8.24 3.2.2 AT+CSQ Change the defined values

18.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL
2021.8.27 Modify command
18.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN
2021.8.27 Modify command
16.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION
5.2.1 AT+CGREG Network
registration status
2021.9.1 5.2.2 AT+CEREG EPS network Modify command
V1.05
registration status

2021.9.1 15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Modify command

17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD
2021.9.2 Modify command
17.4 Unsolicited Result codes

19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG
2021.9.3 Modify command
19.2.15 AT+CCHRECV
17.2.6 AT+CFTPSMKD
17.2.7 AT+CFTPSRMD
17.2.8 AT+CFTPSCWD
2021.9.8 17.2.10AT+CFTPSDELE Modify command
17.2.11AT+CFTPSGETFILE
17.2.12AT+CFTPSPUTFILE
17.2.13AT+CFTPSGET

2021.9.9 19.2.2 AT+CCERTDOWN Modify command

2021.9.23 11.2.7 AT+CPMVT Modify command

www.simcom.com 17 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX
2021.9.27 Modify command
13.2.3 AT+CFTRXBUF

9.2.16 AT+CMGD
2021.9.27 Modify these commands
24.2.1 AT+CGNSSPWR

18.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ
2021.9.28 Modify command
18.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL

2021.9.29 17.2.15 AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Modify command

2021.9.29 10.2.6 AT+IFC Modify command

2021.9.29 5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ Modify command

2021.9.29 11.2.9 AT+CWIIC Modify command

2021.10.8 15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Modify command

2021.10.8 15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Modify command

2021.10.8 15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET Modify command

2021.10.9 19.4 Unsolicited Result Codes Add URC

2021.10.18 17.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Modify command

2021.10.27 12.2.4 AT+FSLS Modify command

2021.10.27 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify command

6.2.12 AT+SWITCHSIM
2021.10.29 Modify commands
6.2.13 AT+DUALSIM
18.2.14 AT+CMQTTSUB
2021.11.3 Modify commands
18.2.8 AT+CMQTTCONNECT
11.2.2 AT+CVAUXS
2021.11.9 Modify commands
V1.06 11.2.2 AT+CVAUXV

2021.11.11 15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Modify commands

2021.11.15 6.2.6 AT+CSIM Modify commands

2021.11.17 12.2.5 AT+FSRENAME Add Notes

2021.11.19 4.2.11 AT+CTZU Modify commands

2021.11.22 3.2.13 AT+SIMEI Add Notes

2021.11.25 10.2.10 AT+CFGRI Modify commands

V1.07 2021.11.23 15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Modify commands

www.simcom.com 18 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2021.11.26 15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE Modify commands

Modify the comment of this

2021.11.29 24.2.12 AT+CGNSSINFO
command.
Modify the note of this
2021.12.01 12.2.6 AT+FSRENAME
command.
11.2.2 AT+CVAUXS Modify the note of this
2021.12.02
11.2.3 AT+CVAUXV command.
29 AT Commands for WEBSOCKET
2021.12.02 Add command

2021.12.02 15.2.7 AT+IPADDR Modify commands

2021.12.03 21.2.4 AT+CRTSWITCH Add command

2021.12.08 25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCNA Modify commands

2021.12.09 11.2.7 AT+CPMVT Modify commands

2021.12.13 15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Modify commands

2021.12.13 27.3.1 AT+CTBURST Modify the command description

2021.12.13 14.2.3 AT+CNTP Modify examples

Modify the comment of this

2021.12.13 4.2.12 AT+CTZR
command.
Modify the comment of this
2021.12.14 20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM
command.
Modify the comment of this
2021.12.14 15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
command.
Modify the comment of this
2021.12.16 19.2.15 AT+CCHRECV
command.
Modify the comment of this
2021.12.22 9.2.17 AT+CGSMS
command.

2021.12.23 4.2.10 AT+CPSITD Add command

30.2.1 AT+LWSTART
30.2.2 AT+LWSTOP
30.2.3 AT+LWCNF
30.2.4 AT+LWOPEN
30.2.5 AT+LWCLOSE
2021.12.24 30.2.6 AT+LWADDOBJ Add command
30.2.7 AT+LWDELOBJ
30.2.8 AT+LWREADRSP
30.2.9 AT+LWWRITERSP
30.2.10 AT+LWEXECUTERSP
12.2.10 AT+FSPRESET

www.simcom.com 19 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Modify the comment of this

2021.12.31 15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
command.
Modify the comment of this
2021.12.31 9.2.5 AT+CSCB
command.

2022.01.11 25.2.3 AT+CWSTASCANSYN Add the command.

Modify the comment of this

2022.01.12 15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET
command.

2022.01.14 15.2.19 AT+CTCPKA Add the commands

18.1 Overview of AT Commands for

Modify the comment of this
2022.1.21 MQTT(S)
command.

27.2 Detailed Description of AT Modify this chapter

2022.1.21
Commands for CTBURST(CAT4)
8.2.4 AT+CPBW Write phonebook
Modify this command
2022.1.21 entry

6.2.15 AT+CENPRX Enable SIM2

2022.1.25 Add the command
URC prefix
15.2.20 AT+CDNSCFG
2022.02.11 Add these commands
15.2.21 AT+CSOC

2022.02.17 9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX Modify this command

2022.02.21 4.2.8 AT+CNBP Modify this command

2022.02.25 21.2.5 AT+CRINGSET Add this command

2022.03.03 4.2.1 AT+CREG Modify this command

6.1.26 AT+DUALSIMURC Dual card

2022.03.04 reporting control Add the command

2022.03.09 4.2.10 AT+CPSI Modify this command

2022.03.17 25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX Modify font color

2022.03.22 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify this command

18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC
2022.3.23 Modify this command
18.2.12 AT+CMQTTPUB
31.2.1 AT+COAPSTART
31.2.2 AT+COAPSTOP
2022.03.24 31.2.3 AT+COAPOPEN Add command
31.2.4 AT+COAPCLOSE
31.2.5 AT+COAPHEAD

www.simcom.com 20 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

31.2.6 AT+COAPOPTION
31.2.7 AT+COAPSEND
31.2.8 AT+COAPSENDTX

2022.03.28 15.2.21 AT+CSOC Modify this command

2022.03.30 13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX Modify this command

12.2.11 AT+FSOPEN
12.2.12 AT+FSREAD
12.2.13 AT+FSWRITE
2022.03.31 Add these commands
12.2.14 AT+FSSEEK
12.2.15 AT+FSPOSITION
12.2.16 AT+FSCLOSE

2022.04.01 6.2.16 AT+DUALSIMURC Mdify this command

2022.04.06 15.1 Modify directory Modify directory

2022.04.07 6.2.15 AT+CENPRX Mdify this command

25.2.3 AT+CWSTASCANSYN
26.2.15 AT+BLESSETADVDATA
26.2.17 AT+BLESSETADVPARAM
2022.04.11 Mdify this command
26.2.24 AT+BLESRSP
26.2.37 AT+BLECGC
26.2.41 AT+BLECRD
32.2.1 AT+HWVER
2022.04.15 Add these commands
32.2.2 AT+AUTOREGCFG

2022.04.19 15.2.19 AT+CTCPKA Mdify this command

2022.04.21 17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE Mdify this command

2022.04.24 15.2.20 AT+CDNSCFG Mdify this command

2022.5.1 7.2.3 AT+CBST Mdify this command

2022.5.7 21.1.6 AT+CCODESWITCH Add new command

2022.5.14 2.2.11 AT&F Mdify this command

26.3.1 AT+BTPOWER
26.3.2 AT+BTHOST
26.3.3 AT+BTADDR
2022.5.18 26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN Add new command
26.3.5 AT+BTIOCAP
26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR
26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR

www.simcom.com 21 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.3.8 AT+BTPAIRED
26.3.9 AT+BTSPPSRV
26.3.10 AT+BTSPPPROF
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN
26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND
26.3.13 +BTSPPRECV
25.2.4 AT+CWMAP
25.2.5AT+CWSSID
2022.5.18 25.2.6AT+CWAUTH Add new command
25.2.7AT+CWMOCH
25.2.8AT+CWISO

2022.5.19 25.1AT+CWSTASCAN Add new command

2022.5.20 21.2.5 AT+CRINGSET Modify this command

2022.5.25 21.2.5 AT+CRINGSET Modify this command

25.2.9 AT+CWMACADDR
2022.5.26 Add new command
25.2.10 AT+CWCLICNT

2022.5.26 5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH Modify this command

26.3.2 AT+BTHOST
26.3.3 AT+BTADDR
26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN
26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR
26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR
2022.5.31 Modify this command
26.3.8 AT+BTPAIRED
26.3.10 AT+BTSPPPROF
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN
26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND
26.3.13 +BTSPPRECV

2022.5.31 6.2.15 AT+CENPRX Delete this command

2022.5.31 6.2.15 AT+DUALSIMURC Modify this command

26.2.11 AT+BLESSDAD
26.2.13 AT+BLESSSTART
2022.6.6 26.2.14 AT+BLESSSTOP Modify this command
26.2.18 AT+BLESLSTART
26.2.19 AT+BLESLSTOP
26.3.1 AT+BTPOWER
26.3.2 AT+BTHOST
26.3.3 AT+BTADDR
2022.6.22 Modify this command
26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN
26.3.5 AT+BTIOCAP
26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR
www.simcom.com 22 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR
26.3.8 AT+BTPAIRED
26.3.9 AT+BTSPPSRV
26.3.10 AT+BTSPPPROF
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN
26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND
26.3.13 AT+BTSPPRECV

2022.7.6 15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET Modify this command

4.2.8 AT+CNBP
2022.7.6 Modify this command
27.3.1 AT+CTBURST

2022.7.7 16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Modify this command

2022.7.7 15.2.19 AT+CTCPKA Modify this command

2022.7.8 26.2.7 AT+BLESSAD Modify this command

2022.7.11 7.2.13 AT+CHLD Add this command

26.2.40 AT+BLECWC
2022.7.13 Modify this command
26.2.42 AT+BLECWD

2022.7.15 19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG Modify this command

34.2.1 AT*COMCFG
34.2.2 AT+CPSMS
34.2.3 AT+MEDCR
2022.7.19 35.2.1 AT+DIALMODE Add these commands
35.2.2 AT$MYCONFIG
35.2.3 AT+USBNETIP
35.2.4 AT+USBNETMAC

2022.7.19 4.2.8 AT+CNBP Modify this command

2022.7.19 15.2.21 AT+CSOC Modify this command

2022.7.21 19.2.16 AT+CCERTMOVE Modify this command

26.3.3 AT+BTADDR
2022.7.25 26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN Modify this command
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN
19.1 Modify directory Modify directory
2022.8.3
19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG Modify this command
36.2.1 AT+SJDR
2022.8.4 Add jd commands
V1.08 36.2.2 AT+SJDCFG
17.2.11 AT+CFTPSGETFILE Modify this command
2022.8.8 17.2.12 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Modify this command
17.2.19 AT+CFTPSMODE Add this command

www.simcom.com 23 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2022.8.9 6.2.10 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Modify this command

2022.8.22 22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Modify this command

2022.8.23 17 FTP(S) Modify this command

17.2.11 AT+CFTPSGETFILE
2022.8.26 Modify this command
19.2.16 AT+CCERTMOVE

2022.8.30 21.2.7 AT+SIMTONE Add this command

2022.8.31 17.2.11 AT+CFTPSGETFILE Modify this command

29.2 websocket(S)
2022.9.5 Modify this command
15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE

2022.9.8 26.2.17 AT+BLESSETADVPARAM Modify this command

17.2.5 AT+CFTPSLIST
17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD
17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE
2022.9.14 Modify this command
17.2.19 AT+CFTPSMODE
17.4 Unsolicited Result codes
19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG

2022.9.19 15.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG Modify this command

2022.9.27 4.2.10 AT+CPSITD Modify this command

2022.9.29 24.2.13 AT+CGNSSCMD Modify this command

16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD
2022.9.29 16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Modify this command
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE
25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN
25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX
2022.9.29 25.2.3 AT+CWSTASCANSYN Modify this command
26.2.4 AT+BLEADDR
26.2.20 AT+BLEADV

2022.10.13 21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Modify this command

2022.10.13 18.2.3 AT+CMQTTDISC Modify this command

V1.09 26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR

2022.10.19 26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR Modify this command
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN

2022.10.20 26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN Modify this command

www.simcom.com 24 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.2.13 AT+SWITCHSIM
6.2.14 AT+DUALSIM
2022.11.11 Add Note
6.2.15 AT+BINDSIM
6.2.16 AT+DUALSIMURC
26.2.3 AT+BLEHOST
2022.11.21 Modify these commands
26.3.2 AT+BTHOST

2022.12.26 6.2.8 AT+SPIC Modify this command

2023.01.11 4.2.2 AT+COPS Add Note

2023.01.11 3.2.1 AT+CFUN Modify this command

2023.02.07 27.3 AT+CTBURST Modify this chapter

2023.02.09 4.2 AT+CUSD Modify this chapter

15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Modify these commands

15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET Modify these commands
2023.02.10
15.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG Modify these commands
15.2.22 AT+CIPCFG Add this command

2023.02.14 3.2.1 AT+CFUN Modify this chapter for example

2023.02.20 27.3.1 AT+CTBURST Modify this chapter for example

2023.03.08 9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX Modify this chapter

2023.03.14 7.2.6 AT+CLCC Modify this command

2023.03.14 6.2.15 AT+DUALSIMURC Modify the Defined Values

2023-03-15 9.2.22 AT+CCONCINDEX Add this command

2023-3-17 9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Modify this command

2023.3.23 15.2.17AT+CDNSGIP Modify this command

2023.3.23 2.2.20 AT+CSCS Modify this command

2023.3.23 2.2.16 AT+CGMI Modify this command

2023.3.27 16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Modify this command

2023.3.27 15.2.23AT+CIPSENDSTR Add this command

12.2.12 AT+FSREAD
2023.3.29 Modify this command
12.2.13 AT+FSWRITE

www.simcom.com 25 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

12.2.14 AT+FSSEEK

2023.4.4 18.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG Modify this command

2023.4.6 4.2.3 AT+CUSD Modify this command

2023.4.10 9.2.22 AT+CCONCINDEX Modify this command

4.2.11 AT+CNSMOD Show

2023.4.17 Modify this command
network system mode

2023.4.18 17.2.13 AT+CFTPSGET Modify this command

2.2.20 AT+CSCS Select TE

2023.4.19 Modify this command
character set

2023.4.21 28.4 Modify 340 error meaning Modify 340 error meaning

4.2.8 AT+CNBP
2023.4.23 Modify this command
6.2.15 AT+DUALSIMURC

2023.4.24 7.2.6 AT+CLCC Add NOTE

2023.4.28 15.2.22AT+CIPCFG Modify this command

2023.05.11 9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Modify this command

4.2.3AT+CUSDUnstructuredsuppleme
2023.05.19 Add dcs refer value
ntary service data
2.2.14AT&W Save the user setting to
2023.05.23 Add SAVE type to command
ME
2.2.14AT&W Save the user setting to
2023.05.29 Update AT&W save comamnd
ME
3.2.10AT+CCLK Real time clock
2023.05.29 Update CCLK <time> yy range
management

V1.10 2023.05.29 5.2.7AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template Modify this command

2023.6.05 2.2.20 AT+CSCS Modify this command

32.2.1 AT+CSMTPSCFG
32.2.2 AT+CSMTPSSRV
2023.6.12 Modify this command
32.2.5 AT+CSMTPSRCPT
32.2.6 AT+CSMTPSSUB

2023.6.12 26.2.46 AT+BLESSETSCANRESP Add this command

2023.6.13 34.2.4 AT+CEDRXS DRX Setting Add this command

34.2.5AT+CEDRXRDP Edrx Read

2023.6.13 Add this command
Dynamic Parameters

www.simcom.com 26 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2023.6.27 4.2.10 AT+CPSITD Delete this command

2023.7.3 16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Modify this command

2023.7.4 35 AT Commands for USB Modify this command

2023.7.14 19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG Add ignorecertCN parameters

Modify parameter description

7.2.10 AT+CLIP
2023.7.14
7.2.8 AT+CCWA
Add new parameter description
25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN
2023.7.17 Modify this commands
25.2.2 AT+ CWSTASCANEX
7.2.14 AT+VTS
2023.7.18 Modify command Note
7.2.15 AT+VTD

2023.7.20 26.2.47 +BLESCANRESPDATA Add this URC

2023.7.25 9.2.9 AT+CNMI Modify this command

18.2 Detailed Description of AT

2023.7.25 Modify chapter number
Commands for MQTT(S)

2023.7.25 2.2.20 AT+CSCS Modify command parameter

Modiffy this command

16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA
2023.7.25 Modify parameter description
16.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION

36.2.1 AT+SJDR
2023.7.26 Modify command parameter
36.2.2 AT+SJDCFG
29.2.1 AT+WSSTART
29.2.2 AT+WSSTOP
2023.7.26 Modify this command
29.2.3 AT+WSCONNECT
V1.11 29.2.5 AT+WSSEND

2023.7.28 35.2.2 AT$MYCONFIG Modify command parameter

32.2.2 AT+CSMTPSSRV Modify example description

2023.8.14
16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Modify description

2023.8.21 6.2.2 AT+CPIN Add parameter description

2023.8.22 9.2.11 AT+CMGL Modify this command

Modify this command

2023.8.22 31.2.8 AT+COAPSENDTX

2023.8.28 32.2.9 AT+CSMTPSFILE Modify this command

2023.9.1 5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT Modify this command

www.simcom.com 27 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2023.9.4 2.2.20 AT+CSCS Remove parameter description

2023.9.8 32.2.9 AT+CSMTPSFILE Modify description

13 AT Commands for File

2023.9.20 Modify the description
Transmission
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
2023.9.21 15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Modify this command
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET

2023.9.22 35.2.3 AT+USBNETIP Modify the description

2023.9.28 5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT Modify this command

2023.10.10 10.2.6 AT+IFC Modify the example

2023.10.16 4.2.8 AT+CNBP add paremeter description

2023.10.17 3.2.14 AT+SIGNS Add this command

2023.10.20 26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND Modify this command

2023.10.20 5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT Add this note

2023.10.23 34.2.5 AT+CEDRXRDP Remove note

19.2.10 AT+CCHSSLCFG
19.2.11 AT+CCHCFG
19.2.12 AT+CCHOPEN
2023.10.24 Add paremeter description
19.2.13 AT+CCHCLOSE
19.2.14 AT+CCHSEND
19.2.15 AT+CCHRECV

2023.10.26 6.2.4 AT+CPWD Modify the description

2023.11.08 5.2.12 AT+CGDATA Modify the example

15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN
2023.11.17 Add paremeter description
15.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG

2023.12.5 15.2.21 AT+CSOC Add paremeter

2023.12.06 7.2.14 Modify instruction description

2023.12.07 21.2.3 AT+CREC Record audio File Modify docx description

www.simcom.com 28 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Contents

Version History .......................................................................................................................2

Contents ............................................................................................................................... 29
Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 43
1.1 Scope of the document ..................................................................................................................... 43
1.2 Related documents ............................................................................................................................43
1.3 Terms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 44
1.4 Definitions and Conventions ............................................................................................................. 45
1.5 AT Interface Synopsis ........................................................................................................................46
1.5.1 Interface Settings ...............................................................................................................46
1.5.2 AT Commands Syntax .......................................................................................................46
1.5.3 Supported character sets .................................................................................................. 48

AT Commands According to V.25TER ............................................................................. 49

2.1 Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER ..........................................................................49
2.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for V.25TER ........................................................................ 49
2.2.1 ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number ...................................................................50
2.2.2 ATA Call answer .............................................................................................................. 51
2.2.3 ATH Disconnect existing call .......................................................................................... 52
2.2.4 ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call ........................................................................... 53
2.2.5 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode ............................................................ 54
2.2.6 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode ........................................................... 54
2.2.7 ATI Display product identification information ................................................................ 55
2.2.8 ATE Enable command echo ........................................................................................... 56
2.2.9 AT&V Display current configuration ................................................................................57
2.2.10 ATV Set result code format mode .................................................................................. 58
2.2.11 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults ........................................... 59
2.2.12 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode ......................................................................59
2.2.13 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format ...................................................................... 60
2.2.14 AT&W Save the user setting to ME ................................................................................ 61
2.2.15 ATZ Restore the user setting from ME ........................................................................... 62
2.2.16 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification ..............................................................63
2.2.17 AT+CGMM Request model identification ....................................................................... 64
2.2.18 AT+CGMR Request revision identification ..................................................................... 64
2.2.19 AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification ...............................................65
2.2.20 AT+CSCS Select TE character set .................................................................................66
2.2.21 AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities ..........................................................................67

AT Commands for Status Control ....................................................................................69

www.simcom.com 29 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3.1 Overview of AT Commands for Status Control ................................................................................. 69

3.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Status Control ................................................................69
3.2.1 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality ..................................................................................69
3.2.2 AT+CSQ Query signal quality .........................................................................................71
3.2.3 AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report ......................................................................................72
3.2.4 AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold .........................................................73
3.2.5 AT+CPOF Power down the module ............................................................................... 74
3.2.6 AT+CRESET Reset the module ..................................................................................... 75
3.2.7 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter ................................................................................ 76
3.2.8 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum ...............................................................77
3.2.9 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table ..................................................................78
3.2.10 AT+CCLK Real time clock management ........................................................................80
3.2.11 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error .................................................................... 81
3.2.12 AT+CPAS Phone activity status ......................................................................................82
3.2.13 AT+SIMEI Set the IMEI for the module .......................................................................... 83
3.2.14 AT+SIGNS Query the antenna's RSRP RSRQ RSSI .................................................... 84

AT Commands for Network .............................................................................................. 87

4.1 Overview of AT Commands for Network ........................................................................................... 87
4.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Network ......................................................................... 87
4.2.1 AT+CREG Network registration ......................................................................................87
4.2.2 AT+COPS Operator selection .........................................................................................89
4.2.3 AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data ................................................... 91
4.2.4 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications ............................................................. 93
4.2.5 AT+CPOL Preferred operator list ....................................................................................95
4.2.6 AT+COPN Read operator names ...................................................................................97
4.2.7 AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection ............................................................................. 98
4.2.8 AT+CNBP Preferred band selection ...............................................................................99
4.2.9 AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information .................................................................. 102
4.2.10 AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode .................................................................104
4.2.11 AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update .........................................................105
4.2.12 AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting ..................................................................... 107

AT Commands for Packet Domain .................................................................................109

5.1 Overview of AT Commands for Packet Domain ............................................................................. 109
5.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Packet Domain ............................................................109
5.2.1 AT+CGREG Network registration status ...................................................................... 109
5.2.2 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status ............................................................... 111
5.2.3 AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach ............................................................... 113
5.2.4 AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate .......................................................... 115
5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context .............................................................................116
5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context .......................................................119
5.2.7 AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template ................................................................................ 121
5.2.8 AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested) ................................................... 124
5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested) ............................................127
5.2.10 AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable) ................................... 132
5.2.11 AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable) ............................135
www.simcom.com 30 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5.2.12 AT+CGDATA Enter data state ...................................................................................... 140

5.2.13 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address ............................................................................. 141
5.2.14 AT+CGCLASS GPRS mobile station class ..................................................................143
5.2.15 AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting ........................................................................... 144
5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS ............... 151
5.2.17 AT+CPING Ping destination address ......................................................................... 153

AT Commands for SIM Card ...........................................................................................156

6.1 Overview of AT Commands for SIM Card .......................................................................................156
6.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SIM Card ..................................................................... 156
6.2.1 AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card ...................................................................... 156
6.2.2 AT+CPIN Enter PIN ...................................................................................................... 157
6.2.3 AT+CLCK Facility lock .................................................................................................. 159
6.2.4 AT+CPWD Change password ...................................................................................... 161
6.2.5 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity ..........................................162
6.2.6 AT+CSIM Generic SIM access .....................................................................................163
6.2.7 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access ................................................................................164
6.2.8 AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK ............................................................169
6.2.9 AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM ..........................................................170
6.2.10 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM Hotswap Function On ...............................................171
6.2.11 AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM Card Detection Level ..........................................172
6.2.12 AT+SWITCHSIM Switch master SIM ........................................................................... 173
6.2.13 AT+DUALSIM Set dual-sim mode ................................................................................ 174
6.2.14 AT+BINDSIM Bind ATP to SIM1 or SIM2 ..................................................................... 175
6.2.15 AT+DUALSIMURC Dual card reporting control .............................................................. 177

AT Commands for Call Control ...................................................................................... 179

7.1 Overview of AT Commands for Call Control ................................................................................... 179
7.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Call Control ..................................................................179
7.2.1 AT+CVHU Voice hang up control ................................................................................. 180
7.2.2 AT+CHUP Hang up call ................................................................................................ 181
7.2.3 AT+CBST Select bearer service type ...........................................................................182
7.2.4 AT+CRLP Radio link protocol ....................................................................................... 184
7.2.5 AT+CRC Cellular result codes ......................................................................................186
7.2.6 AT+CLCC List current calls .......................................................................................... 187
7.2.7 AT+CEER Extended error report ..................................................................................190
7.2.8 AT+CCWA Call waiting ................................................................................................. 191
7.2.9 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions ...................................................... 193
7.2.10 AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation .......................................................... 195
7.2.11 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction .............................................................. 197
7.2.12 AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation ..................................................199
7.2.13 AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services ...........................................................200
7.2.14 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation ............................................................................201
7.2.15 AT+VTD Tone duration ................................................................................................. 203
7.2.16 AT+CSTA Select type of address ................................................................................. 204
7.2.17 AT+CMOD Call mode ................................................................................................... 205
7.2.18 AT+VMUTE Speaker mute control ............................................................................... 207
www.simcom.com 31 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7.2.19 AT+CMUT Microphone mute control ............................................................................208

7.2.20 AT+CSDVC Switch voice channel device .................................................................... 209
7.2.21 AT+CMICGAIN Adjust mic gain ....................................................................................210
7.2.22 AT+COUTGAIN Adjust out gain ....................................................................................211

AT Commands for Phonebook .......................................................................................213

8.1 Overview of AT Commands for Phonebook ....................................................................................213
8.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Phonebook .................................................................. 213
8.2.1 AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage ............................................................213
8.2.2 AT+CPBR Read phonebook entries .............................................................................215
8.2.3 AT+CPBF Find phonebook entries ...............................................................................216
8.2.4 AT+CPBW Write phonebook entry ............................................................................... 218
8.2.5 AT+CNUM Subscriber number .....................................................................................219

AT Commands for SMS ...................................................................................................221

9.1 Overview of AT Commands for SMS .............................................................................................. 221
9.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMS .............................................................................222
9.2.1 AT+CSMS Select message service ............................................................................. 222
9.2.2 AT+CPMS Preferred message storage ........................................................................223
9.2.3 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format ......................................................................225
9.2.4 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address ....................................................................... 226
9.2.5 AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication .................................................. 227
9.2.6 AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters .......................................................................... 229
9.2.7 AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters .......................................................................230
9.2.8 AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA .............................................. 231
9.2.9 AT+CNMI New message indications to TE .................................................................. 233
9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages ................................................... 235
9.2.11 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store .................................................. 237
9.2.12 AT+CMGR Read message ........................................................................................... 241
9.2.13 AT+CMGS Send message ........................................................................................... 245
9.2.14 AT+CMSS Send message from storage ...................................................................... 246
9.2.15 AT+CMGW Write message to memory ........................................................................ 248
9.2.16 AT+CMGD Delete message ......................................................................................... 249
9.2.17 AT+CMGMT Change message status ......................................................................... 251
9.2.18 AT+CMVP Set message valid period ........................................................................... 251
9.2.19 AT+CMGRD Read and delete message ...................................................................... 253
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX Send message ...................................................................................... 254
9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage .......................................................256
9.2.22 AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index ...................................................258

AT Commands for Serial Interface ...............................................................................259

10.1 Overview of AT Commands for Serial Interface ............................................................................259
10.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Serial Interface .......................................................... 259
10.2.1 AT&D Set DTR function mode ......................................................................................259
10.2.2 AT&C Set DCD function mode ..................................................................................... 260
10.2.3 AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily ....................................................................... 261
10.2.4 AT+IPREX Set local baud rate permanently ................................................................ 262

www.simcom.com 32 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

10.2.5 AT+ICF Set control character framing ..........................................................................263

10.2.6 AT+IFC Set local data flow control ............................................................................... 264
10.2.7 AT+CSCLK Control UART Sleep ..................................................................................266
10.2.8 AT+CMUX Enable the multiplexer over the UART ...................................................... 267
10.2.9 AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface .......................................................... 268
10.2.10 AT+CFGRI Configure RI pin ..................................................................................269
10.2.11 AT+CURCD Configure the delay time and number of URC .................................271

AT Commands for Hardware ........................................................................................ 273

11.1 Overview of AT Commands for Hardware .....................................................................................273
11.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Hardware ................................................................... 273
11.2.1 AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm ................................................................ 273
11.2.2 AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VDD_AUX ...................................................275
11.2.3 AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VDD_AUX ..................................... 276
11.2.4 AT+CADC Read ADC value ......................................................................................... 277
11.2.5 AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value ..................................................................................... 278
11.2.6 AT+CMTE Control the module critical temperature URC alarm ..................................279
11.2.7 AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off .............................................................. 280
11.2.8 AT+CRIICNAU8X Read values from register of IIC device nau8810 ..........................281
11.2.9 AT+CWIICNAU8X Write values to register of IIC device nau8810 ............................. 282
11.2.10 AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device ..................................................283
11.2.11 AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device .............................................. 284
11.2.12 AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply ......................................... 285
11.2.13 AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module ....................................... 285
11.2.14 AT+CGDRT Set the direction of specified GPIO .................................................. 286
11.2.15 AT+CGSETV Set the value of specified GPIO ..................................................... 287
11.2.16 AT+CGGETV Get the value of specified GPIO .................................................... 288
11.3 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 289

AT Commands for File System .................................................................................... 291

12.1 Overview of AT Commands for File System ................................................................................. 291
12.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File System ................................................................292
12.2.1 AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory ........................................................... 292
12.2.2 AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory ............................................... 293
12.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory ..................................................... 294
12.2.4 AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory ....................................................... 295
12.2.5 AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory ................................................................... 297
12.2.6 AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory ....................................................... 298
12.2.7 AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes ............................................................................ 299
12.2.8 AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory ........................................................299
12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file ........................................................................... 300
12.2.10 AT+FSPRESET Moves the location of a file .........................................................302
12.2.11 AT+FSOPEN Open a file .......................................................................................303
12.2.12 AT+FSREAD Read a file ....................................................................................... 304
12.2.13 AT+FSWRITE Write a file ......................................................................................305
12.2.14 AT+FSSEEK Set a file Pointer to the Specified Position ......................................306
12.2.15 AT+FSPOSITION Get the Offset of a File Pointer ................................................307
www.simcom.com 33 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

12.2.16 AT+FSCLOSE Close a file .................................................................................... 308

AT Commands forFileTransmission.................................................................................... 310

13.1 Overview of AT Commands for File Transmission ........................................................................310
13.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File Transmission ...................................................... 310
13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS ........................................................................ 310
13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host ........................................................ 312
13.2.3 AT+CFTRXBUF Sets the size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS ............................ 313

AT Commands for Internet Service ............................................................................. 315

14.1 Overview of AT Commands for Internet Service ...........................................................................315
14.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Internet Service ......................................................... 315
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server information ...............................................................315
14.2.2 AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol ....................................... 316
14.2.3 AT+CNTP Update system time .....................................................................................317
14.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 318
14.3.1 Description of <err> of HTP ............................................................................................ 318
14.3.2 Description of <err> of NTP ............................................................................................ 319

AT Commands for TCP/IP .............................................................................................320

15.1 Overview of AT Commands for TCP/IP .........................................................................................320
15.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TCP/IP ....................................................................... 320
15.2.1 AT+NETOPEN Start Socket Service ............................................................................321
15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE Stop Socket Service .......................................................................... 322
15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Establish Connection in Multi-Socket Mode ........................................ 323
15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP Connection ....................................... 327
15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET Set the Mode to Retrieve Data ...........................................................330
15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Socket ................................................................. 333
15.2.7 AT+IPADDR Inquire Socket PDP address ................................................................... 335
15.2.8 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data ............................................. 336
15.2.9 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port ....................................................... 337
15.2.10 AT+CIPMODE Set TCP/IP Application Mode ....................................................... 338
15.2.11 AT+CIPSENDMODE Set Sending Mode .............................................................. 340
15.2.12 AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP Timeout Value ...................................................... 341
15.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Parameters of Socket ...................................................342
15.2.14 AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP Sever .............................................................. 343
15.2.15 AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP Sever .................................................................... 345
15.2.16 AT+CIPACK Query TCP Connection Data Transmitting Status ...........................346
15.2.17 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name .............................347
15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Set active PDP context's profile ........................................... 348
15.2.19 AT+CTCPKA Configure TCP heartbeat ................................................................ 350
15.2.20 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server ....................................................351
15.2.21 AT+CSOC Set some features of the data service ................................................ 352
15.2.22 AT+CIPCFG Configure Parameters of TCP ......................................................... 354
15.2.23 AT+CIPSENDSTR Send HEX String Data .............................................................. 355
15.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 356
15.3.1 Description of <err_info> ................................................................................................. 356

www.simcom.com 34 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

15.3.2 Description of <err> ......................................................................................................... 357

15.4 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 358

AT Commands for HTTP(S) .......................................................................................... 359

16.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTTP(S) ......................................................................................359
16.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTTP(S) .................................................................... 359
16.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP Service ...............................................................................359
16.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP Service ............................................................................360
16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters value ..............................................................361
16.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action ......................................................................363
16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response ................364
16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the response information of HTTP Server .............................. 365
16.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data .................................................................................367
16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S)server by File ........................368
16.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP Response Content to a file ............................... 370
16.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 371
16.3.1 Description of <statuscode> ............................................................................................371
16.3.2 Description of <errcode> ................................................................................................. 372
16.4 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 373

AT Commands for FTP(S) .............................................................................................374

17.1 Overview of AT Commands for FTP(S) ........................................................................................ 374
17.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FTP(S) .......................................................................374
17.2.1 AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S)service ....................................................................... 374
17.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S)Service ........................................................................ 375
17.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S)server ................................................................ 376
17.2.4 AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout a FTP(S)server .............................................................. 378
17.2.5 AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S)server ................................ 379
17.2.6 AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S)server ......................................... 380
17.2.7 AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S)server ................................................. 381
17.2.8 AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S)server ............................... 383
17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTP(S)server ...................................... 384
17.2.10 AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S)server .................................................. 385
17.2.11 AT+CFTPSGETFILE Download a file from FTP(S)server to module .................. 386
17.2.12 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Upload a file from module to FTP(S)server ....................... 387
17.2.13 AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S)server to serial port .................................389
17.2.14 AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S)server through serial port ............................ 390
17.2.15 AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S)data socket address type ............................... 391
17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the file size on FTP(S)server ..............................................393
17.2.17 AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S)server .....................................394
17.2.18 AT+CFTPSSLCFG Set the SSL context id for FTPS session ..............................395
17.2.19 AT+CFTPSMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode ............................................396
17.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 397
17.3.1 Description of <errcode> ................................................................................................. 397
17.4 Unsolicited Result codes ...............................................................................................................398

AT Commands for MQTT(S) ......................................................................................... 399

www.simcom.com 35 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

18.1 Overview of AT Commands for MQTT(S) ..................................................................................... 399

18.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MQTT(S) ................................................................... 399
18.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service ...................................................................... 399
18.2.2 AT+CMQTTSTOP Stop MQTT service ........................................................................ 400
18.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client ...............................................................................401
18.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL Release a client .................................................................................403
18.2.5 AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context (only for SSL/TLS MQTT) ........................ 404
18.2.6 AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the topic of will message ............................................. 405
18.2.7 AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message ............................................................ 406
18.2.8 AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server ....................................................... 407
18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server ................................................................... 409
18.2.10 AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the topic of publish message ........................................411
18.2.11 AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message ...............................................412
18.2.12 AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server .....................................................413
18.2.13 AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input the topic of subscribe message ............................414
18.2.14 AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server ................................................ 416
18.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input the topic of unsubscribe message .................. 418
18.2.16 AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server .......................................419
18.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context ....................................................421
18.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 423
18.3.1 Description of <err> ......................................................................................................... 423
18.4 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 424

AT Commands for SSL ................................................................................................. 427

19.1 Overview of AT Commands for SSL ............................................................................................. 427
19.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SSL ............................................................................427
19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL Context .................................................................. 427
19.2.2 AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module ........................................... 433
19.2.3 AT+CCERTLIST List certificates .................................................................................. 435
19.2.4 AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates ............................................................................435
19.2.5 AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data ....................436
19.2.6 AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data .......................... 437
19.2.7 AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service ............................................................................... 439
19.2.8 AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service ................................................................................. 439
19.2.9 AT+CCHADDR Get the IPv4 address .......................................................................... 440
19.2.10 AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context .................................................................441
19.2.11 AT+CCHCFG Configure the Client Context ..........................................................442
19.2.12 AT+CCHOPEN Connect to server ........................................................................ 444
19.2.13 AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from server ............................................................. 446
19.2.14 AT+CCHSEND Send data to server ..................................................................... 447
19.2.15 AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server ................. 448
19.2.16 AT+CCERTMOVE Move the cert from file system to cert content .......................451
19.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 452
19.3.1 Description of <err> ......................................................................................................... 452
19.4 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 452

AT Commands for TTS ..................................................................................................454

www.simcom.com 36 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

20.1 Overview of AT Commands for TTS ............................................................................................. 454

20.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TTS ............................................................................454
20.2.1 AT+CTTS TTS operation .............................................................................................. 454
20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for YOUNGTONE TTS ................................. 456
20.2.3 AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for IFLY TTS ................................................. 458
20.2.4 AT+CDTAM Set Local or Remote Audio Play .............................................................. 459

AT Commands for Audio .............................................................................................. 461

21.1 Overview of AT Commands for Audio ........................................................................................... 461
21.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Audio ..........................................................................461
21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file .................................................................................... 461
21.2.2 AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file ...................................................................... 464
21.2.3 AT+CREC Record audio File ........................................................................................464
21.2.4 AT+CRTSWITCH Close Ring Tone .............................................................................. 468
21.2.5 AT+CRINGSET Set Ring File ....................................................................................... 469
21.2.6 AT+CCODECSWITCH Switch codec type ...................................................................470
21.2.7 AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation ................................................................471
21.2.8 AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone ...................................................................472
21.2.9 AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone ............................................................................. 474
21.2.10 AT+CPCMCLKWB Select the pcm sampling clock .............................................. 475
21.2.11 AT+CPCMRATION Select the pcm master clock ................................................. 476

AT Commands for FOTA ............................................................................................... 478

22.1 Overview of AT Command for FOTA .............................................................................................478
22.2 Detailed Description of AT Command for FOTA ........................................................................... 478
22.2.1 AT+CFOTA Start FOTA service .................................................................................... 478
22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Start Local Fota Service .......................................................................... 480
22.3 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 481

AT Commands for SCFOTA .......................................................................................... 482

23.1 Overview of AT Commands for SCFOTA ......................................................................................482
23.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SCFOTA .................................................................... 482
23.2.1 AT+CAPFOTA Start / Close FOTA service ...................................................................482
23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package .....................483
23.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 485
23.3.1 Command Result Report Codes ..................................................................................... 485
23.3.2 Description of <err> ......................................................................................................... 485

AT Commands for GNSS .............................................................................................. 487

24.1 Overview of AT Commands for GNSS .......................................................................................... 487
24.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for GNSS ........................................................................ 487
24.2.1 AT+CGNSSPWR GNSS power control and AP-Flash control .....................................487
24.2.2 AT+CGNSSTST Send data received from UART3 to NMEA port ............................... 489
24.2.3 AT+CGPSCOLD Cold start GPS ..................................................................................490
24.2.4 AT+CGPSWARM Warm start GPS .............................................................................. 491
24.2.5 AT+CGPSHOT Hot start GPS ...................................................................................... 491
24.2.6 AT+CGNSSIPR Configure the baud rate of UART3 and GPS module .......................492
24.2.7 AT+CGNSSMODE Configure GNSS support mode ....................................................493
www.simcom.com 37 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

24.2.8 AT+CGNSSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type .................................................... 495

24.2.9 AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate .............................................................497
24.2.10 AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode ....................................................................498
24.2.11 AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information ............................................499
24.2.12 AT+CGNSSINFO Get GNSS fixed position information .......................................501
24.2.13 AT+CGNSSCMD Send command to GNSS .........................................................503
24.2.14 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Select the output port for NMEA sentence .............. 504
24.2.15 AT+CAGPS Get AGPS data from the AGNSS server for assisted positioning ....505
24.2.16 AT+CGNSSPROD Get the production of GNSS .....................................................506

AT Commands for WIFI .................................................................................................507

25.1 Overview of AT Commands for WIFI .............................................................................................507
25.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for WIFI ........................................................................... 507
25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network .........................................................................507
25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX Scan WIFI network extension command .................................... 509
25.2.3 AT+CWSTASCANSYN Asynchronous control command of scan wifi network ..............511
25.2.4 AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI ....................................................................................... 512
25.2.5 AT+CWSSID SSID setting .............................................................................................. 513
25.2.6 AT+CWAUTH Authentication setting ...............................................................................514
25.2.7 AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting ........................................................... 516
25.2.8 AT+CWISO Client isolation setting ................................................................................. 516
25.2.9 AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address ............................................................................517
25.2.10 AT+CWCLICNT Get client number connected to the WIFI .....................................518

AT Commands for Bluetooth ........................................................................................519

26.1 Overview of AT Commands for Bluetooth .....................................................................................519
26.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BLE ............................................................................520
26.2.1 AT+BLEPOWER Power on/off Ble Device ...................................................................521
26.2.2 AT+BLESTATUS Inquiry Current BLE Connect Status ................................................522
26.2.3 AT+BLEHOST Inquiry and Set Host Device Name ..................................................... 523
26.2.4 AT+BLEADDR Inquiry and Set Device Address .............................................................523
26.2.5 AT+BLESREG Register GATT Server ..........................................................................524
26.2.6 AT+BLESDREG Deregister GATT Server ....................................................................525
26.2.7 AT+BLESSAD Add a Service ....................................................................................... 526
26.2.8 AT+BLESSRM Remove a Service ............................................................................... 528
26.2.9 AT+BLESSCAD Add a Characteristic to an Existed Service .......................................529
26.2.10 AT+BLESSCRM Remove a Characteristic ........................................................... 530
26.2.11 AT+BLESSDAD Add a Descriptor to an Existed Characteristic ...........................531
26.2.12 AT+BLESSDRM Remove a Descriptor .................................................................533
26.2.13 AT+BLESSSTART Start a Server ......................................................................... 534
26.2.14 AT+BLESSSTOP Stop a Server ........................................................................... 535
26.2.15 AT+BLESSETADVDATA Set Adverting Package ................................................. 537
26.2.16 AT+BLESCLRADVDATA Clear Adverting package .............................................. 539
26.2.17 AT+BLESSETADVPARAM Set Adverting Paramters ........................................... 539
26.2.18 AT+BLESLSTART Start Advertising ......................................................................542
26.2.19 AT+BLESLSTOP Stop Advertising ........................................................................544
26.2.20 AT+BLEADV Set Adverting Parameters ............................................................... 546
www.simcom.com 38 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.21 AT+BLEDISCONN Disconnect BLE Connection ..................................................547

26.2.22 AT+BLESIND Send an Indication to a Client ........................................................548
26.2.23 AT+BLESNTY Send an notice to a Client .............................................................549
26.2.24 AT+BLESRSP Send a Response to a Client’S Read or Write Operation ............550
26.2.25 +BLESRREQ Read request received from remote device .................................. 550
26.2.26 +BLESWREQ Write request received from remote device ..................................551
26.2.27 +BLESCON Notify When a Connection’s Status Change ....................................552
26.2.28 +BLEMTU Exchange mtu request received from remote device .........................553
26.2.29 AT+BLECREG Register GATT Client ................................................................... 553
26.2.30 AT+BLECDREG Deregister GATT Client ............................................................. 554
26.2.31 AT+BLESCAN Scan Surrounding BLE Device .....................................................555
26.2.32 +BLESCANRST Notify When Find a BLE Device ................................................ 556
26.2.33 AT+BLECGDT Get Device Type ........................................................................... 557
26.2.34 AT+BLECCON Connect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device ............ 557
26.2.35 AT+BLECDISC Disconnect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device ....... 558
26.2.36 AT+BLECSS Search Peer’s Service .....................................................................559
26.2.37 AT+BLECGC Search Peer’s Characteristic ..........................................................560
26.2.38 AT+BLECGD Search Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor ........................................ 561
26.2.39 AT+BLECRC Read Peer’s Characteristic .............................................................562
26.2.40 AT+BLECWC Write Peer’s Characteristic ............................................................ 563
26.2.41 AT+BLECRD Read Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor ........................................... 564
26.2.42 AT+BLECWD Write Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor .......................................... 565
26.2.43 +BLECNTY Notify When Get a Notication from Peer’s Device ........................... 565
26.2.44 +BLECIND Notify When Get a Indication from Peer’s Device ............................. 566
26.2.45 +BLECSRCHSERV Notify when the discovery for service of server ends ..........566
26.2.46 AT+BLESSETSCANRESP Set Scan Response .................................................. 567
26.2.47 +BLESCANRESPDATA Notify When Get a Scan Response Data ......................568
26.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BT .............................................................................. 569
26.3.1 AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT Device ....................................................................... 569
26.3.2 AT+BTHOST Get/Set BT Device Name .......................................................................570
26.3.3 AT+BTADDR Get/Set BT Device Address ................................................................... 571
26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN Scan BT device ...................................................................................... 572
26.3.5 AT+BTIOCAP Get/Set BT Device IO Capalibity .......................................................... 574
26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR Pair With Other BT Device .......................................................................575
26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair With The Paired BT Device .....................................................577
26.3.8 AT+BTPAIRED Get Paired BT Device ......................................................................... 578
26.3.9 AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive Local SPP Service ...................................................579
26.3.10 AT+BTSPPPROF Get Remote BT Device SPP Service Status .......................... 580
26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN Establish/Release SPP Connection ....................................... 581
26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND SPP Send Data ........................................................................583
26.3.13 +BTSPPRECV SPP Receive Data ....................................................................... 585
26.4 Description of <error_code> ..........................................................................................................586

AT Commands for CTBURST ....................................................................................... 587

27.1 Overview of AT Commands for CTBURST ................................................................................... 587
27.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for CTBURST(CAT4) ......................................................587

www.simcom.com 39 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

27.2.1 AT+CTBURST The RF TX Burst Test .......................................................................... 587

27.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for CTBURST(CAT1&CAT4) .......................................... 590
27.3.1 AT+CTBURST The TX/RX Burst Test .......................................................................... 590

Summary of ERROR Codes ......................................................................................... 596

28.1 Verbose Codes and Numeric Codes ............................................................................................ 596
28.2 Response String of AT+CEER ...................................................................................................... 596
28.3 Summary of CME ERROR Codes ................................................................................................ 601
28.4 Summary of CMS ERROR Codes ................................................................................................ 603

AT Commands for WEBSOCKET ................................................................................. 605

29.1 Overview of AT Commands for websocket ................................................................................... 605
29.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for websocket(S) ............................................................ 605
29.2.1 AT+WSSTART Start websocket service .......................................................................605
29.2.2 AT+WSSTOP Stop websocket service ........................................................................ 606
29.2.3 AT+WSCONNECT Connect to websocket server ....................................................... 607
29.2.4 AT+WSDISC Disconnect from server .......................................................................... 608
29.2.5 AT+WSSEND Publish a message to server ................................................................ 610
29.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 611
29.3.1 Description of <err> ......................................................................................................... 611
29.4 Unsolicited Result Codes .............................................................................................................. 611

AT Commands for LWM2M ........................................................................................... 612

30.1 Overview of AT Commands for LWM2M ....................................................................................... 612
30.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for LWM2M ..................................................................... 612
30.2.1 AT+LWSTART Start LWM2M service ........................................................................... 612
30.2.2 AT+LWSTOP Stop LWM2M Service .............................................................................613
30.2.3 AT+LWCNF Config the LWM2M ......................................................................................614
30.2.4 AT+LWOPEN Register to a LWM2M server .................................................................615
30.2.5 AT+LWCLOSE Deregister to a LWM2M server ........................................................... 616
30.2.6 AT+LWADDOBJ Add a LWM2M object ........................................................................ 617
30.2.7 AT+LWDELOBJ Delete a LWM2M object .................................................................... 618
30.2.8 AT+LWREADRSP Send read response to LWM2M server ......................................... 618
30.2.9 AT+LWWRITERSP Send response to a LWM2M server .............................................620
30.2.10 AT+LWEXECUTERSP Send response to LWM2M server ...................................621
30.2.11 +LWREAD LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate read ..................622
30.2.12 +LWWRITE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate write ................622
30.2.13 +LWEXECUTE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate execute ..... 623
30.3 Command Result Codes ............................................................................................................... 624

AT Commands for COAP .............................................................................................. 625

31.1 Overview of AT Commands for COAP .......................................................................................... 625
31.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for COAP ........................................................................ 625
31.2.1 AT+COAPSTART Active PDP ...................................................................................... 625
31.2.2 AT+COAPSTOP Deactive PDP ....................................................................................626
31.2.3 AT+COAPOPEN Open a COAP server ....................................................................... 627
31.2.4 AT+COAPCLOSE Close a COAP server ..................................................................... 628
31.2.5 AT+COAPHEAD Config the head of COAP .................................................................628
www.simcom.com 40 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

31.2.6 AT+COAPOPTION Config the option of COAP ........................................................... 629

31.2.7 AT+COAPSEND Send COAP message to the server .................................................630
31.2.8 AT+COAPSENDTX Send COAP message to the server by transparent transmission
631
31.2.9 +COAPRECV Receive response message from server ................................................ 632

AT Commands for SMTPS ............................................................................................ 633

32.1 Overview of AT Commands for SMTPS ........................................................................................633
32.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMTPS ...................................................................... 633
32.2.1 AT+CSMTPSCFG Config the SMTP context ............................................................... 633
32.2.2 AT+CSMTPSSRV Set SMTP server address and port number .................................. 635
32.2.3 AT+CSMTPSAUTH SMTP server authentication ........................................................ 636
32.2.4 AT+CSMTPSFROM Sender address and name ......................................................... 637
32.2.5 AT+CSMTPSRCPT Recipient address and name (TO/CC/BCC) ............................... 639
32.2.6 AT+CSMTPSSUB E-mail subject ................................................................................. 640
32.2.7 AT+CSMTPSBODY E-mail body ..................................................................................641
32.2.8 AT+CSMTPSBCH E-mail body character set .............................................................. 642
32.2.9 AT+CSMTPSFILE Select attachment .......................................................................... 643
32.2.10 AT+CSMTPSSEND Initiate session and send e-mail .......................................... 645
32.2.11 AT+CSMTPSSTOP Force to stop sending e-mail ................................................ 645
32.2.12 AT+CSMTPSCLEAN Clean mail content and setting .......................................... 646
32.3 Summary of result codes for SMTPS ........................................................................................... 646

AT Commands for Telecom self-registration .............................................................. 648

33.1 Overview of AT Commands for Telecom self-registration .............................................................648
33.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Telecom self-registration ...........................................648
33.2.1 AT+HWVER Hardware version number query .............................................................648
33.2.2 AT+AUTOREGCFG Data domain self-registration status query ................................. 649

AT Commands for PSM .................................................................................................651

34.1 Overview of AT Commands for PSM ............................................................................................ 651
34.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for psm ............................................................................651
34.2.1 AT*COMCFG Set cat1_1bis ......................................................................................... 651
34.2.2 AT+CPSMS Power saving mode setting ......................................................................653
34.2.3 AT+MEDCR Set/Get MEDATA COMM RESERVER ................................................... 654
34.2.4 AT+CEDRXS DRX Setting ........................................................................................... 656
34.2.5 AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters ................................................... 657

AT Commands for USB .................................................................................................658

35.1 Overview of AT Commands for USB .............................................................................................658
35.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for usb .............................................................................658
35.2.1 AT+DIALMODE Config USBNET network ................................................................... 658
35.2.2 AT$MYCONFIG Set RNDIS/ECM Mode ......................................................................659
35.2.3 AT+USBNETIP Change RNDIS/ECM Private IP to Public IP ........................................ 660
35.2.4 AT+USBNETMAC Set USBNET MAC Address ..............................................................661

AT Commands for JammingDetect ..............................................................................663

36.1 Overview of AT Commands for JammingDetect ...........................................................................663

www.simcom.com 41 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

36.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Jamming Detect ........................................................ 663

36.2.1 AT+SJDR Enable Jamming Detect .............................................................................. 663
36.2.2 AT+SJDCFG Config Jamming Detect .......................................................................... 664

www.simcom.com 42 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Introduction

1.1 Scope of the document

This document presents the AT Command Set for SIMCom A76XX Series.

More information about the SIMCom Module which includes the Software Version information can be
retrieved by the command ATI. In this document, a short description, the syntax, the possible setting values
and responses, and some Examples of AT commands are presented.

Prior to using the Module, please read this document and the Version History to know the difference from
the previous document.

In order to implement communication successfully between Customer Application and the Module, it is
recommended to use the AT commands in this document, but not to use some commands which are not
included in this document.

1.2 Related documents

[1] A76XX Series_TCPIP_Application_Note

[2] A76XX Series_HTTP(S)_Application_Note
[3] A76XX Series_FTP(S)_Application_Note
[4] A76XX Series_MQTT(S)_Application_Note
[5] A76XX Series_SSL_Application_Note
[6] A76XX Series_AUDIO_Application_Note

You can visit the SIMCom Website for more information by the following link:
http://www.simcom.com

www.simcom.com 43 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1.3 Terms and Abbreviations

For the purposes of the present document, the following abbreviations apply:

Abbreviation Description
AT ATtention; the two-character abbreviation is used to start a command
line to be sent from TE/DTE to TA/DCE
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DCS Digital Cellular Network
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
DTMF Dual Tone Multi–Frequency
EDGE Enhanced Data GSM Environment
EGPRS Enhanced General Packet Radio Service
GPIO General–Purpose Input/Output
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
GSM Global System for Mobile communications
HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
HSUPA High Speed Uplink Packet Access
I2C Inter–Integrated Circuit
IMEI International Mobile station Equipment Identity
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
ME Mobile Equipment
MO Mobile–Originated
MS Mobile Station
MT Mobile–Terminated; Mobile Termination
PCS Personal Communication System
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PIN Personal Identification Number
PUK Personal Unlock Key
SIM Subscriber Identity Module
SMS Short Message Service
SMS-SC Short Message Service Service Center
TA Terminal Adaptor; e.g. a data card (equal to DCE)
TE Terminal Equipment; e.g. a computer (equal to DTE)
UE User Equipment
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
USIM Universal Subscriber Identity Module
WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
FTP File Transfer Protocol

www.simcom.com 44 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

RTC Real Time Clock
URC Unsolicited Result Code

1.4 Definitions and Conventions

1. Definitions

For the purposes of the present document, the following syntactical definitions apply:

 <CR> Carriage return character.

<LF> Linefeed character.

<…> Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element. Brackets themselves do not
appear in the command line.
[…] Optional subparameter of AT command or an optional part of TA information response is
enclosed in square brackets. Brackets themselves do not appear in the command line. If
subparameter is not given, its value equals to its previous value or the recommended
default value.
underline Underlined and defined subparameter value is the recommended default setting or
factory setting.

 Parameter Saving Mode

NO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be lost if module is rebooted or current AT
command doesn't have parameter.

AUTO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM automatically and
take in effect immediately, and it won't be lost if module is rebooted.

AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM

automatically and take in effect after reboot, and it won't be lost if module is rebooted.

AT&W_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept inusersetting_save.nvm by

sending the command of "AT&W".

 Max Response Time

Max response time is estimated maximum time to get response, the unit is seconds.

2. Document Conventions

 Generally, the characters <CR> and <LF> are intentionally omitted throughout this document.

www.simcom.com 45 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

 If command response is ERROR, not list the ERROR response inside command syntax.

NOTE

AT commands and responses in figures may be not following above conventions.

1.5 AT Interface Synopsis

1.5.1 Interface Settings

Between Customer Application and the Module, standardized RS–232 interface is used for the
communication, and default values for the interface settings as following:
115200bps, 8 bit data, no parity, 1 bit stop, no data stream control.

1.5.2 AT Commands Syntax

The "AT" or "at" or "aT" or "At" prefix must be included at the beginning of each command line (except A/
and +++), and the character <CR> is used to finish a command line so as to issue the command line to the
module. It is recommended that a command line only includes a command.

When Customer Application issues a series of AT commands on separate command lines, leave a pause
between the preceding and the following command until information responses or result codes are retrieved
by Customer Application, for Examples, "OK" is appeared. This advice avoids too many AT commands are
issued at a time without waiting for a response for each command.

The AT Command set implemented by A7600 Series is a combination of 3GPP TS 27.005, 3GPP TS 27.007
and ITU-T recommendation V.25ter and the AT commands developed by SIMCom.

In the present document, AT commands are divided into three categories: Basic Command, S Parameter
Command, and Extended Command.

1. Basic Command
The format of Basic Command is "AT<x><n>" or "AT&<x><n>", where "<x>" is the command name, and

www.simcom.com 46 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"<n>" is/are the parameter(s)for the basic command which is optional. An Examples of Basic Command is
"ATE<n>", which informs the TA/DCE whether received characters should be echoed back to the TE/DTE
according to the value of "<n>"; "<n>" is optional and a default value will be used if omitted.

2. S Parameter syntax
The format of S Parameter Command is "ATS<n>=<m>", "<n>" is the index of the S–register to set, and
"<m>" is the value to assign to it. "<m>" is optional; in this case, the format is "ATS<n>", and then a default
value is assigned.

3. Extended Syntax
The Extended Command has several formats, as following table list:

Table 1: Types of AT commands and responses

The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value
Test Command
ranges set with the corresponding Write Command or by internal
AT+<x>=?
processes.
Read Command This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or
AT+<x>? parameters.
Write Command
This command sets the user-definable parameter values.
AT+<x>=<…>
Execution Command The execution command reads non-variable parameters affected
AT+<x> by internal processes in the GSM engine.

NOTE

The character "+" between the prefix "AT" and command name may be replaced by other character. For
Examples, using "#" or "$"instead of "+".

4. Combining AT commands on the same Command line

You can enter several AT commands on the same line. In this case, you do not need to type the "AT" or "at"
prefix before every command. Instead, you only need type "AT" or "at" the beginning of the command line.
Please note to use a semicolon as the command delimiter after an extended command; in basic syntax or S
parameter syntax, the semicolon need not enter, for Examples:
ATE1Q0S0=1S3=13V1X4;+IFC=0,0;+IPR=115200.

The Command line buffer can accept a maximum of 3071 characters (counted from the first command
without "AT" or "at" prefix). If the characters entered exceeded this number then none of the Command will
executed and TA will return "ERROR".

5. Entering successive AT commands on separate lines

When you need to enter a series of AT commands on separate lines, please Note that you need to wait the
final response (for Examples OK, CME error, CMS error)of last AT Command you entered before you enter
www.simcom.com 47 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

the next AT Command.

1.5.3 Supported character sets

The A7600 Series AT Command interface defaults to the IRA character set. The A7600 Series supports the
following character sets:
GSM format
UCS2
IRA
The character set can be set and interrogated using the "AT+CSCS" Command (3GPP TS 27.007). The
character set is defined in GSM specification 3GPP TS 27.005.

The character set affects transmission and reception of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast messages, the entry
and display of phone book entries text field and SIM Application Toolkit alpha strings.

www.simcom.com 48 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands According to
V.25TER

2.1 Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER

Command Description
ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number
ATA Call answer
ATH Disconnect existing call
ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call
+++ Switch from data mode to command mode
ATO Switch from command mode to data mode
ATI Display product identification information
ATE Enable command echo
AT&V Display current configuration
ATV Set result code format mode
AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Forma
AT&W Save the user setting to ME
ATZ Restore the user setting from ME
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
AT+CGMM Request model identification
AT+CGMR Request revision identification
AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification
AT+CSCS Select TE character set
AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities

2.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for V.25TER

www.simcom.com 49 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2.2.1 ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number

This command is used to list characters that may be used in a dialling string for making a call or controlling
supplementary services.

ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number

Response
Originate a voice call successfully:
OK

VOICE CALL: BEGIN

Originate a data call successfully:
CONNECT [<text>]
Execution Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm>][;] Originate a call unsuccessfully during command execution:
ERROR

Originate a call unsuccessfully for failed connection recovery:

NO CARRIER

Originate a call unsuccessfully for error related to the MT:

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<n> String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers dialing digits:
0-9,*, #,+,A,B,C
Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored:
,(comma),T,P,!,W,@
Emergency call:
<n> Standardized emergency number 112 (no SIM needed)
<mgsm> String of GSM modifiers:
I Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called party)
i Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called
party)
G Activates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
g Deactivates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
<;> The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls. It must
not be used for data and fax calls.
<text> CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX
www.simcom.com 50 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

command.
<err> Service failure result code string; the string formats please refer +CME
ERROR result code and AT+CMEE command.

Examples

ATD10086;
OK

VOICE CALL: BEGIN

NOTE

1. Support several "P" or "p" in the DTMF string but the valid auto-sending DTMF after characters "P" or
"p" should not be more than 29.
2. Auto-sending DTMF after character "P" or "p" should be ASCII character in the set 0-9, *, #.

2.2.2 ATA Call answer

This command is used to make remote station to go off-hook, e.g. answer an incoming call. If there is no an
incoming call and entering this command to TA, it will be return "NO CARRIER" to TA.

ATA Call answer

Response
1)For voice call:
OK

Execution Command
VOICE CALL: BEGIN
ATA
2)For data call, and TA switches to data mode:
CONNECT
3)No connection or no incoming call:
NO CARRIER
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Examples

www.simcom.com 51 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ATA
OK

VOICE CALL: BEGIN

NOTE

If there is an incoming call and not connected,unsolicited result code RING will report every six
seconds.

2.2.3 ATH Disconnect existing call

This command is used to disconnect existing call. Before using ATH command to hang up a voice call, it
must set AT+CVHU=0. Otherwise, ATH command will be ignored and "OK" response is given only.
This command is also used to disconnect PS data call, and in this case it doesn’t depend on the value of
AT+CVHU.

ATH Disconnect existing call

Response
If AT+CVHU=0:
Execution Command
OK
ATH

VOICE CALL: END: <time>

Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Examples

AT+CVHU=0
OK
ATH
OK

VOICE CALL: END: 000017

www.simcom.com 52 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2.2.4 ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call

The S-parameter command controls the automatic answering feature of the Module. If set to 000, automatic
answering is disabled, otherwise it causes the Module to answer when the incoming call indication
(RING)has occurred the number of times indicated by the specified value; and the setting will not be stored
upon power-off, i.e. the default value will be restored after restart.

ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call

Response
1)
<n>
Read Command
ATS0?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
ATS0=<n>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<n> 000 Automatic answering mode is disable.

001–255 Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified.

Examples

ATS0=003
OK
ATS0?
000

OK

NOTE

www.simcom.com 53 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The S-parameter command is effective on voice call and data call.

If <n> is set too high, the remote party may hang up before the call can be answered automatically.

2.2.5 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode

This command is only available during a connecting PS data call. The +++ character sequence causes the
TA to cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to Command Mode. This allows to enter AT
commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device.

+++ Switch from data mode to command mode

Execution Command Response
+++ OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Examples

+++
OK

NOTE

To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it must be preceded and
followed by a pause of at least 1000 milliseconds, and the interval between two ‘+’ character can’t
exceed 900 milliseconds.

2.2.6 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode

ATO is the corresponding command to the +++ escape sequence. When there is a PS data call connected
and the TA is in Command Mode, ATO causes the TA to resume the data and takes back to Data Mode.

ATO Switch from command mode to data mode

www.simcom.com 54 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)TA/DCE switches to Data Mode from Command Mode:
CONNECT [<baud rate>]
Execution Command
2)If connection is not successfully resumed:
ATO
NO CARRIER
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Examples

ATO
CONNECT 115200

2.2.7 ATI Display product identification information

This command is used to request the product information, which consists of manufacturer identification,
model identification, revision identification, International Mobile station Equipment Identity (IMEI)and overall
capabilities of the product.

ATI Display product identification information

Response
Manufacturer: <manufacturer>
Model: <model>
Execution Command Revision: <revision>
ATI IMEI: <sn>
+GCAP: list of <name>s

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<manufacturer> The identification of manufacturer.

<model> The identification of model.

www.simcom.com 55 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<revision> The revision identification of firmware.

<sn> Serial number identification, which consists of a single line containing
IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)number.
<name> List of additional capabilities:
+CGSM GSM function is supported
+FCLASS FAX function is supported
+DS Data compression is supported
+ES Synchronous data mode is supported.
+CIS707-A CDMA data service command set
+CIS-856 EVDO data service command set
+MS Mobile Specific command set

Examples

ATI
Manufacturer: INCORPORATED
Model: A7600C
Revision: A7600C_V1.0
IMEI: 351602000330570
+GCAP: +CGSM,+FCLASS,+DS

OK

2.2.8 ATE Enable command echo

This command sets whether or not the TA echoes characters.

ATE Enable command echo

Response
1)if format is right
Execution Command
OK
ATE[<value>]
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 Echo mode off

www.simcom.com 56 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 Echo mode on

Examples

ATE1
OK
ATE0
OK

2.2.9 AT&V Display current configuration

This command returns some of the base configuration parameters settings.

AT&V Display current configuration

Response
1)
<TEXT>
Execution Command
AT&V
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<TEXT> All relative configuration information.

Examples

AT&V
&C: 1; &D: 0; &F: 0; &W: 0; E: 1; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 0; Z: 0; S0: 0; S2: 43; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2;
S7: 1; S8: 2; S9: 6; S10: 7; S11: 63; S30: 10; +FCLASS: 0; +CSCS: IRA; +CREG: 0; +CGREG: 0;
+CEREG: 0; +CGDCONT:
(1,"IP","ctnet.mnc011.mcc460.gprs","10.13.204.244",0,0,,,,),(2,"IP","CMNET"); +CGDSCONT: ;
+CGEQMIN: (1,0,256000,256000,256000,256000,2,1520,"0E0,6E8,",3,150,0,0,0);
+CGQMIN:(1,3,4,5,1,1),(2,3,4,5,1,1); +CGEREP: (2,0); +CGCLASS: "A"; +CGACT: (1,1),(2,0);

www.simcom.com 57 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CGAUTH: (1,0),(2,0); +CPBS: "SM"; +CMEE: 2; +CFUN: 1; +CMGF: 0; +CSCA:

("+316540942000",145); +CSMP: 33,167,0,0; +CSDH: 0; +CPMS:
"SM",0,50,"SM",0,50,"SM",0,50;

OK

2.2.10 ATV Set result code format mode

This parameter setting determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result codes and
information responses.

ATV Set result code format mode

Response
1)if <value>=0
Write Command
0
ATV[<value>]
2)If <value>=1
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 Information response: <text><CR><LF>

Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
1 Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose
code><CR><LF>

Examples

ATV1
OK

NOTE

In case of using This command without parameter <value> will be set to 1.

www.simcom.com 58 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2.2.11 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults

This command is used to set all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile.

AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults

Execution Command Response
AT&F[<value>] OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 Set some temporary TA parameters to manufacturer defaults.

The setting after power on or reset is same as value 0.
default values
TA parameters VALUE
AT+CATR 0
AT+CNMP 2
AT+CTZU 0
AT+CVAUXV 2850

Examples

AT&F
OK

NOTE

List of parameters reset to manufacturer default can be found in Defined Values, factory default settings
restorable with AT&F[<value>].

2.2.12 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Specify whether the TA transmits any result code to the TE or not. Text information transmitted in response
www.simcom.com 59 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

is not affected by this setting

ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Response
1)If <n>=0:
Write Command
OK
ATQ<n>
2)If <n>=1:
No Responses
Response
1)Set default value:0
Execution Command
OK
ATQ
2)
No Responses
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<n> 0 DCE transmits result code

1 DCE not transmits result code

Examples

ATQ0
OK
ATQ
OK

2.2.13 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format

This parameter setting determines whether the TA transmits unsolicited result codes or not. The unsolicited
result codes are <CONNECT><SPEED><COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL>[<TEXT>]

ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format

Response
Write Command 1)
ATX<VALUE> OK
2)

www.simcom.com 60 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Response
1)Set default value:1
Execution Command
OK
ATX
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 CONNECT result code returned

1,2,3,4 May be transmits extern result codes.

Examples

ATX1
OK
ATX
OK

2.2.14 AT&W Save the user setting to ME

This command will save the user settings to ME which set by ATE, ATQ, ATV, ATX, AT&C, AT&D and
ATS0.After restarted, the value saved by AT&W must be restored by ATZ.

AT&W Save the user setting to ME

Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT&W<value>
2)
ERROR
Response
1)Set default value: 0
Execution Command
OK
AT&W
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -

www.simcom.com 61 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time -

Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 Save

Examples

AT&W0
OK
AT&W
OK

2.2.15 ATZ Restore the user setting from ME

This command will restore the user setting from ME which set by ATE, ATQ, ATV, ATX, AT&C, AT&D and
ATS0.

ATZ Restore the user setting from ME

Response
1)
Write Command
OK
ATZ<value>
2)
ERROR
Response
1)Set default value: 0
Execution Command
OK
ATZ
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 Restore

www.simcom.com 62 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

ATZ0
OK
ATZ
OK

2.2.16 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification

This command is used to request the manufacturer identification text, which is intended to permit the user of
the Module to identify the manufacturer.

AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification

Test Command Response
AT+CGMI=? OK
Response
Execution Command <manufacturer>
AT+CGMI
OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<manufacturer> The identification of manufacturer.

Examples

AT+CGMI
SIMCOM INCORPORATED

OK
AT+CGMI=?
OK

www.simcom.com 63 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2.2.17 AT+CGMM Request model identification

This command is used to requests model identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the
Module to identify the specific model.

AT+CGMM Request model identification

Test Command Response
AT+CGMM=? OK
Response
Execution Command <model>
AT+CGMM
OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<model> The identification of model.

Examples

AT+CGMM
A7600E

OK
AT+CGMM=?
OK

2.2.18 AT+CGMR Request revision identification

This command is used to request product firmware revision identification text, which is intended to permit
the user of the Module to identify the version.

AT+CGMR Request revision identification

Test Command Response
AT+CGMR=? OK
Execution Command Response

www.simcom.com 64 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGMR +CGMR: <revision>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<revision> The revision identification of firmware.

Examples

AT+CGMR
+CGMR: A35B01A7600C

OK
AT+CGMR=?
OK

2.2.19 AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification

This command requests product serial number identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the
Module to identify the individual ME to which it is connected to.

AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification

Test Command Response
AT+CGSN=? OK
Response
<sn>

OK
Execution Command
AT+CGSN
If there is any error, response
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR :<err>
Parameter Saving Mode -

www.simcom.com 65 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time -

Reference -

Defined Values

<sn> Serial number identification, which consists of a single line containing

the IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)number of
the MT.

Examples

AT+CGSN
351602000330570

OK
AT+CGSN=?
OK

2.2.20 AT+CSCS Select TE character set

Write command informs TA which character set <chest> is used by the TE. TA is then able to convert
character strings correctly between TE and MT character sets.
Read command shows current setting and test command displays conversion schemes implemented in the
TA.

AT+CSCS Select TE character set

Response
Test Command +CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)
AT+CSCS=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CSCS: <chset>
AT+CSCS?
OK
Response
Write Command OK
AT+CSCS=<chset> or
ERROR
Execution Command Response
AT+CSCS Set subparameters as default value(IRA):
www.simcom.com 66 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<chset> Character set, the definition as following:

"IRA" International reference alphabet.
"GSM" GSM default alphabet; this setting causes easily
software flow control (XON /XOFF)problems.
"UCS2" 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set;
UCS2 character strings are converted to
hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF.
Note 1: HEX not support baseline below 069.

Examples

AT+CSCS="IRA"
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS:"IRA"

OK
AT+CSCS=?
+CSCS: ("IRA","UCS2","GSM")

OK
AT+CSCS
OK

2.2.21 AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities

Execution command causes the TA reports a list of additional capabilities.

AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities

Response
Test Command
1)
AT+GCAP=?
OK

www.simcom.com 67 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+GCAP: (list of <name>s)
Execution Command
AT+GCAP
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<name> List of additional capabilities.

+CGSM GSM function is supported
+FCLASS FAX function is supported
+DS Data compression is supported
+ES Synchronous data mode is supported.
+CIS707-A CDMA data service command set
+CIS-856 EVDO data service command set
+MS Mobile Specific command set

Examples

AT+GCAP
+GCAP: +CGSM,+FCLASS,+DS

OK
AT+GCAP=?
OK

www.simcom.com 68 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Status Control

3.1 Overview of AT Commands for Status Control

Command Description
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
AT+CSQ Query signal quality
AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report
AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold
AT+CPOF Power down the module
AT+CRESET Reset the module
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum
AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
AT+CCLK Real time clock management
AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
AT+CPAS Phone activity status
AT+SIMEI Set IMEI for the module

3.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Status Control

3.2.1 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality

This command is used to select the level of functionality <fun> in the ME. Level "full functionality" is where
the highest level of power is drawn. "Minimum functionality" is where minimum power is drawn. Level of
functionality between these may also be specified by manufacturers. When supported by manufacturers,
ME resetting with <rst> parameter may be utilized.

AT+CFUN Set phone functionality

www.simcom.com 69 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
Test Command +CFUN: (range of supported <fun>s),(range of supported <rst>s)
AT+CFUN=?
OK
Response
1)
+CFUN: <fun>

Read Command
OK
AT+CFUN?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>]
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<fun> 0 minimum functionality

1 full functionality, online mode
4 disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
5 Factory Test Mode
6 Reset
7 Offline Mode
8 Disable SIM
<rst> 0 do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level
1 reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level. This value only
takes effect when <fun> equals 1.
NOTE: <fun>=5 only display <Operation Mode> as Factory Test Mode, but not has any function.

Examples

AT+CFUN=?
+CFUN: (0-1,4-8),(0-1)

OK

www.simcom.com 70 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1

OK
AT+CFUN=1
OK

NOTE

AT+CFUN=6 must be used after setting AT+CFUN=7. If module in offline mode, must execute
AT+CFUN=6 or restart module to online mode.

3.2.2 AT+CSQ Query signal quality

This command is used to return received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate <ber>
from the ME. Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound values.

AT+CSQ Query signal quality

Response
Test Command +CSQ: (range of supported <rssi>s),(range of supported <ber>s)
AT+CSQ=?
OK
Response
1)
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
Execution Command
AT+CSQ
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<rssi> 0 -113 dBm or less

1 -111 dBm
2…30 -109… -53 dBm
31 -51 dBm or greater
www.simcom.com 71 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

99 not known or not detectable

<ber> (in percent)
0 <0.01%
1 0.01% --- 0.1%
2 0.1% --- 0.5%
3 0.5% --- 1.0%
4 1.0% --- 2.0%
5 2.0% --- 4.0%
6 4.0% --- 8.0%
7 >=8.0%
99 not known or not detectable

Examples

AT+CSQ=?
+CSQ: (0-31,99),(0-7,99)

OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 31,99

OK

3.2.3 AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report

This command is used to enable or disable automatic report CSQ information, when automatic report
enabled, the module reports CSQ information every five seconds or only after <rssi> or <ber> is changed,
the format of automatic report is "+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>".

AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report

Response
+AUTOCSQ: (range of supported<auto>s),(range of
Test Command
supported<mode>s)
AT+AUTOCSQ=?

OK
Response
Read Command +AUTOCSQ: <auto>,<mode>
AT+AUTOCSQ?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+AUTOCSQ=<auto>[,<mo 1)

www.simcom.com 72 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

de>] OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<auto> 0 disable automatic report

1 enable automatic report
<mode> 0 CSQ automatic report every five seconds
1 CSQ automatic report only after <rssi> or <ber> is changed.

NOTE: If the parameter of <mode> is omitted when executing write

command,<mode> will be set to default value.

Examples

AT+AUTOCSQ=?
+AUTOCSQ: (0-1),(0-1)

OK
AT+AUTOCSQ?
+AUTOCSQ: 0,0

OK
AT+AUTOCSQ=1
OK

3.2.4 AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold

This command is used to set RSSI delta threshold for signal strength reporting.

AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold

Response
Test Command +CSQDELTA: (list of supported <delta>s)
AT+CSQDELTA=?
OK
Read Command Response
www.simcom.com 73 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CSQDELTA? 1)
+CSQDELTA: <delta>

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CSQDELTA=<delta>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value(<delta>=5)
AT+CSQDELTA
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<delta> Range: from 0 to 5.

Examples

AT+CSQDELTA=?
+CSQDELTA: (0-5)

OK
AT+CSQDELTA?
+CSQDELTA: 5

OK
AT+CSQDELTA
OK

3.2.5 AT+CPOF Power down the module

This command is used to power off the module. Once the AT+CPOF command is executed, The module will
store user data and deactivate from network, and then shutdown.

www.simcom.com 74 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPOF Power down the module

Test Command Response
AT+CPOF=? OK
Execution Command Response
AT+CPOF OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Examples

AT+CPOF=?
OK
AT+CPOF
OK

3.2.6 AT+CRESET Reset the module

This command is used to reset the module.

AT+CRESET Reset the module

Execution Command Response
AT+CRESET OK
Test Command Response
AT+CRESET=? OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Examples

AT+CRESET=?
OK
AT+CRESET
OK

www.simcom.com 75 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3.2.7 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter

This command is used to reset the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter value in SIM file
EFACM.

AT+CACM Accumulated call meter

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CACM=?
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CACM: <acm>

Read Command
OK
AT+CACM?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CACM=<passwd>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Execution Command
2)
AT+CACM
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<passwd> String type, SIM PIN2.

<acm> String type, accumulated call meter value similarly coded as <ccm>
under +CAOC.
www.simcom.com 76 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CACM=?
OK
AT+CACM?
+CACM: "000000"

OK
AT+CACM="000000"
+CME ERROR: SIM PUK2 required

AT+CACM
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required

3.2.8 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum

This command is used to set the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM
file EFACMmax.

AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CAMM=?
2)
ERROR
1)
+CAMM: <acmmax>

Read Command OK
AT+CAMM? 2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CAMM=<acmmax>[,<pas 2)
swd>] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>

www.simcom.com 77 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1)
OK
Execution Command 2)
AT+CAMM ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<acmmax> String type, accumulated call meter maximum value similarly coded as
<ccm> under AT+CAOC, value zero disables ACMmax feature.
<passwd> String type, SIM PIN2.

Examples

AT+CAMM=?
OK
AT+CAMM?
+CAMM: "000000"

OK
AT+CAMM="000000"
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required
AT+CAMM
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required

3.2.9 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table

This command is used to set the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table in
SIM file EFPUCT.

AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CPUC=?
2)
ERROR
www.simcom.com 78 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
+CPUC: [<currency>,<ppu>]

Read Command
OK
AT+CPUC?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu 2)
>[,<passwd>] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<currency> String type, three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "DEM"),

character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set
AT+CSCS.
<ppu> String type, price per unit, dot is used as a decimal separator. (e.g.
"2.66").
<passwd> String type, SIM PIN2

Examples

AT+CPUC=?
OK
AT+CPUC?
+CPUC: "","0.000000"

OK
AT+CPUC="1","0.000000"
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required

www.simcom.com 79 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3.2.10 AT+CCLK Real time clock management

This command is used to manage Real Time Clock of the module.

AT+CCLK Real time clock management

Test Command Response
AT+CCLK=? OK
Response
Read Command +CCLK: <time>
AT+CCLK?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CCLK=<time>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
NOTE: timezone not save
Maximum Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<time> String type value; format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", where

characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes,
seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in
quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; three last digits
are mandatory, range (-96 to 96). E.g. 6th of May 2008, 14:28:10
GMT+8 equals to "08/05/06,14:28:10+32".
NOTE:
1.<time> format must be "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", Otherwise, it will
lead to unpredictable results.
2. For 160X platforms, yy ∈ [1970,2037], for 1803S platforms, yy ∈
[1970,2069].
3. Time zone is nonvolatile, and the factory value is invalid time zone.
4. Command +CCLK? will return time zone when time zone is valid,
and if time zone is 00, command +CCLK? will return "+00", but not
"-00".

Examples

AT+CCLK=?

www.simcom.com 80 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "14/01/01,02:14:36+08"

OK
AT+CCLK="14/01/01,02:14:36+08"
OK

3.2.11 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error

This command is used to disable or enable the use of result code "+CME ERROR: <err>" or "+CMS
ERROR: <err>" as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of ME; when enabled, the format of
<err> can be set to numeric or verbose string.

AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error

Response
Test Command +CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CMEE=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMEE: <n>
AT+CMEE?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CMEE=<n>
2)
ERROR
Execution Command Response
AT+CMEE OK
Note: Set default value
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 0 Disable result code,i.e. only "ERROR" will be displayed.

1 Enable error result code with numeric values.
2 Enable error result code with string values.

www.simcom.com 81 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CMEE=?
+CMEE: (0-2)

OK
AT+CMEE?
+CMEE: 2

OK
AT+CMEE=2
OK

3.2.12 AT+CPAS Phone activity status

This command is used to return the activity status <pas> of the ME. It can be used to interrogate the ME
before requesting action from the phone.

AT+CPAS Phone activity status

Response
Test Command +CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
AT+CPAS=?
OK
Response
Execution Command +CPAS: <pas>
AT+CPAS
OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<pas> 0 ready (ME allows commands from TA/TE)

3 ringing (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is
active)
4 call in progress (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call
is in progress)

Examples
www.simcom.com 82 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPAS=?
+CPAS: (0,3,4)

OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 0

OK

NOTE
This command is same as AT+CLCC, but AT+CLCC is more commonly used. So AT+CLCC is
recommended to use.

3.2.13 AT+SIMEI Set the IMEI for the module

This command is used to set the module’s IMEI value.

AT+SIMEI Set the IMEI for the module

Test Command Response
AT+SIMEI=? OK
Response
1)
+SIMEI: <imei>
Read Command
AT+SIMEI?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+SIMEI=<imei>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 83 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<imei> The 15-digit IMEI value.

Examples

AT+SIMEI=?
OK
AT+SIMEI?
+SIMEI: 357396012183175

OK
AT+SIMEI=357396012183175
OK

NOTE

Write commands must be executed in factory mode.

3.2.14 AT+SIGNS Query the antenna's RSRP RSRQ RSSI

Obtain the reference signal received power(RSRP), reference signal received quality(RSRQ) and received
signal strength indication(RSSI) of the main antenna and auxiliary antenna.
AT+SIGNS Query the antenna’s RSRP RSRQ RSSI
Response
Test Command
+SIGNS:
AT+SIGNS=?
OK
Response

+RSRP0: < RP0>

+RSRP1: < RP1>
+RSRQ0: < RQ0>
Read Command +RSRQ1: < RQ1>
AT+SIGNS? +RSSI0: < SI0>
+RSSI1: < SI1>

OK

Response
Execution Command
AT+SIGNS +RSRP0: < RP0>
+RSRP1: < RP1>

www.simcom.com 84 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+RSRQ0: < RQ0>

+RSRQ1: < RQ1>
+RSSI0: < SI0>
+RSSI1: < SI1>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

< RP0> Main antenna Reference Signal Receiving Power

< RP1> Auxiliary antenna Reference Signal Receiving Power
< RQ0> Main antenna Reference Signal Receiving Quality
< RQ1> Auxiliary antenna Reference Signal Receiving Quality
< SI0> Main antenna Received Signal Strength Indicator
< SI1> Auxiliary antenna Received Signal Strength Indicator

Examples

AT+SIGNS
+RSRP0: -82
+RSRP1: -89
+RSRQ0: -8
+RSRQ1: -8
+RSSI0: -36
+RSSI1: -43

OK

AT+SIGNS?
+RSRP0: -83
+RSRP1: -88
+RSRQ0: -8
+RSRQ1: -8
+RSSI0: -37
+RSSI1: -42

OK

AT+SIGNS=?
+SIGNS:

www.simcom.com 85 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

NOTE

Currently, only ASR1803S_057_030 branch versions are supported.

www.simcom.com 86 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Network

4.1 Overview of AT Commands for Network

Command Description
AT+CREG Network registration
AT+COPS Operator selection
AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data
AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
AT+CPOL Preferred operator list
AT+COPN Read operator names
AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection
AT+CNBP Preferred band selection
AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information
AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode
AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update
AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting

4.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Network

4.2.1 AT+CREG Network registration

This command is used to control the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat> when <n>=1
and there is a change in the ME network registration status, or code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] when
<n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell.

Read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether
the network has currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location information elements <lac> and <ci>
are returned only when <n>=2 and ME is registered in the network.

www.simcom.com 87 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CREG Network registration

Response
Test Command +CREG: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+CREG=?
OK
Response
1)
+CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

Read Command
OK
AT+CREG?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CREG=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
Execution Command
Set default value(<n>=0):
AT+CREG
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 0 disable network registration unsolicited result code.

1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>.
2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited
result code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>].
<stat> 0 not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to
register to.
1 registered, home network.
2 not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to
register to.
3 registration denied.
4 unknown.
5 registered, roaming.
6 registered for "SMS only", home network (applicable only when
E-UTRAN)
www.simcom.com 88 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7 registered for "SMS only", roaming (applicable only when <AcT>

indicates E-UTRAN)
11 attached for emergency bearer services only
<lac> Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format(e.g."00C3" equals
193 in decimal).
<ci> Cell Identify in hexadecimal format.
GSM: Maximum is two byte.
WCDMA: Maximum is four byte.

Examples

AT+CREG=?
+CREG: (0-2)

OK
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1

OK
AT+CREG=1
OK
AT+CREG
OK

4.2.2 AT+COPS Operator selection

Write command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM/UMTS network operator. <mode> is used
to select whether the selection is done automatically by the ME or is forced by this command to operator
<oper> (it shall be given in format <format>). If the selected operator is not available, no other operator shall
be selected (except <mode>=4). The selected operator name format shall apply to further read commands
(AT+COPS?)also. <mode>=2 forces an attempt to deregister from the network. The selected mode affects
to all further network registration (e.g. after <mode>=2, ME shall be unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is
selected).

Read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. If no operator is
selected,<format> and <oper> are omitted.

Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network.
Quadruplet consists of an integer indicating the availability of the operator <stat>, long and short
alphanumeric format of the name of the operator, and numeric format representation of the operator. Any of
the formats may be unavailable and should then be an empty field. The list of operators shall be in order:
home network, networks referenced in SIM, and other networks.
www.simcom.com 89 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

It is recommended (although optional)that after the operator list TA returns lists of supported <mode>s and
<format>s. These lists shall be delimited from the operator list by two commas.

AT+COPS Operator selection

Response
1)
[+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short
alphanumeric <oper>,numeric <oper>[,<AcT>])s]
[,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]]
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>[,<AcT>]]

Read Command
OK
AT+COPS?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+COPS=<mode>[,<format 2)
>[,<oper>[,<AcT>]]] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 60S
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 automatic
1 manual
2 force deregister
3 set only <format>
4 manual/automatic
NOTE: if <mode> is set to 1, 4 in write command, the <oper> is

www.simcom.com 90 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

needed.Nomally, LTE is default search mode, So, if not in LTE, the <
AcT > is needed.
<format> 0 long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 numeric <oper>
<oper> string type,<format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or
numeric.
<stat> 0 unknown
1 available
2 current
3 forbidden
<AcT> Access technology selected
0 GSM
1 GSM Compact
2 UTRAN
3 GSM w/EGPRS
4 UTRAN w/HSDPA
5 UTRAN w/HSUPA
6 UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7 EUTRAN
8 UTRAN HSPA+

Examples

AT+COPS=?
+COPS: (2,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",7),(1,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM",
"46001",2),(1,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",0),(3,"CHINA MOBILE","CMCC",
"46000",7),(3,"CHN-CT","CT","46011",7),(3,"CHINA MOBILE","CMCC","46000",
0),,(0,1,2,3,4),(0,1,2)

OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,2,"46001",7

OK
AT+COPS=0,2,"46001",7
OK

4.2.3 AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data

This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD). Both network and
mobile initiated operations are supported. Parameter <n> is used to disable/enable the presentation of an
www.simcom.com 91 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

unsolicited result code (USSD response from the network, or network initiated operation)+CUSD:
<m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE. In addition, value <n>=2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session.

AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data

Response
Test Command +CUSD: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+CUSD=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CUSD: <n>
AT+CUSD?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CUSD=<n>[,<str>[,<dcs> 2)
]] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
Set default value(<n>=0):
OK
NOTE: After execute，you must test module whether to support IMS:
at*imsrcfg="switch"
1) if spported, the module return:
Execution Command *IMSRCFG: "switch","on"
AT+CUSD
OK
In the case, you must execute at*imscfg="switch",off to switch
off IMS, otherwise, AT+CUSD will return ERROR.
2) if not supported, the module return:
ERROR
In the case, you can execute AT+CUSD directly.
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 0 disable the result code presentation in the TA

1 enable the result code presentation in the TA
2 cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str> String type USSD-string.

www.simcom.com 92 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<dcs> Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 17).
see 3GPP TS 23.038.
Refer value: 0,4,8,15,16,17
<m> 0 no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or
no further information needed after mobile initiated operation)
1 further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or
further information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2 USSD terminated by network
4 operation not supported
5 network time out

Examples

AT+CUSD=?
+CUSD: (0-2)

OK
AT+CUSD?
+CUSD: 1

OK
AT+CUSD=0
OK
AT+CUSD
OK

4.2.4 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications

This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. The set command
enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE.
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup,
intermediate result code +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>] is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result
codes presented in the present document. When several different <code1>s are received from the network,
each of them shall have its own +CSSI result code.

When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or
during a call, or when a forward check supplementary service notification is received, unsolicited result
code +CSSU: <code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]]] is sent to TE. In case of MT
call setup, result code is sent after every +CLIP result code (refer command "Calling line identification
presentation +CLIP")and when several different <code2>s are received from the network, each of them
shall have its own +CSSU result code.

www.simcom.com 93 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications

Response
1)
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <m>s)
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Read Command +CSSN: <n>,<m>
AT+CSSN?
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> Parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status in

the TA:
0 disable
1 enable
<m> Parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status in
the TA:
0 disable
1 enable
<code1> 0 unconditional call forwarding is active
1 some of the conditional call forwarding are active
2 call has been forwarded
3 call is waiting
5 outgoing calls are barred
<index> Refer "Closed user group +CCUG".
<code2> 0 this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
2 call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 call has been retrieved (during a voice call)
5 call on hold has been released (this is not a SS notification)(during

www.simcom.com 94 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

a voice call)
<number> String type phone number of format specified by <type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format; default 145 when dialing string
includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129.
<subaddr> String type sub address of format specified by <satype>.
<satype> Type of sub address octet in integer format, default 128.

Examples

AT+CSSN=?
+CSSN: (0-1),(0-1)

OK
AT+CSSN?
+CSSN: 1,1

OK
AT+CSSN=1,1
OK

4.2.5 AT+CPOL Preferred operator list

This command is used to edit the SIM preferred list of networks.

AT+CPOL Preferred operator list

Response
1)
+CPOL: (range of supported <index>s),(range of supported
Test Command <format>s)
AT+CPOL=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
[+CPOL:
Read Command
<index1>,<format>,<oper1>[<GSM_AcT1>,<GSM_Compact_AcT
AT+CPOL?
1>,<UTRAN_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1>][<CR><LF><CR><LF>
+CPOL:
<index2>,<format>,<oper2>[,<GSM_AcT1>,<GSM_Compact_AcT

www.simcom.com 95 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1>,<UTRAN_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1>]
[..]]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Write Command Response
AT+CPOL=<index>[,<format 1)
>[,<oper>][,<GSM_AcT1>,<G OK
SM_Compact_AcT1>,<UTRA 2)
N_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1>]] ERROR
NOTE: If using USIM card, the 3)
last four parameters must set. +CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<index> Integer type, the order number of operator in the SIM preferred
operator list.
If only input <index>, command will delete the value indicate by
<index>.
<format> 0 long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 numeric <oper>
<operX> String type.
<GSM_AcTn> GSM access technology:
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<GSM_Compact_AcTn> GSM compact access technology:
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<UTRA_AcTn> UTRA access technology:
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<LTE_AcTn> LTE access technology:
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected

Examples

AT+CPOL=?
www.simcom.com 96 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CPOL: (1-80),(0-2)

OK
AT+CPOL?
+CPOL: 1,2,"46001"

+CPOL: 2,2,"46001"

+CPOL: 3,2,"46001",0,0,0,1

+CPOL: 4,2,"46009",0,0,0,1

+CPOL: 5,2,"46001",0,0,1,0

+CPOL: 6,2,"46009",0,0,1,0

OK
AT+CPOL=1,2,"46001"
OK

4.2.6 AT+COPN Read operator names

This command is used to return the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numericX>
that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alphaX> in the ME memory shall be returned.

AT+COPN Read operator names

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+COPN=?
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR><LF><CR><LF>
+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>
[..]]
Execution Command
AT+COPN
OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>

www.simcom.com 97 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<numericX> String type, operator in numeric format (see AT+COPS).

<alphaX> String type, operator in long alphanumeric format (see AT+COPS).

Examples

AT+COPN=?
OK
AT+COPN
+COPN: "46000","CMCC"

+COPN: "46001","UNICOM"
……
OK

4.2.7 AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection

This command is used to select or set the state of the mode preference.

AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection

Response
Test Command +CNMP: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+CNMP=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CNMP: <mode>
AT+CNMP?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CNMP=<mode> 2)If <mode> not supported by module, this command will return
ERROR.
ERROR

www.simcom.com 98 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 2 Automatic
13 GSM Only
14 WCDMA Only
38 LTE Only

Examples

AT+CNMP=?
+CNMP: (2,13,14,38)

OK
AT+CNMP?
+CNMP: 2

OK
AT+CNMP=2
OK

NOTE

1 The response will be returned immediately for Test Command and Read Command. The Max
Response Time for Write Command is 10 seconds.
2 The set value in Write Command will take efficient immediately;

4.2.8 AT+CNBP Preferred band selection

This command is used to select or set the state of the band preference.

AT+CNBP Preferred band selection

Response
Read Command
+CNBP: <mode>[,<lte_mode>][,<lte_modeExt>][,<saveMode>]
AT+CNBP?

www.simcom.com 99 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CNBP=<mode>[,<lte_mo
2)
de>][,<lte_modeExt>][,<save
ERROR
Mode>]
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 64bit number, the value is "1" << "<pos>", then or by bit.
<pos> Value:
0xFFFFFFFF7FFFFFFF Any (any value)
7 GSM_DCS_1800
8 GSM_EGSM_900
9 GSM_PGSM_900
16 GSM_450
17 GSM_480
18 GSM_750
19 GSM_850
20 GSM_RGSM_900
21 GSM_PCS_1900
22 WCDMA_IMT_2000
23 WCDMA_PCS_1900
24 WCDMA_III_1700
25 WCDMA_IV_1700
26 WCDMA_850
27 WCDMA_800
48 WCDMA_VII_2600
49 WCDMA_VIII_900
50 WCDMA_IX_1700
<lte_mode> 64 bit number, the value is "1" << "<lte_pos>", then or by bit.
NOTE: FDD(band1 ~ band32), TDD(band33 ~ band42)
<lte_pos> Value:
0x000007FF3FDF3FFF Any (any value)
0 EUTRAN_BAND1(UL:1920-1980; DL:2110-2170)
1 EUTRAN_BAND2(UL:1850-1910; DL:1930-1990)
2 EUTRAN_BAND3(UL:1710-1785; DL:1805-1880)
3 EUTRAN_BAND4(UL:1710-1755; DL:2110-2155)
4 EUTRAN_BAND5(UL: 824-849; DL: 869-894)

www.simcom.com 100 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5 EUTRAN_BAND6(UL: 830-840; DL: 875-885)

6 EUTRAN_BAND7(UL:2500-2570; DL:2620-2690)
7 EUTRAN_BAND8(UL: 880-915; DL: 925-960)
8 EUTRAN_BAND9(UL:1749.9-1784.9;
DL:1844.9-1879.9)
9 EUTRAN_BAND10(UL:1710-1770; DL:2110-2170)
10 EUTRAN_BAND11(UL:1427.9-1452.9; DL:1475.9-1500.9)
11 EUTRAN_BAND12(UL:698-716; DL:728-746)
12 EUTRAN_BAND13(UL: 777-787; DL: 746-756)
13 EUTRAN_BAND14(UL: 788-798; DL: 758-768)
16 EUTRAN_BAND17(UL: 704-716; DL: 734-746)
17 EUTRAN_BAND18(UL: 815-830; DL: 860-875)
18 EUTRAN_BAND19(UL: 830-845; DL: 875-890)
19 EUTRAN_BAND20(UL: 832-862; DL: 791-821)
20 EUTRAN_BAND21(UL:1447.9-1462.9; DL: 1495.9-1510.9)
22 EUTRAN_BAND23(UL: 2000-2020; DL: 2180-2200)
23 EUTRAN_BAND24(UL: 1626.5-1660.5; DL: 1525 -1559)
24 EUTRAN_BAND25(UL: 1850-1915; DL: 1930 -1995)
25 EUTRAN_BAND26(UL: 814-849; DL: 859 -894)
26 EUTRAN_BAND27(UL: 807.5-824; DL: 852 -869)
27 EUTRAN_BAND28(703-748; DL: 758-803)
28 EUTRAN_BAND29(UL:1850-1910 or 1710-1755;
DL:716-728)
29 EUTRAN_BAND30(UL: 2305-2315 ; DL: 2350 - 2360)
30 EUTRAN_BAND31(UL: 452.5-457.4; DL:462.5–467.4)
32 EUTRAN_BAND33(UL: 1900-1920; DL: 1900-1920)
33 EUTRAN_BAND34(UL: 2010-2025; DL: 2010-2025)
34 EUTRAN_BAND35(UL: 1850-1910; DL: 1850-1910)
35 EUTRAN_BAND36(UL: 1930-1990; DL: 1930-1990)
36 EUTRAN_BAND37(UL: 1910-1930; DL: 1910-1930)
37 EUTRAN_BAND38(UL: 2570-2620; DL: 2570-2620)
38 EUTRAN_BAND39(UL: 1880-1920; DL: 1880-1920)
39 EUTRAN_BAND40(UL: 2300-2400; DL: 2300-2400)
40 EUTRAN_BAND41(UL: 2496-2690; DL: 2496-2690)
41 EUTRAN_BAND42(UL: 3400-3600; DL: 3400-3600)
42 EUTRAN_BAND43(UL: 3600-3800; DL: 3600-3800)
<lte_modeExt> 16 bit number, the value is "1" << "<lte_posExt>", then or by bit.
NOTE: band65 ~ band76
<lte_posExt> 7 EUTRAN_BAND72(UL: 451-455.9; DL: 461-465.9)
<saveMode> 0 Don't save in NVM (default vaule)
1 Save in NVM

Examples

www.simcom.com 101 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CNBP?
+CNBP: 0X0000000000000180,0X0000000040080085,0X0080

OK
AT+CNBP=0X0000000000000180,0X0000000040080085,0X0080
OK

4.2.9 AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information

This command is used to return the UE system information.

AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CPSI=?
2)
ERROR
Response
1)If camping on a gsm cell:
+CPSI: <System Mode>,<Operation
Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,<Cell ID>,<Absolute RF Ch
Num>,<RxLev>,<Track LO Adjust>,<C1-C2>

OK
2)If camping on a wcdma cell:
+CPSI: <System Mode>,<Operation
Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,<Cell ID>,<Frequency
Band>,<PSC>,<Freq>,<SSC>,<EC/IO>,<RSCP>,<Qual>,<RxLev>,
<TXPWR>
Read Command
AT+CPSI?
OK
3)If camping on a lte cell:
+CPSI: <System Mode>,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<TA
C>,<SCellID>,<PCellID>,<Frequency Band>,<earfcn>,<dlbw>,<
ulbw>,<RSRQ>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSSNR>]

OK
4)If no service:
+CPSI: NO SERVICE, Low Power Mode

OK
5)

www.simcom.com 102 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<System Mode> System mode, values: "NO SERVICE", "GSM", "WCDMA", "LTE"
<Operation Mode> UE operation mode, values: "Unknown", "Online", "Offline", "Factory
Test Mode", "Reset", "Low Power Mode", "Flight Mode".
<MCC> Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
<MNC> Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
<LAC> Location Area Code (hexadecimal digits)
<Cell ID> Service-cell Identify.
<Absolute RF Ch Num> AFRCN for service-cell.
<Track LO Adjust> Track LO Adjust
<C1> Coefficient for base station selection
<C2> Coefficient for Cell re-selection
<Frequency Band> Frequency Band of active set
<PSC> Primary synchronization code of active set.
<Freq> Downlink frequency of active set.
<SSC> Secondary synchronization code of active set
<EC/IO> Ec/Io value
<RSCP> Received Signal Code Power
<Qual> Quality value for base station selection
<RxLev> RX level value for base station selection
<TXPWR> UE TX power in dBm. If no TX, the value is 500.
<Cpid> Cell Parameter ID
<TAC> Tracing Area Code
<PCellID> Physical Cell ID
<earfcn> E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel number for searching LTE
cells
<dlbw> Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the
downlink
<ulbw> Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the uplink
<RSRP> Current reference signal received power in （RSRP report value -140）
dBm. Available for LTE
<RSRQ> The signal reception quality is: (RSRQ report value -40)/2 dBm.
<RSSNR> Average reference signal signal-to-noise ratio of the serving cell
<SCellID> String type. cell ID in decimal format for serving cell
<RSSI> Received signal strength indicator value: (RSSI report value -110)

www.simcom.com 103 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

dBm.

Examples

AT+CPSI?
+CPSI:
LTE,Online,460-01,0x230A,175499523,318,EUTRAN-BAND3,1650,5,0,21,67,255,19

OK

4.2.10 AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode

This command is used to return the current network system mode.

NOTE: Generally, it’s applied to the network system mode changed platform to indicate current access
network system type.

AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode

Response
Test Command +CNSMOD: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CNSMOD=?
OK
Response
1)
+CNSMOD: <n>,<stat>

Read Command
OK
AT+CNSMOD?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CNSMOD=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

www.simcom.com 104 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<n> 0 disable auto report the network system mode information

1 auto report the network system mode information, command:
+CNSMOD: <stat>
<stat> 0 no service
1 GSM
2 GPRS
3 EGPRS (EDGE)
4 WCDMA
5 HSDPA only(WCDMA)
6 HSUPA only(WCDMA)
7 HSPA (HSDPA and HSUPA, WCDMA)
8 LTE
NOTE: When AT+CNSMOD?, MT maybe return GSM but indication is
GSM/GPRS/ EDGE in GSM, or MT maybe return WCDMA but
indication is HSDPA / HSUPA / HSPA in WCDMA.

Examples

AT+CNSMOD=?
+CNSMOD: (0,1)

OK
AT+CNSMOD?
+CNSMOD: 0,8

OK
AT+CNSMOD=0
OK

4.2.11 AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update

This command is used to enable and disable automatic time and time zone update via NITZ

AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update

Response
Test Command +CTZU: (range of supported <on/off>s)
AT+CTZU=?
OK

www.simcom.com 105 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
Read Command +CTZU: <on/off>
AT+CTZU?
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CTZU=<on/off>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<on/off> Integer type value indicating:

0 Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ.
1 Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ.
NOTE: 1. The value of <on/off> is nonvolatile, and factory value is 0.
2. For automatic time and time zone update is enabled
(+CTZU=1):
If time zone is only received from network and it isn’t equal
to local time zone (AT+CCLK), time zone is updated
automatically, and real time clock is updated based on local
time and the difference between time zone from network
and local time zone (Local time zone must be valid).
If Universal Time and time zone are received from network,
both time zone and real time clock is updated automatically,
and real time clock is based on Universal Time and time
zone from network.

Examples

AT+CTZU=?
+CTZU: (0-1)

OK
AT+CTZU?
+CTZU: 0

OK

www.simcom.com 106 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CTZU=0
OK

4.2.12 AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting

This command is used to enable and disable the time zone change event reporting. If the reporting is
enabled the MT returns the unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>[,<time>][,<dst>]whenever the time zone is
changed.

AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting

Response
Test Command +CTZR: (range of supported <on/off>s)
AT+CTZR=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CTZR: <on/off>
AT+CTZR?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CTZR=<on/off>
2)
ERROR
Execution Command Response
AT+CTZR OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<on/off> Integer type value indicating:

0 Disable time zone change event reportin.
1 Enable time zone change event reporting.
+CTZV: Unsolicited result code when time zone received from network isn’t
<tz>[,<time>][,<dst>] equal to local time zone, and if the informations from network don’t
include date and time, time zone will be only reported, and if network
daylight saving time is present, it is also reported. For Examples:
+CTZV: +32 (Only report time zone)
+CTZV: +32,1 (Report time zone and network daylight saving
time)

www.simcom.com 107 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CTZV: +32,08/12/09,17:00:00 (Report time and time zone)

+CTZV: +32,08/12/09,17:00:00,1 (Report time, time zone and
daylight saving time)
For more detailed informations about time and time zone, please refer
3GPP TS 24.008.
<tz> Local time zone received from network.
<time> Universal time received from network, and the format is
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate year
(two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes and seconds.
<dst> Network daylight saving time, and if it is received from
network, it indicates the value that has been used to
adjust the local time zone. The values as following:
0 No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time.
1 +1 hour adjustment for Daylight Saving Time.
2 +2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time.
NOTE: Herein,<time> is Universal Time or NITZ time, but not local
time.

Examples

AT+CTZR=?
+CTZR: (0-1)

OK
AT+CTZR?
+CTZR: 0

OK
AT+CTZR=0
OK
AT+CTZR
OK

NOTE

The time zone reporting is not affected by the Automatic Time and Time Zone command AT+CTZU.

www.simcom.com 108 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Packet Domain

5.1 Overview of AT Commands for Packet Domain

Command Description
AT+CGERG Network registration status
AT+CEREG EPS network registration status
AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach
AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context
AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context
AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template
AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)
AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)
AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
AT+CGDATA Enter data state
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
AT+CGCLASS GPRS mobile station class
AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting
AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS
AT+CPING Ping destination address

5.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Packet Domain

5.2.1 AT+CGREG Network registration status

This command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code "+CGREG: <stat>" when <n>=1 and
there is a change in the MT's GPRS network registration status.

www.simcom.com 109 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows
Whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT.

AT+CGREG Network registration status

Response
Test Command +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CGREG=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
AT+CGREG?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CGREG=<n> OK
Response
Execution Command
Set default value:0
AT+CGREG
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 0 disable network registration unsolicited result code

1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG:
<stat>
2 there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change
of the network cell:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat> 0 not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register
to
1 registered, home network
2 not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an
operator to register to
3 registration denied
4 unknown
5 registered, roaming
6 registered for "SMS only", home network(applicable only when
E-UTRAN)
11 attached for emergency bearer services only
<lac> Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format(e.g."00C3" equals
193 in decimal).
<ci> Cell ID in hexadecimal format.
GSM: Maximum is two byte.
www.simcom.com 110 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

WCDMA: Maximum is four byte.

Examples

AT+CGREG=?
+CGREG: (0-2)

OK
AT+CGREG?
+CGREG: 0,1

OK
AT+CGREG=1
OK
AT+CGREG
OK

5.2.2 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status

The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and
there is a change in the MT's EPS network registration status in E-UTRAN, or unsolicited result code
+CEREG: <stat>[,<tac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell in E-UTRAN;
in this latest case <AcT>,<tac> and <ci> are sent only if available.

The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows
whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT. Location information elements
<tac>,<ci> and <AcT>, if available, are returned only when <n>=2 and MT is registered in the network.

AT+CEREG EPS network registration status

Response
1)
+CEREG: (range of supported <n>s)
Test Command
AT+CEREG=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Read Command
+CEREG: <n>,<stat>[,<tac>,<ci>]
AT+CEREG?

OK

www.simcom.com 111 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CEREG=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Execution Command Set default value(<n>=0):
AT+CEREG OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

Defined Values

<n> 0 disable network registration unsolicited result code

1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CEREG:
<stat>
2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited
result code +CEREG: <stat>[,<tac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]
<stat> 0 not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register
to
1 registered, home network
2 not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an
operator to register to
3 registration denied
4 unknown (e.g. out of E-UTRAN coverage)
5 registered, roaming
6 registered for "SMS only", home network (not applicable)
7 registered for "SMS only", roaming (not applicable)
11 attached for emergency bearer services only
<tac> string type; two byte tracking area code in hexadecimal format (e.g.
"00C3" equals 195 in decimal)
<ci> string type; four byte E-UTRAN cell identify in hexadecimal format
<AcT> A numberic parameter that indicates the access technology of serving
cell
0 GSM (not applicable)
1 GSM Compact (not applicable)

www.simcom.com 112 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 UTRAN (not applicable)

3 GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE 3)(not applicable)
4 UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE 4)(not applicable)
5 UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE 4)(not applicable)
6 UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE 4)(not applicable)
7 E-UTRAN

Examples

AT+CEREG=?
+CEREG: (0-2)

OK
AT+CEREG?
+CEREG: 0,1

OK
AT+CEREG=1
OK
AT+CEREG
OK

NOTE

If the EPS MT in GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN also supports circuit mode services and/or GPRS
services, the +CREG command and +CREG: result codes and/or the +CGREG command and
+CGREG: result codes apply to the registration status and location information for those services.

5.2.3 AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach

The write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from, the Packet Domain service.
The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state.

AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach

Response
1)
Test Command
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
AT+CGATT=?

OK

www.simcom.com 113 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGATT: <state>
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CGATT=<state>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<state> Indicates the state of Packet Domain attachment:

0 detached
1 attached

Examples

AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0-1)

OK
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 1

OK
AT+CGATT=1
OK

www.simcom.com 114 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5.2.4 AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate

The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context (s).

AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate

Response
Test Command +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
AT+CGACT=?
OK
Response
+CGACT: [<cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>
Read Command
AT+CGACT? +CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>
[..]]]
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CGACT=<state>[,<cid>]
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<state> Indicates the state of PDP context activation:

0 deactivated
1 activated
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see AT+CGDCONT command).
1…15
NOTE: In LTE mode, it’s prohibited to active or deactive default bearer(cid 1) and dedicated beaeer(cid 8).

Examples

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0,1)

OK
AT+CGACT?

www.simcom.com 115 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CGACT: 1,1

OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

5.2.5 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context

The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the (local)context
identification parameter <cid>. The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time
is given by the range returned by the test command. A special form of the write command
(AT+CGDCONT=<cid>)causes the values for context <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context

Response
1)
+CGDCONT: (range of supported<cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of
supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s),(list of
Test Command
<ipv4_ctrl>s),(list of <request_type>s)
AT+CGDCONT=?

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>[[,<PDP_addr>],<d_comp>,<h_comp>,
<ipv4_ctrl>,<request_type>,<P-CSCF_discovery>,<IM_CN_Signa
lling_Flag_Ind>]<CR><LF>

Read Command
+CGDCONT:
AT+CGDCONT?
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>[[,<PDP_addr>],<d_comp>,<h_comp>,
<ipv4_ctrl>,<request_type>,<P-CSCF_discovery>,<IM_CN_Signa
lling_Flag_Ind>]

OK
2)
ERROR
Write Command Response
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP 1)
_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr> OK
[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>][,<ip 2)

www.simcom.com 116 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

v4_ctrl>[,<request_type>]]]]] ERROR
]
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGDCONT
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> (PDP Context Identifier)a numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT
interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The
range of permitted values (minimum value=1)is returned by the test
form of the command.
1…15
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
<APN> (Access Point Name)a string parameter which is a logical name that is
used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network.
<PDP_addr> A string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space
applicable to the PDP. This parameter will be omitted when PDP_type
is PPP type.
Read command will continue to return the null string even if an
address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The
allocated address may be read using command AT+CGPADDR.
<d_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression, this value
may depend on platform:
0 off (default if value is omitted)
1 on
2 V.42bis
<h_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression, this
value may depend on platform:
0 off (default if value is omitted)
1 RFC1144
<ipv4_ctrl> Parameter that controls how the MT/TA requests to get the IPv4
address information:
0 Address Allocation through NAS Signaling

www.simcom.com 117 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 on
<request_type> integer type; indicates the type of PDP context activation request for
the PDP context, see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] (subclause 6.5.1.2)and
3GPP TS 24.008 [8] (subclause 10.5.6.17). If the initial PDP context is
supported (see subclause 10.1.0)it is not allowed to assign <cid>=0
for emergency bearer services. According to 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
(subclause 4.2.4.2.2 and subclause 4.2.5.1.4)and 3GPP TS 24.301
[83] (subclause 5.2.2.3.3 and subclause 5.2.3.2.2), a separate PDP
context must be established for emergency bearer services.
NOTE 4: If the PDP context for emergency bearer services is the only
activated context, only emergency calls are allowed, see 3GPP TS
23.401 [82] subclause 4.3.12.9.
0 PDP context is for new PDP context establishment or for
handover from a non-3GPP access network (how the MT
decides whether the PDP context is for new PDP context
establishment or for handover is implementation specific)
1 PDP context is for emergency bearer services
2 PDP context is for new PDP context establishment
<P-CSCF_discovery> integer type; influences how the MT/TA requests to get the P-CSCF
address, see 3GPP TS 24.229 [89] annex B and annex L.
0 Preference of P-CSCF address discovery not influenced by
+CGDCONT
1 Preference of P-CSCF address discovery through NAS
signalling
2 Preference of P-CSCF address discovery through DHCP
<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_In integer type; indicates to the network whether the PDP context is for
d> IM CN subsystem-related signalling only or not.
0 UE indicates that the PDP context is not for IM CN
subsystem-related signalling only
1 UE indicates that the PDP context is for IM CN
subsystem-related signalling only

Examples

AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-15),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2)
+CGDCONT: (1-15),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2)
+CGDCONT: (1-15),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2)

OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,"IP",""

OK

www.simcom.com 118 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","cnnet"
OK
AT+CGDCONT
OK

5.2.6 AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context

The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a Secondary PDP context identified by the
(local)context identification parameter,<cid>. The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at
the same time is given by the range returned by the test command. A special form of the set command,
AT+CGDSCONT=<cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context

Response
1)
+CGDSCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),(list of <p_cid>s for
active primary contexts),<PDP_type>,(list of supported
Test Command <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s), (list of supported <
AT+CGDSCONT=? imCnSignallingFlagInd>s)

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGDSCONT: [<cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>, <
imCnSignallingFlagInd>
Read Command [<CR><LF>+CGDSCONT: <cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>, <
AT+CGDSCONT? imCnSignallingFlagInd>[..]]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CGDSCONT=<cid>[,<p_
OK
cid>[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>[
2)
,<imCnSignallingFlagInd>]]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

www.simcom.com 119 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context

definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in
other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted values
(minimum value=1)is returned by the test form of the command.
NOTE: The <cid>s for network-initiated PDP contexts have values
outside the ranges activated by the +CGACT.
<p_cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition which has been specified by use of the +CGDCONT
command and activated by the +CGACT. The parameter is local to the
TE-MT interface. The list of permitted values is returned by the test
form of the command.
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
<d_comp> a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable
for SNDCPonly)(refer 3GPP TS 44.065 [61])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 V.42bis
Other values are reserved.
<h_comp> a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (refer
3GPP TS 44.065 [61] and 3GPP TS 25.323 [62])
0 off
1 RFC1144
Other values are reserved.
<imCnSignallingFlagInd> integer type; indicates to the network whether the PDP context is for
IM CN subsystem-related signalling only or not.
0 UE indicates that the PDP context is not for IM CN
subsystem-related signalling only
1 UE indicates that the PDP context is for IM CN
subsystem-related signalling only

Examples

AT+CGDSCONT=?
+CGDSCONT: (2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15),(1),"IP",(0-2),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDSCONT: (2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15),(1),"IPV6",(0-2),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDSCONT: (2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15),(1),"IPV4V6",(0-2),(0-1),(0-1)

www.simcom.com 120 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CGDSCONT?
+CGDSCONT:

OK
AT+CGDSCONT=4,2
+CME ERROR: operation not supported

NOTE

Currently, the <imCnSignallingFlagInd> parameter is not supported in 1803 and 1802

5.2.7 AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template

This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter - PF for a Traffic Flow Template - TFT that is used in
the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS for routing of packets onto different QoS flows towards
the TE. The concept is further described in the 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. A TFT consists of from one and up to
15 Packet Filters, each identified by a unique <packet filter identifier>. A Packet Filter also has an
<evaluation precedence index> that is unique within all TFTs associated with all PDP contexts that are
associated with the same PDP address.

AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template

Response
1)
+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <packet filter
identifier>s),(list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s),(list of supported <source address and subnet
mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4)/ next header
(ipv6)>s),(list of supported <destination port range>s),(list of
supported <source port range>s),(list of supported <ipsec security
parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type of service
Test Command
(tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic class (ipv6)and mask>s),(list of
AT+CGTFT=?
supported <flow label (ipv6)>s),(list of supported <direction>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <packet filter
identifier>s),(list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s),(list of supported <source address and subnet
mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4)/ next header
(ipv6)>s),(list of supported <destination port range>s),(list of
supported <source port range>s),(list of supported <ipsec security
parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type of service
(tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic class (ipv6)and mask>s),(list of

www.simcom.com 121 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

supported <flow label (ipv6)>s),(list of supported <direction>s)

[..]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGTFT: [<cid>,<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation precedence
index>,<source address and subnet mask>,<protocol number
(ipv4)/ next header (ipv6)>,<source port range>,<destination port
range>,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>,<type of service
(tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic class (ipv6)and mask>,<direction>

[<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>,<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation

Read Command
precedence index>,<source address and subnet
AT+CGTFT?
mask>,<protocol number (ipv4)/ next header (ipv6)>,<source
port range>,<destination port range>,<ipsec security parameter
index (spi)>,<type of service (tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic class
(ipv6)and mask>,<direction>
[..]]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CGTFT=<cid>[,[<packet
filter identifier>,<evaluation
precedence index>[,<source
address and subnet
mask>[,<protocol number
Response
(ipv4)/ next header
1)
(ipv6)>[,<destination port
OK
range>[,<source port
2)
range>[,<ipsec security
ERROR
parameter index
(spi)>[,<type of service
(tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic
class (ipv6)and
mask>[,<flow label
(ipv6)>[,<direction>]]]]]]]]]]
Execution Command Response
AT+CGTFT OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 122 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context

definition (see the AT+CGDCONT and AT+CGDSCONT commands).
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
<packet filter identifier> a numeric parameter, value range from 1 to 15.
<evaluation precedence a numeric parameter. The value range is from 0 to 255.
index>
<source address and string type The string is given as dot-separated numeric
subnet mask> (0-255)parameters on the form:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4" for IPv4 or
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.m1.m2.m
3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m14.m15.m16", for IPv6.
NOTE: subnet mask can’t be 0.0.0.0
<protocol number (ipv4)/ a numeric parameter, value range from 0 to 255.
next header (ipv6)>
<destination port range> string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric
(0-65535)parameters on the form "f.t".
<source port range> string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric
(0-65535)parameters on the form "f.t".
<ipsec security parameter numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from
index (spi)> 00000000 to FFFFFFFF.
<type of service string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric
(tos)(ipv4)and mask / traffic (0-255)parameters on the form "t.m".
class (ipv6)and mask>
<flow label (ipv6)> numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from 00000
to FFFFF. Valid for IPv6 only.
<direction> integer type. Specifies the transmission direction in which the packet
filter shall be applied.
0 Pre-Release 7 TFT filter
1 Uplink
2 Downlink
3 Up & Downlink

Examples

www.simcom.com 123 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGTFT=?
+CGTFT:
"IP",(1-15),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0-FFF
FF)
+CGTFT:
"IPV6",(1-15),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0-F
FFFF)
+CGTFT:
"IPV4V6",(1-15),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0
-FFFFF)

OK
AT+CGTFT?
+CGTFT:

OK
AT+CGTFT=1,1,0,"74.125.71.100.255.255.255.255"
OK
AT+CGTFT
OK

NOTE

If a specified PDP context is deactivate, the corresponding Packet Filter TFT need to be specified
again.

5.2.8 AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)

This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an
Activate PDP Context Request message to the network. A special form of the set command
(AT+CGQREQ=<cid>)causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)

Response
1)
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of
Test Command
supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of
AT+CGQREQ=?
supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)

OK

www.simcom.com 124 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGQREQ:
[<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[<CR>
<LF><LF>
Read Command
+CGQREQ:
AT+CGQREQ?
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[…]]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CGQREQ=<cid>[,<prece
OK
dence>[,<delay>[,<reliability
2)
>[,<peak>[,<mean>]]]]]
ERROR
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGQREQ
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context

definition (see AT+CGDCONT command). The range is from 1 to 15
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class:
0 network subscribed value
1 high priority
2 normal priority
3 low priority
<delay> A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class:
0 network subscribed value
1 delay class 1
2 delay class 2
3 delay class 3

www.simcom.com 125 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

4 delay class 4
<reliability> A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that cannot
cope with data loss
2 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope
with infrequent data loss
3 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope
with data loss, GMM/-
SM, and SMS
4 Real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with
data loss
5 Real-time traffic error non-sensitive application that can cope
with data loss
<peak> A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Up to 1000 (8 kbit/s)
2 Up to 2000 (16 kbit/s)
3 Up to 4000 (32 kbit/s)
4 Up to 8000 (64 kbit/s)
5 Up to 16000 (128 kbit/s)
6 Up to 32000 (256 kbit/s)
7 Up to 64000 (512 kbit/s)
8 Up to 128000 (1024 kbit/s)
9 Up to 256000 (2048 kbit/s)
<mean> A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class:
0 network subscribed value
1 100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2 200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3 500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4 1000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5 2000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6 5000 (~11.1 bit/s)
7 10000 (~22 bit/s)
8 20000 (~44 bit/s)
9 50000 (~111 bit/s)
10 100000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
11 200000 (~0.44 kbit/s)
12 500000 (~1.11 kbit/s)
13 1000000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
14 2000000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
15 5000000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
16 10000000 (~22 kbit/s)
17 20000000 (~44 kbit/s)
18 50000000 (~111 kbit/s)

www.simcom.com 126 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

31 optimization

Examples

AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)

OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,3,4,3,9,31

OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,3,4,3,9,31
OK
AT+CGQREQ
OK

5.2.9 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)

The test command returns values supported as a compound value.

The read command returns the current settings for each defined context for which a QOS was explicitly
specified.

The write command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile for the context identified by the
context identification parameter <cid> which is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request
message to the network.

A special form of the write command, AT+CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context
number <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)

Response
1)
+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list
of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum
Test Command bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s,(list of
AT+CGEQREQ=? supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Deliv ery
order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported
<SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error
Ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of
Supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling

www.simcom.com 127 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s),(list

of supported <Signaling indication flag>s)

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGEQREQ: [<cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate
UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate
UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU
size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer Delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signaling indication
flag>][<CR><LF><LF>
Read Command +CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate
AT+CGEQREQ? UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate
UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU
size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer Delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signaling indication
flag>[…]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CGEQREQ=<cid>[,<Traff
ic class>[,<Maximum bitrate
UL>[,<Maximum bitrate
DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate
Response
UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate
1)
DL>[,<Delivery
OK
order>[,<Maximum SDU
2)
size>[,<SDU error
ERROR
ratio>[,<Residual bit error
3)
ratio>[,<Delivery of
+CME ERROR: <err>
erroneous SDUs>[,<Transfer
delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>[,<Source statistics
descriptor>[,<Signaling
indication flag>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Response
Execution Command
1)
AT+CGEQREQ
OK

www.simcom.com 128 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The

parameter is also used in other PDP context-related commands. The
range is from 1 to 15
<Traffic class> 0 conversational
1 streaming
2 interactive
3 background
4 subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to
UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP. As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and 8640
(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between 8641
and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between 16000 and
128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between 128000 and
256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The default value is
0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
<Maximum bitrate DL> This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to
UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP.As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and 8640
(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between 8641
and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between 16000 and
128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between 128000 and
256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The default value is
0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested.3600-3800)
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to
UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As
an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as
32(e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between

www.simcom.com 129 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

8641 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between

16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to
UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to
deliver).As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as
32(e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between
8641 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between
16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Delivery order> This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide
in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size> This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
The range is 0, 10 to 1500, 1510, 1520. When the parameter is
between 10 and 1510, it should be an integer multiple of 10. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<SDU error ratio> This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost
or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for
conforming traffic. As an Examples a target SDU error ratio of 5*10-3
would be specified as "5E3"(e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=.,"5E3",…).
"0E0" subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error ratio> This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error
ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested,
Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered
SDUs. As an Examples a target residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would
be specified as "5E3"(e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=…,"5E3",.).

www.simcom.com 130 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"0E0" subscribed value

"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery of erroneous This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall
SDUs> be delivered or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 no detect
3 subscribed value
<Transfer delay> This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer
an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds.
The range is 0 to 950. When the parameter is between 10 and 150, it
should be an integer multiple of 10. When the parameter is between
150 and 950, it should be an integer multiple of 50. The default value
is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested.
<Traffic handling priority> This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all
SDUs belonging to the UMTS
Bearer compared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
The range is from 0 to 3. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set
to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
<Source statistics This parameter indicates profile parameter that Source statistics
descriptor> descriptor for requested UMTS QoS The range is from 0 to 1. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Signaling indication flag> This parameter indicates Signaling flag.
The range is from 0 to 1 The default value is 0. If the parameter is set
to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol

Examples

AT+CGEQREQ=?
+CGEQREQ:
"IP",(0-4),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E

www.simcom.com 131 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-95
0),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGEQREQ?
+CGEQREQ: 1,4,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0,0,0

OK
AT+CGEQREQ=1,4,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGEQREQ
OK

5.2.10 AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)

This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against
the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. A special form of the set
command, AT+CGQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number <cid> to
become undefined.

AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)

Response
1)
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of
supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of
supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)[<CR><LF>
Test Command +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of
AT+CGQMIN=? supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of
supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)[…]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGQMIN:
[<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[<CR>
Read Command
<LF><LF>
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[…]]]

OK

www.simcom.com 132 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,<preced
OK
ence>[,<delay>[,<reliability>
2)
[,<peak>[,<mean>]]]]]
ERROR
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGQMIN
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context

definition (see AT+CGDCONT command). The range is from 1 to 15
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class:
0 network subscribed value
1 high priority
2 normal priority
3 low priority
<delay> A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class:
0 network subscribed value
1 delay class 1
2 delay class 2
3 delay class 3
4 delay class 4
<reliability> A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot
cope with data loss
2 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope
with infrequent data loss
3 Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope
with data loss, GMM/-
SM, and SMS
4 Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with

www.simcom.com 133 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

data loss
5 Real-time traffic error non-sensitive application that can cope
with data loss
<peak> A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Up to 1000 (8 kbit/s)
2 Up to 2000 (16 kbit/s)
3 Up to 4000 (32 kbit/s)
4 Up to 8000 (64 kbit/s)
5 Up to 16000 (128 kbit/s)
6 Up to 32000 (256 kbit/s)
7 Up to 64000 (512 kbit/s)
8 Up to 128000 (1024 kbit/s)
9 Up to 256000 (2048 kbit/s)
<mean> A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class:
0 network subscribed value
1 100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2 200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3 500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4 1000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5 2000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6 5000 (~11.1 bit/s)
7 10000 (~22 bit/s)
8 20000 (~44 bit/s)
9 50000 (~111 bit/s)
10 100000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
11 200000 (~0.44 kbit/s)
12 500000 (~1.11 kbit/s)
13 1000000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
14 2000000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
15 5000000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
16 10000000 (~22 kbit/s)
17 20000000 (~44 kbit/s)
18 50000000 (~111 kbit/s)
31 optimization

Examples

AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)

OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,3,4,5,1,1

www.simcom.com 134 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,3,4,5,1,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN
OK

5.2.11 AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)

The test command returns values supported as a compound value.

The read command returns the current settings for each defined context for which a QOS was explicitly
specified.

The write command allow the TE to specify a Quallity of Service Profile for the context identified by the
context identification parameter<cid> which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in
the Activate/Modify PDP Context Accept message.

A special form of the write command, AT+CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the requested for context number <cid>
to become undefined.

AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)

Response
1)
+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list of
supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum
bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s,(list of
supported<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery
order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported
Test Command <SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error
AT+CGEQMIN=? Ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of
Supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic
handlingpriority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics
descriptor>s),(list of supported <Signaling indication flag>s)

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Read Command 1)
AT+CGEQMIN? +CGEQMIN: [<cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate
UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate

www.simcom.com 135 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

UL>,<Guaranteed bitrateDL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU

size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer Delay>,<Traffic handling
priority>,<Source statistics descriptor>,<Signaling indication
flag>][<CR><LF><LF>+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic
class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate
DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrateDL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit
error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer
Delay>,<Traffic handling priority>,<Source statistics
descriptor>,<Signaling indication flag>[…]]

OK
2)
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CGEQMIN=<cid>[,<Traffi
c class>[,<Maximum bitrate
UL>[,<Maximum bitrate
DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate
UL>[,<Guaranteed Response
bitrateDL>[,<Delivery 1)
order>[,<Maximum SDU OK
size>[,<SDU error 2)
ratio>[,<Residual biterror ERROR
ratio>[,<Delivery of 3)
erroneous SDUs>[,<Transfer +CME ERROR: <err>
delay>[,<Traffic
handlingpriority>[,<Source
statistics
descriptor>[,<Signaling
indication flag>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGEQMIN
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The

www.simcom.com 136 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

parameter is also used in other PDP context-related commands. The

range is from 1 to 15.
<Traffic class> 0 conversational
1 streaming
2 interactive
3 background
4 subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to
UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP.As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between
64 and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between
8641 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between
16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Maximum bitrate DL> This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to
UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP.As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s
would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between
8640 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between
16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to
UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As
an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as
32(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=…,32,…).
The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64
and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between
8640 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between
16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to
UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to
deliver).As an Examples a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as
32(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=…,32,…).

www.simcom.com 137 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The range is from 0 to 256000. When the parameter is between 64

and 568, it should be an integer multiple of 8; between 568 and
8640(except 8640), it should be an integer multiple of 64; between
8641 and 16000, it should be an integer multiple of 100; between
16000 and 128000, it should be an integer multiple of 1000; between
128000 and 256000, it should be an integer multiple of 2000. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Delivery order> This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide
in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size> This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size inoctets.
The range is 0, 10 to 1500, 1510, 1520. When the parameter is
between 10 and 1510, it should be an integer multiple of 10. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<SDU error ratio> This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost
or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for
conforming traffic.As an Examples a target SDU error ratio of 5*10-3
would be specified as "5E3"(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=.,"5E3",…).
"0E0" subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error ratio> This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error
ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested,
Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered
SDUs. As an Examples a target residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would
be specified as "5E3"(e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=…,"5E3",.).
"0E0" subscribed value
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"

www.simcom.com 138 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"6E8"
<Delivery of erroneous This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall
SDUs> be delivered or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 no detect
3 subscribed value
<Transfer delay> This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer
an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds.
The range is from 0 to 950, and the parameter is an integer of 10. The
default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will
be requested.
<Traffic handling priority> This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all
SDUs belonging to the UMTS.
Bearer compared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
The range is 0 to 3. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0'
the subscribed value will be requested.
<Source statistics This parameter indicates profile parameter that Source statistics
descriptor> descriptor for requested UMTS QoS
The range is from 0 to 1. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set
to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
<Signaling indication flag> This parameter indicates Signaling flag.
The range is from 0 to 1 The default value is 0. If the parameter is set
to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type)a string parameter which specifies the type
of packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol

Examples

AT+CGEQMIN=?
+CGEQMIN:
"IP",(0-4),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-256000),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E
3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-95
0),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGEQMIN?
+CGEQMIN: 1,4,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0,0,0

OK
AT+CGEQMIN=1,4,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGEQMIN

www.simcom.com 139 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

5.2.12 AT+CGDATA Enter data state

The command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the network using one or more Packet Domain PDP types. This may include
performing a PS attach and one or more PDP context activations.

AT+CGDATA Enter data state

Response
1)
+CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
CONNECT [<text>]
2)
Write Command NO CARRIER
AT+CGDATA=[<L2P>,[<cid>] 3)
] OK
4)
ERROR
5)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<L2P> A string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used

between the TE and MT.
NULL
<text> CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX
command.
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see AT+CGDCONT command).
1…15
www.simcom.com 140 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA: ("")

OK
AT+CGDATA="",1
CONNECT

5.2.13 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address

The write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.

AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address

Response
1)
[+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)]
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
[+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[..]]]

OK
Write Command 2)
AT+CGPADDR=<cid>[,<cid>[ SIM card supports IPV4V6 type and the PDP_type of the command
,…]] "at+cgdcont" defined is ipv4v6:
[+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr_IPV4>,<PDP_addr_IPV6>]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr_IPV4>,<PDP_addr_IPV6>[..]

OK
3)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command 1)
AT+CGPADDR [+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[..]

www.simcom.com 141 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
SIM card supports IPV4V6 type and the PDP_type of the command
"at+cgdcont" defined is ipv4v6:
[+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr_IPV4>,<PDP_addr_IPV6>]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr_IPV4>,<PDP_addr_IPV6>[..]

OK
3)
ERROR
4)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context

definition (see AT+CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the
addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
1…15
<PDP_addr> A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the
PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it
will be the one set by the AT+CGDCONT command when the context
was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during
the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred
to by <cid>. <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is available.
<PDP_addr_IPV4> A string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space
applicable to the PDP.
<PDP_addr_IPV6> A string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space
applicable to the PDP when the sim_card supports ipv6. The pdp type
must be set to "ipv6" or "ipv4v6" by the AT+CGDCONT command.

Examples

AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1)

OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,10.83.214.110

www.simcom.com 142 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CGPADDR
+CGPADDR: 1,10.83.214.110

OK

5.2.14 AT+CGCLASS GPRS mobile station class

This command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class.

AT+CGCLASS GPRS mobile station class

Response
1)
+CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
Test Command
AT+CGCLASS=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CGCLASS: <class>
Read Command
AT+CGCLASS?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CGCLASS=<class>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGCLASS
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

www.simcom.com 143 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<class> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in
descending order of functionality)
A class A (highest)

Examples

AT+CGCLASS=?
+CGCLASS: ("A")

OK
AT+CGCLASS?
+CGCLASS: "A"

OK
AT+CGCLASS="A"
OK
AT+CGCLASS
OK

5.2.15 AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting

The write command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, "+CGEV" from MT to TE in the
case of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network. <mode> controls the processing
of unsolicited result codes specified within this command. <bfr> controls the effect on buffered codes when
<mode> 1 or 2 is entered. If a setting is not supported by the MT, ERROR or +CME ERROR: is returned.

Read command returns the current <mode> and buffer settings.

Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the MT as compound values.

AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting

Response
1)
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
Test Command
AT+CGEREP=?
OK
2)
ERROR

www.simcom.com 144 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
+CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
Read Command
AT+CGEREP?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CGEREP=<mode>[,<bfr> 2)
] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)Set default value (<mode>=2,<bfr>=0):
Execution Command
OK
AT+CGEREP
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is
full, the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the
TE.
1 discard unsolicited result codes when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g.
in on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT-TE link is
reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode)and flush them to the TE when
MT-TE link becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to the
TE.
<bfr> 0 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command
is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered.
1 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command
is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered (OK response
shall be given before flushing the codes).

The events are valid for GPRS/UMTS and LTE unless explicitly mentioned.
For network attachment, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined:

www.simcom.com 145 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CGEV: NW DETACH The network has forced a PS detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
+CGEV: ME DETACH The mobile termination has forced a PS detach. This implies that all
active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported
separately.

For MT class, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined:

+CGEV: NW CLASS <class> The network has forced a change of MT class. The highest available
class is reported (see +CGCLASS). The format of the parameter
<class> is found in command +CGCLASS.
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class> The mobile termination has forced a change of MT class. The highest
available class is reported (see +CGCLASS). The format of the
parameter <class> is found in command +CGCLASS.

For PDP context activation, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined:

+CGEV: NW PDN ACT The network has activated a context. The context represents a
<cid>[,<WLAN_Offload>] Primary PDP context in GSM/UMTS. The <cid> for this context is
provided to the TE. The format of the parameter <cid> is found in
command +CGDCONT.

<WLAN_Offload>: integer type. An integer that indicates whether

traffic can be offloaded using the specified PDN connection via a
WLAN or not. This refers to bit 1 (E-UTRAN offload acceptability
value)and bit 2 (UTRAN offload acceptability value)in the WLAN
offload acceptability IE as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.20.
0 offloading the traffic of the PDN connection via a WLAN when in
S1 mode or when in Iu mode is not acceptable.
1 offloading the traffic of the PDN connection via a WLAN when in
S1 mode is acceptable, but not acceptable in Iu mode.
2 offloading the traffic of the PDN connection via a WLAN when in
Iu mode is acceptable, but not acceptable in S1 mode.
3 offloading the traffic of the PDN connection via a WLAN when in
S1 mode or when in Iu mode is acceptable.

NOTE

This event is not applicable for EPS.

www.simcom.com 146 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CGEV: ME PDN ACT The mobile termination has activated a context. The context
<cid>[,<reason>[,<cid_other represents a PDN connection in LTE or a Primary PDP context in
>]][,<WLAN_Offload>] GSM/UMTS. The <cid> for this context is provided to the TE. This
event is sent either in result of explicit context activation request
(+CGACT), or in result of implicit context activation request associated
to attach request (+CGATT=1). The format of the parameters <cid>
and <cid_other> are found in command +CGDCONT. The format of
the parameter <WLAN_Offload> is defined above.

<reason>: integer type; indicates the reason why the context

activation request for PDP type IPv4v6 was not granted. This
parameter is only included if the requested PDP type associated with
<cid> is IPv4v6, and the PDP type assigned by the network for <cid>
is either IPv4 or IPv6.
0 IPv4 only allowed
1 IPv6 only allowed
2 single address bearers only allowed.
3 single address bearers only allowed and MT initiated
context activation for a second address type
bearer was not successful.
4 CI_PS_PDP_INVALID_REASON
<cid_other>: integer type; indicates the context identifier allocated by
MT for an MT initiated context of a second address type. MT shall only
include this parameter if <reason> parameter indicates single address
bearers only allowed, and MT supports MT initiated context activation
of a second address type without additional commands from TE, and
MT has activated the PDN connection or PDP context associated with
<cid_other>.

NOTE

For legacy TEs supporting MT initiated context activation without TE requests, there is also a
subsequent event +CGEV: ME PDN ACT <cid_other> returned to TE.

+CGEV: NW ACT The network has activated a context. The <cid> for this context is
<p_cid>,<cid>,<event_type> provided to the TE in addition to the associated primary <p_cid>. The
[,<WLAN_Offload>] format of the parameters <p_cid> and <cid> are found in command
+CGDSCONT. The format of the parameter <WLAN_Offload> is

www.simcom.com 147 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

defined above.

<event_type>: integer type; indicates whether this is an informational

event or whether the TE has to acknowledge it.
0 Informational event
1 Information request: Acknowledgement required. The
acknowledgement can be accept or reject, see +CGANS.
+CGEV: ME ACT The network has responded to an ME initiated context activation. The
<p_cid>,<cid>,<event_type> <cid> for this context is provided to the TE in addition to the
[,<WLAN_Offload>] associated primary <p_cid>. The format of the parameters <p_cid>
and <cid> are found in command +CGDSCONT. The format of the
parameters <event_type> and <WLAN_Offload> are defined above.

For PDP context deactivation, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are
defined:

+CGEV: NW DEACT The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was
<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,< used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT. The format
cid>] of the parameters <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr> and <cid> are found in
command +CGDCONT.
+CGEV: ME DEACT The mobile termination has forced a context deactivation. The <cid>
<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,< that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
cid>] The format of the parameters <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr> and <cid>
are found in command +CGDCONT.
+CGEV: NW PDN DEACT The network has deactivated a context. The context represents a PDN
<cid>[,<WLAN_Offload>] connection in LTE or a Primary PDP context in GSM/UMTS. The
associated <cid> for this context is provided to the TE. The format of
the parameter <cid> is found in command +CGDCONT. The format of
the parameter <WLAN_Offload> is defined above.

NOTE

Occurrence of this event replaces usage of the event +CGEV: NW DEACT

<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>].

+CGEV: ME PDN DEACT The mobile termination has deactivated a context. The context
<cid> represents a PDN connection in LTE or a Primary PDP context in
GSM/UMTS. The <cid> for this context is provided to the TE. The
format of the parameter <cid> is found in command +CGDCONT.

NOTE
www.simcom.com 148 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Occurrence of this event replaces usage of the event +CGEV: ME DEACT

<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>].

+CGEV: NW DEACT The network has deactivated a context. The <cid> for this context is
<p_cid>,<cid>,<event_type> provided to the TE in addition to the associated primary <p_cid>. The
[,<WLAN_Offload>] format of the parameters <p_cid> and <cid> are found in command
+CGDSCONT. The format of the parameters <event_type> and
<WLAN_Offload> are defined above.

NOTE

Occurrence of this event replaces usage of the event +CGEV: NW DEACT

<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>].

+CGEV: ME DEACT The network has responded to an ME initiated context deactivation

<p_cid>,<cid>,<event_type> request. The associated <cid> is provided to the TE in addition to the
associated primary <p_cid>. The format of the parameters <p_cid>
and <cid> are found in command +CGDSCONT. The format of the
parameter <event_type> is defined above.

NOTE

Occurrence of this event replaces usage of the event +CGEV: ME DEACT

<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>].

For PDP context modification, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are
defined:

+CGEV: NW MODIFY The network has modified a context. The associated <cid> is provided
<cid>,<change_reason>,<ev to the TE in addition to the <change_reason> and <event_type>. The
ent_type>[,<WLAN_Offload format of the parameter <cid> is found in command +CGDCONT or
>] +CGDSCONT. The format of the parameters
<change_reason>,<event_type>, and <WLAN_Offload> are defined
above.

<change_reason>: integer type; a bitmap that indicates what kind of

www.simcom.com 149 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

change occurred. The <change_reason> value is determined by

summing all the applicable bits. For Examples if both the values of
QoS changed (Bit 2)and <WLAN_Offload> changed (Bit 3)have
changed, then the <change_reason> value is 6.

NOTE

The WLAN offload value will change when bit 1 or bit 2 or both of the indicators in the WLAN offload
acceptability IE change, see the parameter <WLAN_Offload> defined above.
Bit 1 TFT changed
Bit 2 Qos changed
Bit 3 WLAN Offload changed

+CGEV: ME MODIFY The mobile termination has modified a context. The associated <cid>
<cid>,<change_reason>,<ev is provided to the TE in addition to the <change_reason> and
ent_type>[,<WLAN_Offload <event_type>. The format of the parameter <cid> is found in
>] command +CGDCONT or +CGDSCONT. The format of the
parameters <change_reason>,<event_type> and <WLAN_Offload>
are defined above.

For other PDP context handling, the following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are
defined:

+CGEV: REJECT A network request for context activation occurred when the MT was
<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr> unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and
was automatically rejected. The format of the parameters <PDP_type>
and <PDP_addr> are found in command +CGDCONT.

NOTE

This event is not applicable for EPS.

+CGEV: NW REACT The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that was
<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,< used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the MT. The
cid>] format of the parameters <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr> and <cid> are
found in command +CGDCONT.

NOTE
www.simcom.com 150 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

This event is not applicable for EPS.

Examples

AT+CGEREP=?
+CGEREP: (0-2),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGEREP?
+CGEREP: 2,0

OK
AT+CGEREP=2,0
OK
AT+CGEREP
OK

5.2.16 AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS

This command is used to set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS.

AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS

Response
1)
+CGAUTH: (range of supported <cid>s),(list of supported
<auth_type> s),50,50
Test Command
AT+CGAUTH=? OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Read Command +CGAUTH: [<cid>,<auth_type>[,<user>,<passwd>]]
AT+CGAUTH? …

OK

www.simcom.com 151 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CGAUTH=<cid>[,<auth_t 2)
ype>[,<passwd>[,<user>]]] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Execution Command
2)
AT+CGAUTH
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<cid> Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. This is also

used in other PDP context-related commands.
1…15
<auth_type> Indicate the type of authentication to be used for the specified context.
If CHAP is selected another parameter <passwd> needs to be
specified. If PAP is selected two additional parameters <passwd> and
<user> need to specified.
0 none
1 PAP
2 CHAP
3 PAP or CHAP //1803S platform
<passwd> Parameter specifies the password used for authentication.
<user> Parameter specifies the user name used for authentication.

Examples

AT+CGAUTH=?
+CGAUTH: (1-15),(0-2),50,50 //1803S platform

www.simcom.com 152 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CGAUTH=?
+CGAUTH: (1-15),(0-3),50,50

OK
AT+CGAUTH?
+CGAUTH: 1,0

OK
AT+CGAUTH=1,0
OK
AT+CGAUTH
OK

5.2.17 AT+CPING Ping destination address

This command is used to ping destination address.

AT+CPING Ping destination address

Response
1)
+CPING: IP address,(list of supported
<dest_addr_type>s),(1-5),(4-188),(1000-10000),(10000-100000),(1
Test Command
6-255)
AT+CPING=?

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
OK

Write Command If ping’s result_type=1

AT+CPING=<dest_addr>,<de +CPING:
st_addr_type>[,<num_pings <result_type>,<resolved_ip_addr>,<data_packet_size>,<rtt>,<TT
>[,<data_packet_size>[,<inte L>
rval_time>[,<wait_time>[,<T
TL>]]]]] If ping’s result_type=2
+CPING: <result_type>

If ping’s result_type=3>
+CPING:

www.simcom.com 153 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<result_type>,<num_pkts_sent>,<num_pkts_recvd>,<num_pkts
_lost>,<min_rtt>,<max_rtt>,<avg_rtt>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<dest_addr> The destination is to be pinged; it can be an IP address or a domain

name.
<dest_addr_type> Integer type. Address family type of the destination address
1 IPv4.
2 IPv6(reserved)
<num_pings> Integer type. The num_pings specifies the number of times the ping
request (1-5)is to be sent. The default value is 4.
<data_packet_size> Integer type. Data byte size of the ping packet (4-188). The default
value is 64 bytes.
<interval_time> Integer type. Interval between each ping. Value is specified in
milliseconds (1000ms-10000ms). The default value is 2000ms.
<wait_time> Integer type. Wait time for ping response. An ping response received
after the timeout shall not be processed. Value specified in
milliseconds (10000ms-100000ms). The default value is 10000ms.
<TTL> Integer type. TTL(Time-To-Live)value for the IP packet over which the
ping(ICMP ECHO Request message)is sent (16-255), the default
value is 255.
<result_type> 1 Ping success
2 Ping time out
3 Ping result
<num_pkts_sent> Indicates the number of ping requests that were sent out.
<num_pkts_recvd> Indicates the number of ping responses that were received.
<num_pkts_lost> Indicates the number of ping requests for which no response was
received.
<min_rtt> Indicates the minimum Round Trip Time(RTT).
<max_rtt> Indicates the maximum RTT.
<avg_rtt> Indicates the average RTT.
<resolved_ip_addr> Indicates the resolved ip address.
<rtt> Round Trip Time.

Examples

www.simcom.com 154 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPING=?
+CPING: IP
address,(1,2),(1-5),(4-188),(1000-10000),(10000-100000),(16-255)

OK
AT+CPING="www.baidu.com",1,4,64,1000,10000,255
OK

+CPING: 2

+CPING: 2

+CPING: 2

+CPING: 2

+CPING: 3,4,0,4,0,0,0

www.simcom.com 155 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for SIM Card

6.1 Overview of AT Commands for SIM Card

Command Description
AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
AT+CLCK Facility lock
AT+CPWD Change password
AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity
AT+CSIM Generic SIM access
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access
AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK
AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM hotswap function on
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM card detection level
AT+SWITCHSIM Switch master SIM
AT+DUALSIM Set dual-sim mode
AT+BINDSIM Bind ATP to SIM1 or SIM2
AT+DUALSIMURC Dual card reporting control

6.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SIM Card

6.2.1 AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card

This command is used to Read the ICCID from SIM card.

AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card

Test Command Response

www.simcom.com 156 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CICCID=? OK
Response
1)
+ICCID: <ICCID>

Execution Command
OK
AT+CICCID
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<ICCID> Integrate circuit card identity, a standard ICCID is a 20-digit serial

number of the SIM card,it presents the publish state, network code,
publish area, publish date, publish manufacture and press serial
number of the SIM card.

Examples

AT+CICCID
+ICCID: 89860318760238610932

OK
AT+CICCID=?
OK

6.2.2 AT+CPIN Enter PIN

This command is used to send the ME a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN,
SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN is to be entered twice, the TA shall automatically repeat the PIN. If
no PIN request is pending, no action is taken towards MT and an error message, +CME ERROR, is
returned to TE.

If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the second pin is required. This second pin,<newpin>, is used
to replace the old pin in the SIM.

www.simcom.com 157 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPIN Enter PIN

Test Command Response
AT+CPIN=? OK
Response
1)
+CPIN: <code>

Read Command
OK
AT+CPIN?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<pin> String type values.

<newpin> String type values.
<code> Values reserved by the present document:
READY ME is not pending for any password
SIM PIN ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given
PH-SIM PIN ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given
SIM PIN2 ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given
SIM PUK2 ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given
PH-NET PIN ME is waiting network personalization password to be
given
SIM CRASH SIM initialization failed or SIM access encountered a
serious error

Examples

AT+CPIN=?
OK
www.simcom.com 158 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

OK
AT+CPIN=1234
OK

6.2.3 AT+CLCK Facility lock

This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a ME or a network facility <fac>. Password is normally
needed to do such actions. When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2)the response line for
'not active' case (<status>=0)should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.

AT+CLCK Facility lock

Response
Test Command +CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
AT+CLCK=?
OK
Response
1)
OK
2)
When <mode>=2 and command successful:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[
Write Command
+CLCK: <status>,<class2>
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>
[..]]
[,<passwd>[,<class>]]

OK
3)
ERROR
4)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<fac> "SC" lock SIM card or USIM card

"AO" Barr All Outgoing Calls
"OI" Barr Outgoing International Calls

www.simcom.com 159 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"OX" Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country

"AI" Barr All Incoming Calls
"IR" Barr Incoming Calls when roaming outside the home country
"AB" All Barring services (only for <mode>=0)
"AG" All outGoing barring services (only for <mode>=0)
"AC" All inComing barring services (only for <mode>=0)
"FD" SIM fixed dialing memory feature
"PN" Network Personalization
"PU" network subset Personalization
"PP" service Provider Personalization
"PC" Corporate Personalization
<mode> 0 unlock
1 lock
2 query status
<status> 0 not active
1 active
<passwd> Password.
string type; shall be the same as password specified for the facility
from the ME user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default
7):
1 voice (telephony)
2 data (refers to all bearer services)
4 fax (facsimile services)
8 short message service
16 data circuit sync
32 data circuit sync
64 dedicated packet access
128 dedicated PAD access
255 The value 255 covers all classes

Examples

AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 0

OK
AT+CLCK=?
+CLCK:
("SC","AO","OI","OX","AI","IR","AB","AG","AC","FD","PN","PU","PP","PC")

OK

www.simcom.com 160 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.2.4 AT+CPWD Change password

Write command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock
AT+CLCK.

Test command returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the maximum length of their
password.

AT+CPWD Change password

Response
1)
+CPWD: (list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s)

Test Command
OK
AT+CPWD=?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>, 2)
<newpwd> ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<fac> Refer Facility Lock +CLCK for other values:

"SC" SIM or USIM PIN1
"P2" SIM or USIM PIN2
"AB" All Barring services
"AC" All inComing barring services (only for <mode>=0)
"AG" All outGoing barring services (only for <mode>=0)
"AI" Barr All Incoming Calls
"AO" Barr All Outgoing Calls
"IR" Barr Incoming Calls when roaming outside the home country
"OI" Barr Outgoing International Calls
"OX" Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country
<oldpwd> String type, it shall be the same as password specified for the facility
www.simcom.com 161 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

from the ME user interface or with command Change Password

AT+CPWD.
<newpwd> String type, it is the new password; maximum length of password can
be determined with <pwdlength>.
<pwdlength> Integer type, max length of password.

Examples

AT+CPWD=?
+CPWD:
("AB",4),("AC",4),("AG",4),("AI",4),("AO",4),("IR",4),("OI",4),("OX",4),("SC",8),("P2",8)

OK
AT+CPWD="SC","1234","4321"
OK

6.2.5 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity

Execution command causes the TA to return <IMSI>, which is intended to permit the TE to identify the
individual SIM card which is attached to MT.

AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CIMI=?
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
<IMSI>
Execution Command
AT+CIMI
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 162 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<IMSI> International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string, without double

quotes).

Examples

AT+CIMI=?
OK
AT+CIMI
460010222028133

OK

NOTE

If USIM card contains two apps, like China Telecom 4G card, one RUIM/CSIM app, and another USIM
app; so there are two IMSI in it; AT+CIMI will return the RUIM/CSIM IMSI.

6.2.6 AT+CSIM Generic SIM access

This command is used to control the SIM card directly.

Compared to restricted SIM access command AT+CRSM, AT+CSIM allows the ME to take more control
over the SIM interface.

For SIM–ME interface please refer 3GPP TS 11.11.

AT+CSIM Generic SIM access

Test Command Response
AT+CSIM=? OK
Response
1)
+CSIM: <length>,<response>
Write Command
AT+CSIM=<length>,<comma OK
nd> 2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 163 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<length> Interger type; length of characters that are sent to TE in <command>

or <response>
<command> Command passed from MT to SIM card.
<response> Response to the command passed from SIM card to MT.

Examples

AT+CSIM=?
OK
AT+CSIM=10,"A0F2000016"
+CSIM: 4,"6E00"

OK

NOTE

The SIM Application Toolkit functionality is not supported by AT+CSIM. Therefore the following SIM
commands can not be used: TERMINAL PROFILE, ENVELOPE, FETCH and TEMINAL RESPONSE.

6.2.7 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access

By using AT+CRSM instead of Generic SIM Access AT+CSIM, TE application has easier but more limited
access to the SIM database.

Write command transmits to the MT the SIM <command> and its required parameters. MT handles
internally all SIM-MT interface locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, MT sends
the actual SIM information parameters and response data. MT error result code +CME ERROR may be
returned when the command cannot be passed to the SIM, but failure in the execution of the command in
the SIM is reported in <sw1> and <sw2> parameters.

AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access

Test Command Response
AT+CRSM=? OK
www.simcom.com 164 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
Write Command
AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fil
OK
eID>[,<p1>,<p2>,<p3>[,<data
2)
>]]]
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<command> Command passed on by the MT to the SIM:

176 READ BINARY
178 READ RECORD
192 GET RESPONSE
214 UPDATE BINARY
220 UPDATE RECORD
242 STATUS
203 RETRIEVE DATA
219 SET DATA
<fileID> Identifier for an elementary data file on SIM, if used by <command>.
The following list the fileID hex value, user needs to convet them to
decimal.
EFs under MF
0x2FE2 ICCID
0x2F05 Extended Language Preferences
0x2F00 EF DIR
0x2F06 Access Rule Reference EFs under USIM ADF
0x6F05 Language Indication
0x6F07 IMSI
0x6F08 Ciphering and Integrity keys
0x6F09 C and I keys for pkt switched domain
0x6F60 User controlled PLMN selector w/Acc Tech
0x6F30 User controlled PLMN selector
0x6F31 HPLMN search period
0x6F37 ACM maximum value
0x6F38 USIM Service table
0x6F39 Accumulated Call meter
0x6F3E Group Identifier Level
0x6F3F Group Identifier Level 2

www.simcom.com 165 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0x6F46 Service Provider Name

0x6F41 Price Per Unit and Currency table
0x6F45 Cell Bcast Msg identifier selection
0x6F78 Access control class
0x6F7B Forbidden PLMNs
0x6F7E Location information
0x6FAD Administrative data
0x6F48 Cell Bcast msg id for data download
0x6FB7 Emergency call codes
0x6F50 Cell bcast msg id range selection
0x6F73 Packet switched location information
0x6F3B Fixed dialling numbers
0x6F3C Short messages
0x6F40 MSISDN
0x6F42 SMS parameters
0x6F43 SMS Status
0x6F49 Service dialling numbers
0x6F4B Extension 2
0x6F4C Extension 3
0x6F47 SMS reports
0x6F80 Incoming call information
0x6F81 Outgoing call information
0x6F82 Incoming call timer
0x6F83 Outgoing call timer
0x6F4E Extension 5
0x6F4F Capability Config Parameters 2
0x6FB5 Enh Multi Level Precedence and Pri
0x6FB6 Automatic answer for eMLPP service
0x6FC2 Group identity
0x6FC3 Key for hidden phonebook entries
0x6F4D Barred dialling numbers
0x6F55 Extension 4
0x6F58 Comparison Method information
0x6F56 Enabled services table
0x6F57 Access Point Name Control List
0x6F2C De-personalization Control Keys
0x6F32 Co-operative network list
0x6F5B Hyperframe number
0x6F5C Maximum value of Hyperframe number
0x6F61 OPLMN selector with access tech
0x6F5D OPLMN selector
0x6F62 HPLMN selector with access technology
0x6F06 Access Rule reference
0x6F65 RPLMN last used access tech
0x6FC4 Network Parameters
0x6F11 CPHS: Voice Mail Waiting Indicator
www.simcom.com 166 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0x6F12 CPHS: Service String Table

0x6F13 CPHS: Call Forwarding Flag
0x6F14 CPHS: Operator Name String
0x6F15 CPHS: Customer Service Profile
0x6F16 CPHS: CPHS Information
0x6F17 CPHS: Mailbox Number
0x6FC5 PLMN Network Name
0x6FC6 Operator PLMN List
0x6F9F Dynamic Flags Status
0x6F92 Dynamic2 Flag Setting
0x6F98 Customer Service Profile Line2
0x6F9B EF PARAMS - Welcome Message
0x4F30 Phone book reference file
0x4F22 Phone book synchronization center
0x4F23 Change counter
0x4F24 Previous Unique Identifier
0x4F20 GSM ciphering key Kc
0x4F52 GPRS ciphering key
0x4F63 CPBCCH information
0x4F64 Investigation scan
0x4F40 MExE Service table
0x4F41 Operator Root Public Key
0x4F42 Administrator Root Public Key
0x4F43 Third party Root public key
0x6FC7 Mail Box Dialing Number
0x6FC8 Extension 6
0x6FC9 Mailbox Identifier
0x6FCA Message Waiting Indication Status
0x6FCD Service Provider Display Information
0x6FD2 UIM_USIM_SPT_TABLE
0x6FD9 Equivalent HPLMN
0x6FCB Call Forwarding Indicator Status
0x6FD6 GBA Bootstrapping parameters
0x6FDA GBA NAF List
0x6FD7 MBMS Service Key
0x6FD8 MBMS User Key
0x6FCE MMS Notification
0x6FD0 MMS Issuer connectivity parameters
0x6FD1 MMS User Preferences
0x6FD2 MMS User connectivity parameters
0x6FCF Extension 8
0x5031 Object Directory File
0x5032 Token Information File
0x5033 Unused space Information File EFs under Telecom DF
0x6F3A Abbreviated Dialing Numbers
0x6F3B Fixed dialling numbers
www.simcom.com 167 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0x6F3C Short messages

0x6F3D Capability Configuration Parameters
0x6F4F Extended CCP
0x6F40 MSISDN
0x6F42 SMS parameters
0x6F43 SMS Status
0x6F44 Last number dialled
0x6F49 Service Dialling numbers
0x6F4A Extension 1
0x6F4B Extension 2
0x6F4C Extension 3
0x6F4D Barred Dialing Numbers
0x6F4E Extension 4
0x6F47 SMS reports
0x6F58 Comparison Method Information
0x6F54 Setup Menu elements
0x6F06 Access Rule reference
0x4F20 Image
0x4F30 Phone book reference file
0x4F22 Phone book synchronization center
0x4F23 Change counter
0x4F24 Previous Unique Identifier
<p1> <p2> <p3> Integer type; parameters to be passed on by the Module to the SIM.
<data> Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character
format, refer AT+CSCS).
<sw1> <sw2> Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command. It is returned in both cases, on successful or failed
execution of the command.
<response> Response data in case of a successful completion of the previously
issued command.
"STATUS" and "GET RESPONSE" commands return data, which
gives information about the currently selected elementary data field.
This information includes the type of file and its size.
After "READ BINARY" or "READ RECORD" commands the requested
data will be returned.
<response> is empty after "UPDATE BINARY" or "UPDATE
RECORD" commands.

Examples

AT+CRSM=?
OK
AT+CRSM=242
+CRSM:

www.simcom.com 168 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

144,0,"000000003F00040000FFBB01020000"

OK

6.2.8 AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK

This command is used to inquire times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK.

AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK

Test Command Response
AT+SPIC=? OK
Response
1)
+SPIC: <pin1>,<puk1>,<pin2>,<puk2>
Execution Command
AT+SPIC
OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<pin1> Times remain to input PIN1 code.

<puk1> Times remain to input PUK1 code.
<pin2> Times remain to input PIN2 code.
<puk2> Times remain to input PUK2 code.

Examples

AT+SPIC=?
OK
AT+SPIC
+SPIC: 3,10,0,10

OK

www.simcom.com 169 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.2.9 AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM

This command is used to get service provider name from SIM card.

AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM

Response
1)
Test Command
OK
AT+CSPN=?
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CSPN: <spn>,<display mode>

OK
Read Command
2)
AT+CSPN?
OK
3)
ERROR
4)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<spn> String type; service provider name on SIM

<display mode> 0 doesn’t display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN.
1 display PLMN

Examples

AT+CSPN=?
OK
AT+CSPN?
+CSPN: "China Telecom",1

OK

www.simcom.com 170 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.2.10 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM Hotswap Function On

AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM hotswap function on

Response
1)
+UIMHOTSWAPON: (0-2)
Test Command
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+UIMHOTSWAPON: <onoff>
Read Command
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=<onof OK
f> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<onoff> 0 The UIM hotswap function is disabled

1 The UIM hotswap function is enabled(Inserting the SIM card will
be recognized immediately, removing it will not)
2 The UIM hotswap function is enabled(Inserting and pulling out the
SIM card will be recognized immediately)

Examples

AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=?
+UIMHOTSWAPON: (0-2)

OK
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON?
+UIMHOTSWAPON: 0

www.simcom.com 171 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=1
OK

6.2.11 AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM Card Detection Level

AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM Card Detection Level

Response
1)
+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: (0-1)
Test Command
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: <level>
Read Command
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=<l OK
evel> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Vendor

Defined Values

<level> 0 ACTIVE LOW

1 ACTIVE HIGH

Examples

www.simcom.com 172 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=?
+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: (0-1)

OK
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL?
+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: 0

OK
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=1
OK

6.2.12 AT+SWITCHSIM Switch master SIM

This command to set mater SIM.Only applied for dual-sim project.

AT+SWITCHSIM Switch master SIM
Response
Test Command +SWITCHSIM: (0: SIM1, 1: SIM2)
AT+SWITCHSIM=?
OK
Response
Read Command +SWITCHSIM: <simID>
AT+SWITCHSIM?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct,and the corresponding card has been
Write Command inserted, response:
AT+SWITCHSIM=<simID> OK
2)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<simID> Integer type

0 SIM1
1 SIM2

Examples
www.simcom.com 173 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+SWITCHSIM=?
+SWITCHSIM: (0: SIM1, 1: SIM2)

OK
AT+SWITCHSIM?
+SWITCHSIM: 0

OK
AT+SWITCHSIM=1
OK

NOTE

This command is only supported by specific hardware PN which support DS, for detailed information
please contact with SIMCom FAE

6.2.13 AT+DUALSIM Set dual-sim mode

This command to set the dual-sim mode is dual standby or single standby.The SIM2 will register IMS when
<dsmode>=3,if it support.
AT+DUALSIM Set dual-sim mode
Response
+DUALSIM: (0: DUAL SIM DUAL STANDBY, 1: DUAL SIM
Test Command
SINGLE STANDBY, 3: DUAL SIM DUAL STANDBY FP)
AT+DUALSIM=?

OK
Response
Read Command +DUALSIM: <dsmode>
AT+DUALSIM?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+DUALSIM=<dsmode>
2)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

www.simcom.com 174 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<dsmode> Integer type

0 Dual SIM dual standby
1 Dual SIM single standby
3 Dual SIM dual standby with extras

Examples

AT+DUALSIM=?
+DUALSIM: (0: DUAL SIM DUAL STANDBY, 1:
DUAL SIM SINGLE STANDBY, 3: DUAL SIM
DUAL STANDBY FP)

OK
AT+DUALSIM?
+DUALSIM: 0

OK
AT+DUALSIM=0
OK

NOTE

This command is only supported by specific hardware PN which support DS, for detailed information
please contact with SIMCom FAE

6.2.14 AT+BINDSIM Bind ATP to SIM1 or SIM2

This set command to bind AT channel to SIM card 1 or SIM card 2.Only for AT interface.
AT+BINDSIM Bind ATP to SIM1 or SIM2
Response
Test Command +BINDSIM: (0: SIM1, 1: SIM2)
AT+BINDSIM=?
OK
Response
Read Command +BINDSIM: <simID>
AT+BINDSIM?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 175 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BINDSIM=<simID> 1)If the parameter is correct, response:

OK
2)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<simID> Integer type

0 SIM1
1 SIM2

Examples

AT+BINDSIM=?
+BINDSIM: (0: SIM1, 1: SIM2)

OK
AT+BINDSIM?
+BINDSIM: 0

OK
AT+BINDSIM=0
OK
AT+CIMI
460003064859756

OK
AT+BINDSIM=1
OK
AT+CIMI
460012360528428

OK

NOTE

This command is only supported by specific hardware PN which support DS, for detailed information
please contact with SIMCom FAE

www.simcom.com 176 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.2.15 AT+DUALSIMURC Dual card reporting control

This set command to choose which SIM card to report,if enable the SIM2 URC,all URC strings are suffixed
with "DS".
AT+DUALSIMURC Dual card reporting control
Response
Test Command +DUALSIMURC: (0:SIM1, 1:SIM2, 2:SIM1&SIM2)
AT+DUALSIMURC=?
OK
Response
Read Command +DUALSIMURC: <opt>
AT+DUALSIMURC?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+DUALSIMURC=<opt>
2)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<opt> Integer type

0 SIM1
1 SIM2
2 SIM1 & SIM2

Examples

AT+DUALSIMURC=?
+DUALSIMURC: (0:SIM1, 1:SIM2, 2:SIM1&SIM2)

OK
AT+DUALSIMURC?
+DUALSIMURC: 0

OK
AT+DUALSIMURC=1
OK
www.simcom.com 177 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

NOTE

This command is only supported by specific hardware PN which support DS, for detailed information
please contact with SIMCom FAE

www.simcom.com 178 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Call Control

7.1 Overview of AT Commands for Call Control

Command Description
AT+CVHU Voice hang up control
AT+CHUP Hang up call
AT+CBST Select bearer service type
AT+CRLP Radio link protocol
AT+CRC Cellular result codes
AT+CLCC List current calls
AT+CEER Extended error report
AT+CCWA Call waiting
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions
AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation
AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
AT+VTD Tone duration
AT+CSTA Select type of address
AT+CMOD Call mode
AT+VMUTE Speaker mute contro
AT+CMUT Microphone mute control
AT+CSDVC Switch voice channel device
AT+CMICGAIN Adjust mic gain
AT+COUTGAIN Adjust out gain

7.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Call Control

www.simcom.com 179 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7.2.1 AT+CVHU Voice hang up control

Write command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice connection to be disconnected or
not. By voice connection is also meant alternating mode calls that are currently in voice mode.

AT+CVHU Voice hang up control

Response
Test Command +CVHU: (range of supported <mode>s)
AT+CVHU=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CVHU: <mode>
AT+CVHU?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CVHU=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CVHU
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 "Drop DTR" ignored but OK response given. ATH disconnects.

1 "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK response given.

Examples

AT+CVHU=?
+CVHU: (0-1)

OK
AT+CVHU?
+CVHU: 1

OK

www.simcom.com 180 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CVHU=0
OK
AT+CVHU
OK

7.2.2 AT+CHUP Hang up call

This command is used to cancel voice calls. If there is no call, it will do nothing but OK response is given.
After running AT+CHUP, multiple "VOICE CALL END: " may be reported which relies on how many calls
exist before calling this command.

AT+CHUP Hang up call

Test Command Response
AT+CHUP=? OK
Response
1)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CHUP
VOICE CALL: END: <time>
2)No Call
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<time> Voice call connection time.

Format HHMMSS (HH: hour, MM: minute, SS: second)

Examples

AT+CHUP=?
OK
AT+CHUP
OK

VOICE CALL: END: 000033

www.simcom.com 181 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7.2.3 AT+CBST Select bearer service type

Write command selects the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and the connection element
<ce> to be used when data calls are originated. Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call
setup, especially in case of single numbering scheme calls.

AT+CBST Select bearer service type

Response
+CBST: (list of supported <speed>s),(list of supported
Test Command
<name>s),(list of supported <ce>s)
AT+CBST=?

OK
Response
Read Command +CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce>
AT+CBST?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command +CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce>
AT+CBST=<speed>[,<name>
[,<ce>]] OK
2)
ERROR
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CBST
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<speed> 0 autobauding(automatic selection of the speed; this setting is

possible in case of 3.1 kHz modem and
non-transparent service)
1 300 bps (V.21)
2 1200 bps (V.22)
3 1200/75 bps (V.23)
4 2400 bps (V.22bis)
5 2400 bps (V.26ter)
6 4800 bps (V.32)
7 9600 bps (V.32)
12 9600 bps (V.34)
www.simcom.com 182 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

14 14400 bps (V.34)

15 19200 bps (V.34)
16 28800 bps (V.34)
17 33600 bps (V.34)
34 1200 bps (V.120)
36 2400 bps (V.120)
38 4800 bps (V.120)
39 9600 bps (V.120)
43 14400 bps (V.120)
47 19200 bps (V.120)
48 28800 bps (V.120)
49 38400 bps (V.120)
50 48000 bps (V.120)
51 56000 bps (V.120)
65 300 bps (V.110)
66 1200 bps (V.110)
68 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
70 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
71 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
75 14400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
79 19200 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
80 28800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
81 38400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
82 48000 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
83 56000 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
84 64000 bps (X.31 flag stuffing)
115 56000 bps (bit transparent)
116 64000 bps (bit transparent)
120 32000 bps (PIAFS32K)
121 64000 bps (PIAFS64K)
130 28800 bps (multimedia)
131 32000 bps (multimedia)
132 33600 bps (multimedia)
133 56000 bps (multimedia)
134 64000 bps (multimedia)
<name> 0 Asynchronous modem
1 Synchronous modem– PAD Access (asynchronous)( UDI)
2 Packet Access (synchronous )(UDI)
3 data circuit asynchronous (RDI)
4 data circuit synchronous (RDI)
5 PAD Access (asynchronous)(RDI)
6 Packet Access (synchronous )(RDI)
7 Packet Access (synchronous )(RDI)
<ce> 0 transparent
1 non-transparent

www.simcom.com 183 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 both, transparent preferred

3 both, non-transparent preferred

Examples

AT+CBST=?
+CBST:
(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12,14,15,16,17,34,36,38,39,43,47
,48,49,50,51,65,66,68,70,71,75,79,80,81,82,83,8
4,115,116,120,121,130,131,132,133,134),(0-7),(0-
3)

OK
AT+CBST?
+CBST: 0,0,1

OK
AT+CBST=0,2,1
OK
AT+CBST
OK

NOTE

Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported.

7.2.4 AT+CRLP Radio link protocol

Radio Link Protocol(RLP)parameters used when non-transparent data calls are originated may be altered
with write command.

AT+CRLP Radio link protocol

Response
+CRLP: (range of supported <iws>s),(range of supported
Test Command <mws>s),(range of supported <T1>s),(range of supported
AT+CRLP=? <N2>s)[,<ver>[,(range of supported <T4>s)]]

OK

www.simcom.com 184 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
Read Command +CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>[,<ver>[,<T4>]]
AT+CRLP?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CRLP=<iws>[,<mws>[,< OK
T1>[,<N2>[,<ver>[,<T4>]]]]] 2)
ERROR
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CRLP
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<ver> RLP version number in integer format, and it can be 0 or 1; when

version indication is not present it shall equal 1.
<iws> IWF to MS window size.
<mws> MS to IWF window size.
<T1> Acknowledgement timer.
<N2> Retransmission attempts.
<T4> Re-sequencing period in integer format.

Examples

AT+CRLP=?
+CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(39-255),(1-255),(0-1),(3-255)

OK
AT+CRLP?
+CRLP: 61,61,128,255,1,3

OK
AT+CRLP=61,61,128,255,1,3
OK
AT+CRLP
OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 185 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<T1> and <T4> are in units of 10 ms.

7.2.5 AT+CRC Cellular result codes

Write command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication or GPRS network
request for PDP context activation is used. When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with
unsolicited result code "+CRING: <type>" instead of the normal RING.
Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.

AT+CRC Cellular result codes

Response
Test Command +CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+CRC=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CRC: <mode>
AT+CRC?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CRC=<mode>
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CRC
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 disables reporting

1 enables reporting
<type> ASYNC asynchronous transparent
SYNC synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC asynchronous non-transparent

www.simcom.com 186 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

REL SYNC synchronous non-transparent

FAX facsimile
VOICE normal voice
VOICE/XXX voice followed by data(XXX is ASYNC, SYNC, REL
ASYNC or REL SYNC)
ALT VOICE/XXX alternating voice/data, voice first
ALT XXX/VOICE alternating voice/data, data first
ALT FAX/VOICE alternating voice/fax, fax first

Examples

AT+CRC=?
+CRC: (0,1)

OK
AT+CRC?
+CRC: 0

OK
AT+CRC=1
OK
AT+CRC
OK

7.2.6 AT+CLCC List current calls

This command is used to return list of current calls of ME. If command succeeds but no calls are available,
no information response is sent to TE.

AT+CLCC List current calls

Response
Test Command +CLCC: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+CLCC=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CLCC: <n>
AT+CLCC?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CLCC=<n> 1)

www.simcom.com 187 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CLCC:
<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<alph
Execution Command
a>][,<priority>][,<CLI validity>]]
AT+CLCC

OK
2)
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

URC Description
+CLCC: Note:This can be an indication to list the
<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[ current call information when <n> set to 1.
,<alpha>][,<priority>][,<CLI validity>]][
+CLCC:
<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[
,<alpha>][,<priority>][,<CLI validity>]]

Defined Values

<n> 0 Don’t report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the

current call status changes.
1 Report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the
current call status changes.
<idX> Integer type, call identification number.
<dir> 0 mobile originated (MO)call
1 mobile terminated (MT)call
<stat> State of the call:
0 active
1 held
2 dialing (MO call)
3 alerting (MO call)
4 incoming (MT call)
5 waiting (MT call)
6 disconnect
<mode> bearer/teleservice:
0 voice
www.simcom.com 188 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 data
2 fax
9 unknown
<mpty> 0 call is not one of multiparty (conference)call parties
1 call is one of multiparty (conference)call parties
<number> String type phone number in format specified by <type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format;
128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format
145 International number type
161 national number.The network support for this type is
optional
177 network specific number,ISDN format
129 Otherwise
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding
to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one
selected with command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS.
<priority> integer type parameter indicating the eMLPP priority level of the call,
values specified in 3GPP TS 22.067 [54].
<CLI validity> integer type. This parameter can provide details why <number> does
not contain a calling party BCD number (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.4.30). The parameter is not present for MO call types.

0 CLI valid
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
table 10.5.135a/3GPP TS 24.008 code "Reject by user")
2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of
originating network (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
table 10.5.135a/3GPP TS 24.008 code "Interaction with other
service")
3 CLI is not available due to calling party being of type payphone
(refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] table 10.5.135a/3GPP TS 24.008 code
"Coin line/payphone")
4 CLI is not available due to other reasons (refer3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
table 10.5.135a/3GPP TS 24.008 code "Unavailable")

When CLI is not available (<CLI validity>=2, <CLI validity>=3 or

<CLI validity>=4), <number> shall be an empty string ("") and <type>
value will not be significant. Nevertheless, TA may return the
recommended value 128 for <type> (TON/NPI unknown in
accordance with 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7).
When CLI has been withheld by the originator, (<CLI validity>=1) and
the CLIP is provisioned with the "override category" option (refer
3GPP TS 22.081 [3] and 3GPP TS 23.081 [40]), <number> and
<type> is provided. Otherwise, TA shall return the same setting for
<number> and <type> as if the CLI was not available.

www.simcom.com 189 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CLCC=?
+CLCC: (0-1)

OK
AT+CLCC?
+CLCC: 1

OK
AT+CLCC=1
OK
AT+CLCC
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, "13883113271", 129, "",,0 2G call

OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, "13883113271", 129, "" 4G call

OK

NOTE

Parameters after alpha: priority, CLI validity are currently only implemented in 2G calls

7.2.7 AT+CEER Extended error report

Execution command causes the TA to return the information text <report>, which should offer the user of the
TA an extended report of the reason for:
1. The failure in the last unsuccessful call setup(originating or answering)or in-call modification.
2. The last call release.
3. The last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation.
4. The last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.

AT+CEER Extended error report

www.simcom.com 190 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Test Command Response

AT+CEER=? OK
Response
Execution Command +CEER: <report>
AT+CEER
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<report> Wrong information which is possibly occurred.

Examples

AT+CEER=?
OK
AT+CEER
+CEER: "31 Normal unspecified"

OK

7.2.8 AT+CCWA Call waiting

This command allows control of the Call Waiting supplementary service. Activation, deactivation and status
query are supported. When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2)the response line for 'not
active' case (<status>=0)should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>. Parameter <n> is
used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class> to
the TE when call waiting service is enabled. Command should be abortable when network is interrogated.

AT+CCWA Call waiting

Response
+CCWA: (range of supported <n>s),(range of supported
Test Command
<mode>s),(range of supported <class>s)
AT+CCWA=?

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CCWA? +CCWA: <n>

www.simcom.com 191 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1)When <mode>=2 and command successful:
+CCWA: <status>,<class>[
+CCWA: <status>,<class>[..]]
Write Command
AT+CCWA=<n>[,<mode>[,<c
OK
lass>]]
2)
OK
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CCWA
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> Sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA

0 disable
1 enable
<mode> When <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated:
0 disable
1 enable
2 query status
<class> It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default
7)
1 voice (telephony)
2 data (refers to all bearer services)
4 fax (facsimile services)
7 voice,data and fax(1+2+4)
8 short message service
16 data circuit sync
32 data circuit async
64 dedicated packet access
128 dedicated PAD access
255 The value 255 covers all classes
<status> 0 not active
1 active
<number> String type phone number of calling address in format specified by

www.simcom.com 192 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format;
128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format
145 International number type
161 national number.The network support for this type is
optional
129 Otherwise

Examples

AT+CCWA=?
+CCWA: (0-1),(0-2),(1-255)

OK
AT+CCWA?
+CCWA: 1

OK
AT+CCWA=1
OK
AT+CCWA=1,2,7
+CCWA: 1,1
+CCWA: 0,2
+CCWA: 0,4

OK
AT+CCWA
OK

7.2.9 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions

This command allows control of the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration, erasure, activation,
deactivation, and status query are supported.

AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions

Response
Test Command +CCFC: (list of supported <reason>s)
AT+CCFC=?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 193 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CCFC=<reason>,<mode 1)When <mode>=2 and command successful:

>[,<number>[,<type>[,<class +CCFC:
>[,<subaddr>[,<satype>[,<ti <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<tim
me>]]]]]] e>]]][
+CCFC:
<status>,<class2>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<tim
e>]]][..]]

OK
2)
OK
3)
ERROR
4)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<reason> 0 unconditional
1 mobile busy
2 no reply
3 not reachable
4 all call forwarding
5 all conditional call forwarding
<mode> 0 disable
1 enable
2 query status
3 registration
4 erasure
<number> String type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format:
145 dialing string <number> includes international access code
character ‘+’
129 otherwise
<subaddr> String type sub address of format specified by <satype>.
<satype> Type of sub address octet in integer format, default 128.
<classX> It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default
7):
1 voice (telephony)

www.simcom.com 194 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 data (refers to all bearer services)

4 fax (facsimile services)
16 data circuit sync
32 data circuit async
64 dedicated packet access
128 dedicated PAD access
255 The value 255 covers all classes
<time> 1..30 when "no reply" is enabled or queried, this gives the time in
seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value 20.
<status> 0 not active
1 active

Examples

AT+CCFC=?
+CCFC: (0,1,2,3,4,5)

OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC: 0,7

OK

7.2.10 AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation

This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification
Presentation)that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI)of the calling party when
receiving a mobile terminated call.
Write command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect on the execution
of the supplementary service CLIP in the network.
When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), +CLIP:
<number>,<type>,,[,[<alpha>][,<CLI validity>]] response is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>;
refer sub clause "Cellular result codes +CRC")result code sent from TA to TE. It is manufacturer specific if
this response is used when normal voice call is answered.

AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation

Response
Test Command +CLIP: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+CLIP=?
OK
Read Command Response
www.simcom.com 195 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CLIP? 1)
+CLIP: <n>,<m>

OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CLIP=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CLIP
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA:
0 disable
1 enable
<m> 0 CLIP not provisioned
1 CLIP provisioned
2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
<number> String type phone number of calling address in format specified by
<type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format;
128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format
145 International number type
161 national number.The network support for this type is
optional
177 network specific number,ISDN format
129 Otherwise
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding
to the entry found in phone book.
<CLI validity> 0 CLI valid
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator

www.simcom.com 196 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations

of originating network

Examples

AT+CLIP=?
+CLIP: (0-1)

OK
AT+CLIP?
+CLIP: 1,1

OK
AT+CLIP=0
OK
AT+CLIP
OK

7.2.11 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction

This command refers to CLIR-service that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation
of the CLI to the called party when originating a call.
Write command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is restricted or allowed)when temporary mode is
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by
using the opposite command. If this command is used by a subscriber without provision of CLIR in
permanent mode the network will act.
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (given in <n>), and also triggers an
interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (given in <m>).
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction

Response
Test Command +CLIR: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+CLIR=?
OK
Response
1)
Read Command
+CLIR: <n>,<m>
AT+CLIR?

OK

www.simcom.com 197 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CLIR=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 0 presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of

the CLIR service
1 CLIR invocation
2 CLIR suppression
<m> 0 CLIR not provisioned
1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed

Examples

AT+CLIR=?
+CLIR: (0-2)

OK
AT+CLIR?
+CLIR: 0,0

OK
AT+CLIR=1
OK

www.simcom.com 198 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

7.2.12 AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation

This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service COLP(Connected Line Identification
Presentation)that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL)of the called party
after setting up a mobile originated call. The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at
the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network.
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), +COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<alpha>]]
intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any +CR responses. It is manufacturer specific if
this response is used when normal voice call is established.

AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation

Response
Test Command +COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+COLP=?
OK
Response
1)
+COLP: <n>,<m>

Read Command
OK
AT+COLP?
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+COLP=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+COLP
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 20S
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA:
0 disable

www.simcom.com 199 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 enable
<m> 0 COLP not provisioned
1 COLP provisioned
2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

Examples

AT+COLP=?
+COLP: (0-1)

OK
AT+COLP?
+COLP: 1,0

OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
AT+COLP
OK

7.2.13 AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services

This command allows the control of the following call related services:
- a call can be temporarily disconnected from the MT but the connection is retained by the network;
- multiparty conversation (conference calls);
- the served subscriber who has two calls (one held and the other either active or alerting) can connect
the other parties and release the served subscriber's own connection.
Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released, added to conversation, and transferred similarly as defined
in 3GPP TS 22.030 [19].
This is based on the supplementary services HOLD (Call Hold; refer 3GPP TS 22.083 [5] clause 2 and
3GPP TS 24.610 [135]), MPTY / CONF (MultiParty; refer 3GPP TS 22.084 [22] and Conference; refer
3GPP TS 24.605 [133]) and ECT (Explicit Call Transfer; refer 3GPP TS 22.091 [30] and
3GPP TS 24.629 [139]).

AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services

Response
Test Command +CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
AT+CHLD=?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 200 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CHLD=<n> 1)
OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 20S
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> integer type; equals to numbers entered before SEND button in

3GPP TS 22.030 [19] clause 6.5.5.1.
0 Release all held calls or set user determined user busy
(UDUB) for a waiting call.
1 Release all active calls (if any exist) and accept the other
(held or waiting) call.
1x Releases a specific active call X.
2 Places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the
other (held or waiting) call.
2x Places all active calls on hold except call X with which
communication shall be supported.
3 Add a held call to the conversation (multiparty).
4 Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from
both calls (ECT).

Examples

AT+CHLD=?
+CHLD: (0,1,1x,2,2x,3,4)

OK
AT+CHLD=1
OK

7.2.14 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation

This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and arbitrary tones which cause the Mobile
Switching Center (MSC)to transmit tones to a remote subscriber.
www.simcom.com 201 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation

Response
Test Command +VTS: (list of supported<dtmf>s)
AT+VTS=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+VTS=<dtmf>[,<duration> OK
] 2)
or ERROR
AT+VTS=<dtmf-string> 3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<dtmf> A single ASCII character in the set 0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D.

<duration> Tone duration in 1/10 seconds, from 300 to 600. This is interpreted as
a DTMF tone of different duration from that mandated by the AT+VTD
command, otherwise, the duration which be set the AT+VTD
command will be used for the tone (<duration> is omitted).
<dtmf-string> A sequence of ASCII character in the set 0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D, and
maximal length of the string is 32. The string must be enclosed in
double quotes (""). Each of the tones with a duration which is set by
the AT+VTD command.

Examples

AT+VTS=?
+VTS: (0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D)

OK
AT+VTS=1,600
OK
AT+VTS="135"
OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 202 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The END event of voice call will terminate the transmission of tones, and as an operator option, the
tone may be ceased after a pre-determined time whether or not tone duration has been reached.
For Volte, the time range of the sent DTMF 20-1000ms can only be controlled by the VTS command,
independent of the setting time of the VTD command.

7.2.15 AT+VTD Tone duration

This refers to an integer <n> that defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the AT+VTS command. A
value different than zero causes a tone of duration <n>/10 seconds.

AT+VTD Tone duration

Response
Test Command +VTD: (range of supported <n>s)
AT+VTD=?
OK
Response
Read Command +VTD: <n>
AT+VTD?
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+VTD=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<n> 300-600 Tone duration of every single tone in 1/10 seconds.

Examples

AT+VTD=?
+VTD: (300-600)

www.simcom.com 203 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+VTD?
+VTD: 300

OK
AT+VTD=400
OK

NOTE

VTD indicates the time control range for sending DTMF on Voice call, not the DTMF control range for
Volte call.

7.2.16 AT+CSTA Select type of address

Write command is used to select the type of number for further dialing commands (ATD)according to
GSM/UMTS specifications.
Read command returns the current type of number.
Test command returns values supported by the Module as a compound value.

AT+CSTA Select type of address

Response
Test Command +CSTA: (list of supported <type>s)
AT+CSTA=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CSTA: <type>
AT+CSTA?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CSTA=<type>
2)
ERROR
Set default value
Execution Command
Response
AT+CSTA
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 204 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<type> Type of address octet in integer format:

145 when dialling string includes international access code
character "+"
161 national number.The network support for this type is
optional
177 network specific number,ISDN format
129 otherwise

Examples

AT+CSTA=?
+CSTA: (129,145,161,177)

OK
AT+CSTA?
+CSTA: 129

OK
AT+CSTA=145
OK
AT+CSTA
OK

NOTE

Because the type of address is automatically detected on the dial string of dialing command, command
AT+CSTA has really no effect.

7.2.17 AT+CMOD Call mode

Write command selects the call mode of further dialing commands (ATD)or for next answering command
(ATA). Mode can be either single or alternating.
Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.
www.simcom.com 205 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMOD Call mode

Response
Test Command +CMOD: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+CMOD=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMOD: <mode>
AT+CMOD?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CMOD=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Set default value:
Execution Command
Response
AT+CMOD
OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 single mode(only supported)

Examples

AT+CMOD=?
+CMOD: (0)

OK
AT+CMOD?
+CMOD: 0

OK
AT+CMOD=0
OK
AT+CMOD
OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 206 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The value of <mode> shall be set to zero after a successfully completed alternating mode call. It shall
be set to zero also after a failed answering. The power-on, factory and user resets shall also set the
value to zero. This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are originated or answered
accidentally.

7.2.18 AT+VMUTE Speaker mute control

This command is used to control the loudspeaker to mute and unmute during a voice call or a video call
which is connected. If there is not a connected call, write command can’t be used. When all calls are
disconnected, the Module sets the subparameter as 0 automatically.

AT+VMUTE Speaker mute control

Response
Test Command +VMUTE: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+VMUTE=?
OK
Response
Read Command +VMUTE: <mode>
AT+VMUTE?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+VMUTE=<mode> OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 mute off

1 mute on

Examples

AT+VMUTE=?
+VMUTE: (0-1)

www.simcom.com 207 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+VMUTE?
+VMUTE: 0

OK
AT+VMUTE=1
OK

7.2.19 AT+CMUT Microphone mute control

This command is used to enable and disable the uplink voice muting during a voice call or a video call which
is connected. If there is not a connected call, write command can’t be used. When all calls are disconnected,
the Module sets the subparameter as 0 automatically.

AT+CMUT Microphone mute control

Response
Test Command +CMUT: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+CMUT=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMUT: <mode>
AT+CMUT?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CMUT=<mode> OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> 0 mute off

1 mute on

Examples

AT+CMUT=?
+CMUT: (0-1)

www.simcom.com 208 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CMUT?
+CMUT: 0

OK
AT+CMUT=1
OK

7.2.20 AT+CSDVC Switch voice channel device

This command is used to switch voice channel device. After changing current voice channel device and if
there is a connecting voice call, it will use the settings of previous device (loudspeaker volume level, mute
state of loudspeaker and microphone, refer to AT+VMUTE, and AT+CMUT).

AT+CSDVC Switch voice channel device

Response
Test Command +CSDVC: (list of supported <dev>s)
AT+CSDVC=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CSDVC: <dev>
AT+CSDVC?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CSDVC=<dev> OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<dev> 1 handset
3 speaker phone

Examples

AT+CSDVC=?
+CSDVC: (1,3)

www.simcom.com 209 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CSDVC?
+CSDVC: 1

OK
AT+CSDVC=3
OK

7.2.21 AT+CMICGAIN Adjust mic gain

This command is used to adjust mic gain. If this command was used during call, it will take immediate effect.
Otherwise, it will take effect in next call.

AT+CMICGAIN Adjust mic gain

Response
Test Command +CMICGAIN: (range of supported <value>s)
AT+CMICGAIN=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMICGAIN: <value>
AT+CMICGAIN?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CMICGAIN=<value>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<value> Gain value from 0-7, 7 is the max. 4 is the default value.

Examples

AT+CMICGAIN=?
+CMICGAIN: (0-7)
www.simcom.com 210 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CMICGAIN?
+CMICGAIN: 4

OK
AT+CMICGAIN=7
OK

7.2.22 AT+COUTGAIN Adjust out gain

This command is used to adjust out(speaker/handset)gain. If this command was used during call, it will take
immediate effect . Otherwise, it will take effect in next call.

AT+COUTGAIN Adjust out gain

Response
Test Command +COUTGAIN: (range of supported <value>s)
AT+COUTGAIN=?
OK
Response
Read Command +COUTGAIN: <value>
AT+COUTGAIN?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+COUTGAIN=<value>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<mode> Gain value from 0-7, 7 is the max. 4 is the default value.

Examples

AT+COUTGAIN=?

www.simcom.com 211 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+COUTGAIN: (0-7)

OK
AT+COUTGAIN?
+COUTGAIN: 4

OK
AT+COUTGAIN=7
OK

www.simcom.com 212 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Phonebook

8.1 Overview of AT Commands for Phonebook

Command Description
AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage
AT+CPBR Read phonebook entries
AT+CPBF Find phonebook entries
AT+CPBW Write phonebook entry
AT+CNUM Subscriber number

8.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Phonebook

8.2.1 AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage

This command selects the active phonebook storage, i.e. the phonebook storage that all subsequent
phonebook commands will be operating on.

AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage

Response
Test Command +CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
AT+CPBS=?
OK
Response
1)
+CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>

www.simcom.com 213 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CPBS=<storage>
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Set default value "SM"
Execution Command
Response
AT+CPBS
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<storage> Values reserved by the present document:

"FD" SIM/USIM fix dialing phonebook. If a SIM card is
present or if a UICC with an active GSM application is present,
the information in EFFDN under DFTelecom is selected. If a
UICC with an active USIM application is present, the information
in EFFDN under ADFUSIM is selected.
"ON" SIM (or MT)own numbers (MSISDNs)list (reading of
this storage may be available through +CNUM also). When
storing information in the SIM/UICC, if a SIM card is present or if
a UICC with an active GSM application is present, the
information in EFMSISDN under DFTelecom is selected. If a
UICC with an active USIM application is present, the information
in EFMSISDN under ADFUSIM is selected.
"SM" SIM/UICC phonebook. If a SIM card is present or if a
UICC with an active GSM application is present, the EFADN
under DFTelecom is selected. If a UICC with an active USIM
application is present, the global phonebook, DFPHONEBOOK
under DFTelecom is selected.
"AP" Selected application phonebook. If a UICC with an
active USIM application is present, the application phonebook,
DFPHONEBOOK under ADFUSIM is selected.
<used> Integer type value indicating the number of used locations in
selected memory.
<total> Integer type value indicating the total number of locations in
selected memory.

Examples

www.simcom.com 214 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPBS=?
+CPBS: ("SM","FD","ON","AP")

OK
AT+CPBS?
+CPBS: "SM",8,500

OK
AT+CPBS="SM"
OK
AT+CPBS
OK

8.2.2 AT+CPBR Read phonebook entries

This command gets the record information from the selected memory storage in phonebook. If the storage
is selected as "SM" then the command will return the record in SIM phonebook, the same to others.

AT+CPBR Read phonebook entries

Response
1)
+CPBR: (<minIndex>-<maxIndex>), [<nlength>], [<tlength>]
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
[+CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>[
+CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>[…]]]
Write Command
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>] OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

www.simcom.com 215 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<index1> Integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook

memory.
<index2> Integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook
memory.
<index> Integer type.the current position number of the Phonebook index.
<minIndex> Integer type the minimum <index> number.
<maxIndex> Integer type the maximum <index> number
<number> String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length is
<nlength>.
<type> Type of phone number octet in integer format, default 145 when
dialing string includes international access code character "+",
otherwise 129.
<text> String type field of maximum length <tlength>; often this value is set
as name.
<nlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>.
<tlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.

Examples

AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR: (1-500),40,14

OK
AT+CPBR=3
+CPBR: 3,"1234567890123456789012345678901234567890",129,""

OK

8.2.3 AT+CPBF Find phonebook entries

This command finds the record in phonebook (from the current phonebook memory storage selected with
AT+CPBS)which alphanumeric field has substring <findtext>.If <findtext> is null, it will lists all the entries.

AT+CPBF Find phonebook entries

Response
Test Command
1)
AT+CPBF=?
+CPBF: [<nlength>],[<tlength>]

www.simcom.com 216 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
[+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[
+CPBF: <indexN>,<number>,<type>,<text>[…]]]
Write Command
AT+CPBF=[<findtext>]
OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<findtext> String type, this value is used to find the record. Character set
should be the one selected with command AT+CSCS.
<index> Integer type values in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory.
<number> String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length
is <nlength>.
<type> Type of phone number octet in integer format, default 145 when
dialing string includes international access code character "+",
otherwise 129.
<text> String type field of maximum length <tlength>; often this value is
set as name.
<nlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<number>.
<tlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.

Examples

AT+CPBF=?
+CPBF: 40,14

OK

www.simcom.com 217 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CPBF="lly"
+CPBF: 500,"1234567890123456789012345678901234567890",129,"lly"

OK

8.2.4 AT+CPBW Write phonebook entry

This command writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory
storage selected with AT+CPBS.

AT+CPBW Write phonebook entry

Response
1)
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],(list of supported
Test Command <type>s),[<tlength>]
AT+CPBW=?
OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number 2)
>[,<type>[,<text>]]] ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<index> Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook

memory. If <index> is not given, the first free entry will be used. If
<index> is given as the only parameter, the phonebook entry
specified by <index> is deleted. If record number <index> already
exists, it will be overwritten.
<number> String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length is
<nlength>.It must be an non-empty string.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format, The range of value is from
129 to 255. If <number> contains a leading "+" <type>=145

www.simcom.com 218 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

(international)is used. Supported value are:

145 when dialling string includes international access code
character "+"
161 national number. The network support for this type is
optional
177 network specific number, ISDN format
129 otherwise

NOTE: Other value refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7.

<text> String type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as
specified by command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS.
<nlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>.
<tlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
<text> has a maximum of 14 bytes. PB is eventually stored in the
Unicode UCS2 encoding, which is double-byte encoding, so only
seven characters can be written
NOTE: If the parameters of <type> and <text> are omitted and the
first character of <number> is ‘+’,it will specify <type> as 145(129 if
the first character isn’t ‘+’)and <text> as NULL.

Examples

AT+CPBW=?
+CPBW: (1-500),40,(129,145,161,177),14

OK
AT+CPBW=493,"12345678901234567890",129,"lly1"
OK

8.2.5 AT+CNUM Subscriber number

Execution command returns the MSISDNs related to the subscriber (this information can be stored in the
SIM or in the ME). If subscriber has different MSISDN for different services, each MSISDN is returned in a
separate line.

AT+CNUM Subscriber number

Response
Test Command
1)
AT+CNUM=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CNUM=<index>[,<number>[ 1)

www.simcom.com 219 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

,<type>[,<text>]]] OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command Response
AT+CNUM 1)
[+CNUM: <text>,<number>,<type>
+CNUM: <text>,<number>,<type>]

OK
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.007

Defined Values

<index> Integer type values in the range (1, 2). If <index> is given as the
only parameter and is 1 or 2, the MSISDN specified by <index> is
deleted. If record number <index> already exists, it will be
overwritten.
<number> String type phone number of format specified by <type>.
<type> Type of address octet in integer format. Refer to the CPBW
<type>.
<text> String type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as
specified by command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS.

Examples

AT+CNUM=?
OK
AT+CNUM
OK

NOTE

CAT1,CAT4 modules do not support Write Command.

www.simcom.com 220 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for SMS

9.1 Overview of AT Commands for SMS

Command Description
AT+CSMS Select message service
AT+CPMS Preferred message storage
AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
AT+CSCA SMS service centre address
AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication
AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters
AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters
AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA
AT+CNMI New message indications to TE
AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
AT+CMGR Read message
AT+CMGS Send message
AT+CMSS Send message from storages
AT+CMGW Write message to memory
AT+CMGD Delete message
AT+CMGMT Change message status
AT+CMVP Set message valid period
AT+CMGRD Read and delete message
AT+CMGSEX Send message
AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage
AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index

Command Description Supported Modules

AT+CSCB=<mode>,<mi Parameters are not allowed to be Only CAT1 Modules
ds>,<dcss> omitted
AT+CMGS Allow deleting input SMS data in data Only CAT1 Modules
AT+CMGW mode
AT+CMGSEX No SMS send URC report, just report a Only CAT1 Modules
www.simcom.com 221 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK before last SMS input.

9.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMS

9.2.1 AT+CSMS Select message service

This command is used to select messaging service <service>.

AT+CSMS Select message service

Test Command Response
AT+CSMS=? +CSMS: (range of supported <service>s)

OK
Response
Read Command +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
AT+CSMS?
OK
Response
1)
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>

Write Command
OK
AT+CSMS=<service>
2)
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<service> 0 SMS at command is compatible with GSM phase 2.

1 SMS at command is compatible with GSM phase 2+.
<mt> 0 type not supported.
1 type supported.
<mo> 0 type not supported.
1 type supported.
www.simcom.com 222 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<bm> 0 type not supported.

1 type supported.

Examples

AT+CSMS=0
+CSMS: 1,1,1

OK
AT+CSMS?
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1

OK
AT+CSMS=?
+CSMS: (0-1)

OK

9.2.2 AT+CPMS Preferred message storage

This command is used to select memory storages <mem1>,<mem2> and <mem3> to be used for reading,
writing, etc.

AT+CPMS Preferred message storage

Test Command Response
AT+CPMS=? +CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)

OK
Response
+CPMS:
Read Command <mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<mem3>,
AT+CPMS? <used3>,<total3>

OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[, +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3>
<mem3>]]
OK
www.simcom.com 223 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Response
1)Set default value
(<mem1>="SM",<mem2>="SM",<mem3>="SM"):
+CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3>
Execution Command
AT+CPMS OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<mem1> String type, memory from which messages are read and deleted
(commands List Messages AT+CMGL, Read Message AT+CMGR
and Delete Message AT+CMGD).
"ME" FLASH message storage
"SM" SIM message storage
<mem2> String type, memory to which writing and sending operations are
made (commands Send Message from Storage AT+CMSS and
Write Message to Memory AT+CMGW).
"ME" FLASH message storage
"SM" SIM message storage
<mem3> String type, memory to which received SMS is preferred to be stored
(unless forwarded directly to TE; refer command New Message
Indications AT+CNMI).
"ME" FLASH message storage
"SM" SIM message storage
<bm> Integer type, number of messages currently in <memX>.
<totalX> Integer type, total number of message locations in <memX>.

Examples

AT+CPMS=?
+CPMS: ("ME","SM"),("ME","SM"),("ME","SM")

www.simcom.com 224 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "ME", 0, 180,"ME", 0, 180,"ME", 0, 180

OK
AT+CPMS="SM","SM","SM"
+CPMS: 3,50,3,50,3,50

OK
AT+CPMS
+CPMS: 3,50,3,50,3,50

OK

9.2.3 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format

This command is used to specify the input and output format of the short messages.

AT+CMGF Select SMS message format

Test Command Response
AT+CMGF=? 1)
+CMGF: (range of supported <mode>s)

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CMGF: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CMGF=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command 1)
AT+CMGF Set default value (<mode>=0):
OK

www.simcom.com 225 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<mode> 0 PDU mode

1 Text mode

Examples

AT+CMGF?
+CMGF: 0

OK
AT+CMGF=?
+CMGF: (0-1)

OK
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CMGF
OK

9.2.4 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address

This command is used to update the SMSC address, through which mobile originated SMS are transmitted.

AT+CSCA SMS service centre address

Test Command Response
AT+CSCA=? OK
Response
1)
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
OK
2)
ERROR

www.simcom.com 226 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<sca> Service Centre Address, value field in string format, BCD

numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to
command AT+CSCS), type of address given by <tosca>.
<tosca> SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format, when first
character of <sca> is + (IRA 43)default is 145, otherwise default
is 129.

Examples

AT+CSCA=?
OK
AT+CSCA="+8613012345678"
OK
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+8613010314500", 145

OK

9.2.5 AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication

The test command returns the supported <mode>s as a compound value.

The read command displays the accepted message types.
Depending on the <mode> parameter, the write command adds or deletes the message types accepted.

AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication

Test Command Response
AT+CSCB=? 1)
+CSCB: (range of supported <mode>s)

www.simcom.com 227 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CSCB=<mode>[,<mids>[,<d 2)
css>]] ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<mode> 0 message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted.

1 message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not
accepted.
<mids> String type; all different possible combinations of CBM message
identifiers.
<dcss> String type; all different possible combinations of CBM data
coding schemes.

NOTE

The Read command for A7600 series return a list of available parameters <mids> and <dcss> with
<mode> 0. If no parameters are available, return <mode> 1.

Examples

AT+CSCB=?
+CSCB: (0-1)

www.simcom.com 228 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CSCB?
+CSCB: 1,"",""

OK
AT+CSCB=0,"15-17,50,86",""
OK

9.2.6 AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters

This command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or
placed in storage when text format message mode is selected.

AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters

Test Command Response
AT+CSMP=? OK
Response
1)
Read Command
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
AT+CSMP?

OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CSMP=<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,< 2)
dcs>]]] ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<fo> Depending on the Command or result code: first octet of GSM

03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2)in
integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if
<fo> is set to 49.
www.simcom.com 229 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM

03.40,TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167), in
time-string format, or if is supported, in enhanced format
(hexadecimal coded string with quotes),(<vp> is in range 0..
255).
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0).
<dcs> GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell
Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format depending on
the command or result code.

Examples

AT+CSMP=17,23,0,244
OK
AT+CSMP?
+CSMP: 17,23,0,244

OK
AT+CSMP=?
OK

9.2.7 AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters

This command is used to control whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes.

AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters

Test Command Response
AT+CSDH=? +CSDH: (range of supported <show>s)

OK
Response
Read Command +CSDH: <show>
AT+CSDH?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CSDH=<show>
2)
ERROR
Execution Command Set default value (<show>=0):
AT+CSDH 1)

www.simcom.com 230 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<show> 0 do not show header values defined in commands AT+CSCA

and AT+CSMP (<sca>,<tosca>,<fo>,<vp>,<pid> and <dcs>)nor
<length>,<toda> or <tooa> in +CMT, AT+CMGL, AT+CMGR
result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text
mode; for SMS-COMMANDs in AT+CMGR result code, do not
show <pid>,<mn>,<da>,<toda>,<length> or <data>
1 show the values in result codes

Examples

AT+CSDH=?
+CSDH: (0-1)

OK
AT+CSDH?
+CSDH: 0

OK
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CSDH
OK

9.2.8 AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA

This command is used to confirm successful receipt of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or

SMS-STATUSREPORT)routed directly to the TE. If ME does not receive acknowledgement within required
time (network timeout), it will send RP-ERROR to the network.

AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA

Test Command Response
AT+CNMA=? if text mode(AT+CMGF=1):

www.simcom.com 231 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
if PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
+CNMA: (range of supported <n>s)

OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CNMA=<n>
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
1)
OK
Execution Command 2)
AT+CNMA ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<n> Parameter required only for PDU mode.

0 Command operates similarly as execution command in text
mode.
1 Send positive (RP-ACK)acknowledgement to the network.
Accepted only in PDU mode.
2 Send negative (RP-ERROR)acknowledgement to the
network. Accepted only in PDU mode.

Examples

AT+CNMI=1,2,0,0,0
OK

+CMT: "1380022xxxx","","02/04/03,11:06:38+32"
// receive new short message
Testing

AT+CNMA
//send ACK to the network
OK
//the second time return error, it needs ACK
AT+CNMA
only once
+CMS ERROR:340

www.simcom.com 232 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

NOTE

The execute / write command shall only be used when AT+CSMS parameter <service> equals 1 (= phase
2+)and appropriate URC has been issued by the module, i.e.:
<+CMT> for <mt>=2 incoming message classes 0, 1, 3 and none;
<+CMTI> for <mt>=3 incoming message classes 0;
<+CDS> for <ds>=1.

9.2.9 AT+CNMI New message indications to TE

This command is used to select the procedure how receiving of new messages from the network is
indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF). If set
<mt>＝3 or <ds>＝1, make sure <mode>＝1, If set <mt>=2,make sure <mode>=1 or 2, otherwise it will
return error. The 1803S platform does not have parameter restrictions.

AT+CNMI New message indications to TE

Test Command Response
AT+CNMI=? +CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s),(list
of supported <bm>s),(list of supported <ds>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)

OK
Response
Read Command +CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
AT+CNMI?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CNMI=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm> 2)
[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]] ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Execution Command Set default value:
AT+CNMI OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

www.simcom.com 233 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<mode> 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code

buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or
the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the
new received indications.
1 Discard indication and reject new received message
unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode)and flush them to the TE after
reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
<mt> The rules for storing received SMS depend on its data coding
scheme, preferred memory storage (AT+CPMS)setting and this
value:
0 No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <mem3>,<index>.
2 SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in
the message waiting indication group (store message))are routed
directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode
enabled); or
+CMT:
<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>
,<length>]<CR> <LF><data>
(text mode enabled, about parameters in italics, refer command
Show Text Mode Parameters AT+CSDH).
3 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using
unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other
data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> The rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding
scheme, the setting of Select CBM Types (AT+CSCB)and this
value:
0 No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code:
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or
+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
(text mode enabled)
<ds> 0 No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1 SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using
unsolicited result code:

www.simcom.com 234 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or

+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (text mode
enabled)
2 If SMS-STATUS-REPORT is stored into ME/TA, indication of
the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result
code: +CDSI: <mem3>,<index>.
<bfr> 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1 to 2 is entered
(OK response shall be given before flushing the codes).
1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this
command is cleared when <mode> 1 to 2 is entered.

Examples

AT+CNMI?
+CNMI: 2,1,0,0,0

OK
AT+CNMI=?
+CNMI: (0,1,2),(0,1,2,3),(0,2),(0,1,2),(0,1)

OK
AT+CNMI=2,1 (unsolicited result codes after
received messages.)
OK
AT+CNMI
OK

9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages

The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO
SMS messages.
The test command is used for requesting information on which services and service preferences can be set
by using the AT+CGSMS write command
The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference.

AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages

Test Command Response
AT+CGSMS=? +CGSMS: (range of supported <service>s)

OK

www.simcom.com 235 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
Read Command +CGSMS: <service>
AT+CGSMS?
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CGSMS=<service>
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<service> A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service

preference to be used
0 GPRS(value is not really supported and is internally mapped
to 2)
1 circuit switched(value is not really supported and is internally
mapped to 3)
2 GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available)
3 circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not
available)

Examples

AT+CGSMS?
+CGSMS: 3

OK
AT+CGSMS=?
+CGSMS: (0-3)

OK
AT+CGSMS=3
OK

www.simcom.com 236 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.11 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store

This command is used to return messages with status value <stat> from message storage <mem1> to the
TE.

If the status of the message is 'received unread', the status in the storage changes to 'received read'.

AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store

Test Command Response
AT+CMGL=? +CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)

OK
Response
1)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and
SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa>/<da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa>/<toda>,<f
o>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>[
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa>/<da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa>/<toda>,<f
o>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>[..]]

OK
2)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>[
Write Command +CMGL:
AT+CMGL=<stat>[,<mode>] <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>[..]]

OK
3)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
COMMANDs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[..]]

OK
4)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM
storage:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages>
<data>[
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages>
<data>[..]]

www.simcom.com 237 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
5)If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0)and Command successful:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length>
<pdu>[
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length>
<pdu>
[…]]

OK
6)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<stat> 1. Text Mode:

"REC UNREAD" received unread message (i.e. new message)
"REC READ" received read message
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT" stored sent message
"ALL" all messages
2. PDU Mode:
0 received unread message (i.e. new message)
1 received read message
2 stored unsent message
3 stored sent message
4 all messages
<mode> 0 Changing SMS status
1 The SMS status does not change
<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory and start with one.
<oa> Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <tooa>.
<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>
corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook;
implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used

www.simcom.com 238 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

character set should be the one selected with command Select

TE Character Set AT+CSCS.
<scts> TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>).
<tooa> TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(default refer <toda>).
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1)the
length of the message body <data> in characters; or in PDU
mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in
octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in
the length)
<data> In the case of SMS: TP-User-Data in text mode responses;
format:
1. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:
a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM
alphabet into current TE character set.
b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit
character of GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. character (GSM 7 bit default
alphabet 23)is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
2. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used, or <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is
set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is
presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
3. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used:
a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM
alphabet into current TE character set.
b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit
character of the GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA
character long hexadecimal numbers.
4. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers.
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM
03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2)in
integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if
<fo> is set to 49.
<mr> Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<ra> Recipient Address

www.simcom.com 239 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string

format;BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters)are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character
set(refer to command AT+CSCS);type of address given by <tora>
<tora> Type of Recipient Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in
integer format (default refer <toda>)
<dt> Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string
format:"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz",where characters indicate year
(two last digits),month,day,hour,minutes,seconds and time zone.
<st> Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0…255
<ct> Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0…255
<ct> Command Type
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
0…255
<sn> Serial Number
GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
<mid> Message Identifier
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<page> Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
<pages> Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format
<pdu> In the case of SMS: SC address followed by TPDU in
hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit
into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet
with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A
(IRA 50 and 65)).

Examples

AT+CMGL=?
+CMGL: ("REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT","STO SENT","ALL")

OK
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","+10011",,,145,4
Hello World

www.simcom.com 240 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

NOTE

The AT+CMGL=<stat>[,<mode>] command only applies to 160X series platforms. 180X series platforms
still use the AT+CMGL=<stat> command.

9.2.12 AT+CMGR Read message

This command is used to return message with location value <index> from message storage <mem1> to
the TE.

AT+CMGR Read message

Test Command Response
AT+CMGR=? OK
Response
1)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
DELIVER:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]
<data>

OK
2)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
SUBMIT:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<
Write Command
tosca>,<length>]
AT+CMGR=<index>
<data>

OK
3)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
STATUS-REPORT:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>

OK
If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-
COMMAND:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length>]<CR>
<LF><data>
www.simcom.com 241 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
4)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM
storage:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>

OK
5)If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0)and Command successful:
+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>

OK
6)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by

the associated memory and start with one.
<stat> 1. Text Mode:
"REC UNREAD" received unread message (i.e. new message)
"REC READ" received read message
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT" stored sent message
2. PDU Mode:
0 received unread message (i.e. new message)
1 received read message
2 stored unsent message
3 stored sent message
<oa> Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <tooa>.
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>
corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook;
implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used
character set should be the one selected with command Select TE
Character Set AT+CSCS.
<scts> TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>).
<tooa> TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(default refer <toda>).

www.simcom.com 242 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<fo> Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM

03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2)in integer
format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is
set to 49.
<pid> Protocol Identifier
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
0…255
<dcs> Depending on the command or result code: SMS Data Coding
Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in
integer format.
<sca> RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers
(or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <tosca>.
<tosca> RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default
refer <toda>).
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1)the
length of the message body <data> in characters; or in PDU mode
(AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets. (i.e.
the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<data> In the case of SMS: TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
1. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:
a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM
alphabet into current TE character set.
b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit
character of GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. character (GSM 7 bit default alphabet
23)is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
2. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used, or <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is
set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is
presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
3. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used:
a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM
alphabet into current TE character set.
b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit
character of the GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers.
4. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers.
<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD

www.simcom.com 243 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted

to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145, otherwise
default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: TP-Validity-Period
either in integer format (default 167)or in time-string format (refer
<dt>).
<mr> Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<ra> Recipient Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string
format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters)are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character
set(refer to command AT+CSCS);type of address given by <tora>
<tora> Type of Recipient Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (default refer <toda>)
<dt> Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string
format:"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz",where characters indicate year
(two last digits),month,day,hour,minutes,seconds and time zone.
<st> Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0…255
<ct> Command Type
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
0…255
<mn> Message Number
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
<sn> Serial Number
GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
<mid> Message Identifier
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<page> Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
<pages> Page parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format
<pdu> In the case of SMS: SC address followed by TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA
character long hexadecimal numbers. (eg. octet with integer value
42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).

www.simcom.com 244 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CMGR=?
OK
AT+CMGR=1
+CMGR: "STO UNSENT","+10011",,145,17,0,0,167,"+8613800100500",145,11
Hello World

OK

9.2.13 AT+CMGS Send message

This command is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).

AT+CMGS Send message

Test Command Response
AT+CMGS=? OK
Response
Write Command
1)If sending successfully:
If text mode(AT+CMGF=1)
+CMGS: <mr>
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]
Text is entered.
OK
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
2)If cancel sending:
If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0)
OK
AT+CMGS=<length>
3)If sending fails
PDU is entered
ERROR
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
4)If sending fails:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 40s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD

numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
www.simcom.com 245 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<length> integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1)the

length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>)in characters;
or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not
counted in the length)
<mr> Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.

Examples

AT+CMGS=?
OK //TEXT MODE
AT+CMGS="13012832788"
>ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGS: 46

OK

NOTE

In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if
the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.

9.2.14 AT+CMSS Send message from storage

This command is used to send message with location value <index> from preferred message storage
<mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).

AT+CMSS Send message from storage

Test Command Response
AT+CMSS=? OK
Response
1)
+CMSS: <mr>
Write Command
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<tod
OK
a>]]
2)
ERROR
3)If sending fails:

www.simcom.com 246 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by

the associated memory and start with one.
<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<mr> Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.

Examples

AT+CMSS=?
OK
AT+CMSS=3
+CMSS: 0

OK
AT+CMSS=3,"13012345678"
+CMSS: 55

OK

NOTE
NOTE

In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if
the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.

www.simcom.com 247 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.15 AT+CMGW Write message to memory

This command is used to store message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT)to memory storage
<mem2>.

AT+CMGW Write message to memory

Test Command Response
AT+CMGW=? OK
Write Command
Response
If text mode(AT+CMGF=1)
1)If write successfully:
AT+CMGW=<oa>/<da>[,<tooa>/
+CMGW: <index>
<toda>[,<stat>]]
Text is entered.
OK
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
2)If write fails:
If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0):
ERROR
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]
3)If write fails:
PDU is entered.
+CMS ERROR: <err>
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 40s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by

the associated memory and start with one.
<oa> Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <tooa>.
<tooa> TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(default refer <toda>).
<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1)the
length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>)in characters;
or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not

www.simcom.com 248 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

counted in the length).

<stat> 1 Text Mode:
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT" stored sent message
2 PDU Mode:
2 stored unsent message
3 stored sent message

Examples

AT+CMGW=?
OK //TEXT MODE
AT+CMGW="13012832788"
>ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGW: 1

OK

NOTE

In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if
the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.

9.2.16 AT+CMGD Delete message

This command is used to delete message from preferred message storage <mem1> location <index>. If
<delflag> is present and not set to 0 then the ME shall ignore <index> and follow the rules for <delflag>
shown below.

AT+CMGD Delete message

Test Command Response
AT+CMGD=? +CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s
)]

OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>] OK
2)

www.simcom.com 249 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by

the associated memory and start with one.
<delflag> 0 (or omitted)Delete the message specified in <index>.
1 Delete all read messages from preferred message
storage, leaving unread messages and stored mobile
originated messages (whether sent or not)untouched.
2 Delete all read messages from preferred message
storage and sent mobile originated messages,
leaving unread messages and unsent mobile
originated messages untouched.
3 Delete all read messages from preferred message
storage, sent and unsent mobile originated messages
leaving unread messages untouched.
4 Delete all messages from preferred message storage
including unread messages.

Examples

AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1),(0-4)

OK
AT+CMGD=1
OK

NOTE

If set <delflag>=1, 2, 3 or 4, <index> is omitted, such as AT+CMGD=,1.

www.simcom.com 250 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.17 AT+CMGMT Change message status

This command is used to change the message status. If the status is unread, it will be changed read. Other
statuses don’t change.

AT+CMGMT Change message status

Test Command Response
AT+CMGMT=? OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CMGMT=<index>
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the
associated memory and start with one.

Examples

AT+CMGMT=?
OK
AT+CMGMT=1
OK

9.2.18 AT+CMVP Set message valid period

This command is used to set valid period for sending short message.

www.simcom.com 251 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMVP Set message valid period

Test Command Response
AT+CMVP=? +CMVP: (list of supported <vp>s)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CMVP? +CMVP: <vp>

OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command
2)
AT+CMVP=<vp>
ERROR
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<vp> Validity period value:

0 to 143 (<vp>+1)x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours)
144 to 167 12 hours + (<vp>-143)x 30 minutes
168 to 196 (<vp>-166)x 1 day
197 to 255 (<vp>-192)x 1 week

Examples

AT+CMVP=?
+CMVP: (0-255)

OK
AT+CMVP=167
OK
AT+CMVP?
+CMVP: 167

OK

www.simcom.com 252 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.19 AT+CMGRD Read and delete message

This command is used to read message, and delete the message at the same time. It integrate AT+CMGR
and AT+CMGD, but it doesn’t change the message status.

AT+CMGRD Read and delete message

Test Command Response
AT+CMGRD=? OK
Response
1)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and
SMS-DE-LIVER:
+CMGRD:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]
<data>

OK
2)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-SU-
BMIT:
+CMGRD:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<
tosca>,<length>]
<data>

Write Command OK
AT+CMGRD=<index> 3)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-STA-
TUS- REPORT:
+CMGRD: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>

OK
4)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and
SMS-CO-MMAND:
+CMGRD:
<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length>
<data>]

OK
5)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and CBM sto-
rage:
+CMGRD: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages>
<data>

www.simcom.com 253 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
6)If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0)and command successful:
+CMGRD: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length>
<pdu>

OK
7)
ERROR
8)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 40s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

Refer to command AT+CMGR.

Examples

AT+CMGRD=?
OK
AT+CMGRD=6
+CMGRD: "REC
READ","+8613917787249",,"06/07/10,12:09:
38+32",145,4,0,0, "+86138002105 00",145,4
How do you do

OK

9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX Send message

This command is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).

AT+CMGSEX Send message

Test Command Response
AT+CMGSEX=? OK

www.simcom.com 254 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
Write Command
+CMGSEX: <mr>
If text mode(AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGSEX=<da>[,<toda>][,<
OK
mr>,<msg_seg>,<msg_total>]
2)
Text is entered.
ERROR
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 40s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<da> Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD

numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters)are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
<toda> TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(When first character of <da> is + (IRA 43)default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<mr> Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in
integer format. The range of value is from 1 to 255.
<msg_seg> The segment number for long sms
<msg_total> The segment number for long sms, max value is 15.

Examples

AT+CMGSEX=?
OK //TEXT MODE
AT+CMGSEX="13012832788",190,1,2
> ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC>

OK
AT+CMGSEX="13012832788",190,2,2
//TEXT MODE
> EFGH<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGSEX: 190

OK

NOTE

www.simcom.com 255 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: For single SMS, it is
160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used; For multiple long sms, it is 153 characters if the 7
bit GSM coding scheme is used. For UCS2 short messages, the maximum length of a single message is
268 characters. The maximum length of a short or long message is 808 characters.

9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage

This command is used to send messages with location value <index1>,<index2>,<index3>… from
preferred message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).The max count of
index is 13 one time.

AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage

Test Command Response
AT+CMSSEX=? OK
Response
1)
[+CMSSEX: <mr>[,<mr>[,…]]]

Write Command OK
AT+CMSSEX=<index>[,<index>[ 2)
,… ]] ERROR
3)If sending fails:
[+CMSSEX: <mr>[,<mr>[,…]]]

+CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 40s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by

the associated memory and start with one.
<mr> Message Reference

Examples

www.simcom.com 256 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMSSEX=?
OK
AT+CMSSEX=1,2
+CMSSEX: 239,240

OK
AT+CMSSEX=1,2
+CMSSEX: 241

+CMS ERROR: Invalid memory index

NOTE

In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: For single SMS, it is
160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.

www.simcom.com 257 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9.2.22 AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index

This command is used to list the SMS index numbers of received short and long messages.

AT+CCONCINDEX Report Concatenated SMS Index

Test Command Response
AT+CCONCINDEX=? +CCONCINDEX: (0-10),(1-50),...

OK
Response
1)
+CCONCINDEX: N,i,j,k,...

Execution Command
OK
AT+CCONCINDEX
2)
OK
3)
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 12s
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<N> N is the number of segments that form the whole concatenated

SMS.
<i,j,k> i,j,k are the SMS indexes of each SMS segment

Examples

AT+CCONCINDEX=?
+CCONCINDEX: (0-10),(1-50),...

OK
AT+CCONCINDEX
+CCONCINDEX:3,1,2,3
+CCONCINDEX:2,45

OK

NOTE

If no segment is received, N is 0.

www.simcom.com 258 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

There is no long message on the SIM card or ME, only the OK result code is returned.

AT Commands for Serial Interface

10.1 Overview of AT Commands for Serial Interface

Command Description
AT&D Set DTR function mode
AT&C Set DCD function mode
AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily
AT+IPREX Set local baud rate permanently
AT+ICF Set control character framing
AT+IFC Set local data flow control
AT+CSCLK Control UART Sleep
AT+CMUX Enable the multiplexer over the UART
AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface
AT+CFGRI Configure RI pin
AT+CURCD Configure the delay time and number of URC

10.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Serial Interface

10.2.1 AT&D Set DTR function mode

This command determines how the TA responds when DTR PIN is changed from the ON to the OFF
condition during data mode.

AT&D Set DTR function mode

Response
Execution Command 1)
AT&D[<value>] OK
2)
www.simcom.com 259 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 TA ignores status on DTR.

1 ON->OFF on DTR: Change to Command mode with remaining the
connected call.
2 ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect call, change to Command
mode.During state DTR=OFF is auto-answer off.

Examples

AT&D1
OK

10.2.2 AT&C Set DCD function mode

This command determines how the state of DCD PIN relates to the detection of received line signal from the
distant end.

AT&C Set DCD function mode

Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT&C[<value>]
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AT&W_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<value> 0 DCD line shall always be on.

1 DCD line shall be on only when data carrier signal is present.
2 Setting the DCD line be on just 1 second after the data calls end.

www.simcom.com 260 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT&C1
OK

10.2.3 AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily

This command sets the baud rate of module’s serial interface temporarily, after reboot the baud rate is set to
value of IPREX.

AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily

Response
Test Command +IPR: (list of supported <speed>s)
AT+IPR=?
OK
Response
Read Command +IPR: <speed>
AT+IPR?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+IPR=<speed>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set the value to boot value:
AT+IPR
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<speed> Baud rate per second:

300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200,
230400, 460800, 921600, 1842000, 3686400.

Examples
www.simcom.com 261 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200

OK
AT+IPR=?
+IPR:
(300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600,1842000,3686400
)

OK
AT+IPR=115200
OK

10.2.4 AT+IPREX Set local baud rate permanently

This command sets the baud rate of module’s serial interface permanently, after reboot the baud rate is also
valid.

AT+IPREX Set local baud rate permanently

Response
Test Command +IPREX: (list of supported <speed>s)
AT+IPREX=?
OK
Response
Read Command +IPREX: <speed>
AT+IPREX?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+IPREX=<speed>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value 115200:
AT+IPREX
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values
www.simcom.com 262 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<speed> Baud rate per second:

300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200,
230400, 460800, 921600, 1842000, 3686400.

Examples

AT+IPREX?
+IPREX: 115200

OK
AT+IPREX=?
+IPREX: (300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600,
1842000,3686400)

OK
AT+IPREX=115200
OK

10.2.5 AT+ICF Set control character framing

This command sets character framing which contains data bit, stop bit and parity bit.

AT+ICF Set control character framing

Response
Test Command +ICF: (list of supported<format>s),(list of supported<parity>s)
AT+ICF=?
OK
Response
Read Command +ICF: <format>,<parity>
AT+ICF?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+ICF=<format>,<parity>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value:
AT+ICF
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
www.simcom.com 263 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference -

Defined Values

<format> 1 data bit 8, parity bit 1,stop bit 1.

2 data bit 8, stop bit 1.
3 data bit 7, parity bit 1,stop bit 1.
4 data bit 7, stop bit 1.
<parity> 0 Odd
1 Even
2 none

Examples

AT+ICF?
+ICF: 2,2

OK
AT+ICF=?
+ICF: (1-4),(0-2)

OK
AT+ICF=2,2
OK
AT+ICF
OK

10.2.6 AT+IFC Set local data flow control

The command sets the flow control mode of the module.

AT+IFC Set local data flow control

Response
Test Command +IFC: (list of supported<DCE>s),(list of supported<DTE>s)
AT+IFC=?
OK
Read Command Response
AT+IFC? +IFC: <DCE>,<DTE>

www.simcom.com 264 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+IFC=<DCE>[,<DTE>]
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value:
AT+IFC
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<DCE> 0 none
1 software RTS XON/XOFF
2 RTS hardware flow control
<DTE> 0 none
1 software CTS XON/XOFF
2 CTS hardware flow control

NOTE

The hardware flow control is not supported by A7600X(X)-MNSE and A7600E-MASE.

Examples

AT+IFC?
+IFC: 0,0

OK
AT+IFC=?
+IFC: (0-2),(0-2)

OK
AT+IFC=2,2
OK
AT+IFC
OK

www.simcom.com 265 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

10.2.7 AT+CSCLK Control UART Sleep

This command is used to enable UART Sleep or always work. If set to 0, UART always work. If set to 1,
ensure that DTR is pulled high and the module can go to DTR sleep. If set to 2, the module will enter RX
sleep. RX wakeup directly sends data through the serial port (for example: AT) to wake up.

AT+CSCLK Control UART Sleep

Response
Test Command +CSCLK: (range of supported <status>s)
AT+CSCLK=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CSCLK: <status>
AT+CSCLK?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CSCLK=<status>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set <status>=0:
AT+CSCLK
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<status> 0 off
1 DTR sleep
2 RX sleep

NOTE

The RX sleep is not supported by 1802S.

www.simcom.com 266 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CSCLK?
+CSCLK: 0

OK
AT+CSCLK=?
+CSCLK: (0-2)

OK
AT+CSCLK=1
OK
AT+CSCLK=2
OK
AT+CSCLK
OK

10.2.8 AT+CMUX Enable the multiplexer over the UART

This command is used to enable the multiplexer over the UART, after enabled four virtual ports can be used
as AT command port or MODEM port, the physical UART can no longer transfer data directly under this
case. By default all of the four virtual ports are used as AT command port. Second serial port is not support
this command.

AT+CMUX Enable the multiplexer over the UART

Response
Test Command +CMUX: (0),(0),(1-8),(1-1500),(0),(0),(2-1000)
AT+CMUX=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMUX: <value>,<subset>,<port_speed>,<N1>,<T1>,<N2>,<T2>
AT+CMUX?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CMUX=<value>[,<subset
OK
>[,<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1
2)
>[,<N2>[,<T2>]]]]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 267 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<value> 0 currently only 0 is supported (basic operation mode).

<subset> Currently omitted
<port_speed> Currently omitted, you can set speed before enable multiplexer
<N1> 1-1500
<T1> Currently omitted
<N2> Currently omitted
<T2> 2-1000

Examples

AT+CMUX?
+CMUX: 0,0,5,1500,0,0,600

OK
AT+CMUX=?
+CMUX: (0),(0),(1-8),(1-1500),(0),(0),(2-1000)

OK
AT+CMUX=0
OK

10.2.9 AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface

This command is used to configure the serial port which will be used to output URCs. We recommend
configure a destination port for receiving URC in the system initialization phase, in particular, in the case
that transmitting large amounts of data, e.g. use TCP/UDP and MT SMS related AT command.

AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface

Response
Test Command +CATR: (list of supported <port>s)
AT+CATR=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CATR: <port>
AT+CATR?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 268 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CATR=<port> 1)
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<port> 0 all ports

1 use UART port to output URCs
2 use MODEM port to output URCs
3 use ATCOM port to output URCs
4 use cmux virtual port1 to output URCs
5 use cmux virtual port2 to output URCs
6 use cmux virtual port3 to output URCs
7 use cmux virtual port4 to output URCs

Examples

AT+CATR?
+CATR: 0

OK
AT+CATR=?
+CATR: (0-7)

OK
AT+CATR=1
OK

10.2.10 AT+CFGRI Configure RI pin

This command configures the time of pulling RI down. These places are going to use it, for Examples:
SMS, FTP, NETWORK, PB, CM, OS and so on.

AT+CFGRI Configure RI pin

Test Command Response
AT+CFGRI=? +CFGRI: (list of supported<status>),(list of

www.simcom.com 269 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

supported<URC_time>ms), (list of supported<SMS_time>ms)

OK
Response
Read Command +CFGRI: <status>,<URC_time>,<SMS_time>
AT+CFGRI?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CFGRI=<status>[,< OK
URC_time >[,< SMS_time >]] 2)
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value:
AT+CFGRI
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<status> 0 off.
1 on.
<URC_time> a numeric parameter which is number of milliseconds to assert RI
delay to reset RI. The range is 10 to 6000, default value is 60ms.
<SMS_time> a numeric parameter which is number of milliseconds to assert RI
delay to reset RI. The range is 20 to 6000, default value is 120ms.

Examples

AT+CFGRI?
+CFGRI: 0,60,120

OK
AT+CFGRI=?
+CFGRI: (0-1),(10-6000),(20-6000)

OK
AT+CFGRI=0,60,120
OK
AT+CFGRI
OK

www.simcom.com 270 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

10.2.11 AT+CURCD Configure the delay time and number of URC

This command is used to configure delay time when output URC and the number of cached URCs. You can
control delay time if some URC supports delay output. You can also set size to store URCs, they will output
together when the delay time ends. For Examples, if you set delay time to 10ms and set the number of
cached URCs to 1, there is only one URC output after 10ms.

AT+CURCD Configure the delay time and number of URC

Response
Test Command +CURCD: (range of supported <delay_time>ms),(1)
AT+CURCD=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CURCD: <delay_time>,1
AT+CURCD?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CURCD=<delay_time>,< OK
cache_size> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<delay_time> 0-10000 the unit is ms

<cache_size> 1 currently only 1 is supported

Examples

AT+CURCD?
+CURCD: 0,1

OK
AT+CURCD=?
+CURCD: (0-10000),(1)

OK
www.simcom.com 271 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CURCD=100,1
OK

NOTE

Currently only support delay time setting, the default cache size for URC is one. This command applies
to platform 1601 related projects, such as A7600E, A7600C-C1SE etc.

www.simcom.com 272 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Hardware

11.1 Overview of AT Commands for Hardware

Command Description
AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm
AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VDD_AUX
AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VDD_AUX
AT+CADC Read ADC value
AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value
AT+CMTE Control the module critical temperature URC alarm
AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off
AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device
AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device
AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply
AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module
AT+CGDRT Set the direction of specified GPIO
AT+CGSETV Set the value of specified GPIO
AT+CGGETV Get the value of specified GPIO
AT+CRIICNAU8X Read values from register of IIC device nau8810
AT+CWIICNAU8X Write values to register of IIC device nau8810

11.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Hardware

11.2.1 AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm

This command is used to open or close the low voltage alarm function.

AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm

www.simcom.com 273 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
+CVALARM: (list of supported <enable>s),(list of supported <low
Test Command
voltage>s),(list of supported <high voltage>s)
AT+CVALARM=?

OK
Response
Read Command +CVALARM: <enable>,<low voltage>,<high voltage>
AT+CVALARM?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CVALARM=<enable>[,<l
OK
ow voltage>],[<high
2)
voltage>]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<enable> 0 Close
1 Open. If voltage less than <low voltage>, it will report
"UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNNING" every 10s. If voltage greater than
<high voltage>, it will report "OVER-VOLTAGE WARNNING" every
10s.
<low voltage> Between 3300mV and 4000mV. Default value is 3300.
<high voltage> Between 4001mV and 4300mV. Default value is 4300.

Examples

AT+CVALARM=1,3400,4300
OK
AT+CVALARM?
+CVALARM: 1,3400,4300

OK
AT+CVALARM=?
+CVALARM: (0,1),(3300-4000),(4001-4300)

OK

www.simcom.com 274 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

11.2.2 AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VDD_AUX

This command is used to set state of the pin which is named VDD_AUX.

AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VDD_AUX

Response
1)
Test Command
+CVAUXS: (list of supported <state>s)
AT+CVAUXS=?

OK
Response
Read Command +CVAUXS: <state>
AT+CVAUXS?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CVAUXS=<state>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<state> 0 output of the pin disabled.

1 output of the pin enabled.

Examples

AT+CVAUXS=?
+CVAUXS: (0,1)

OK
AT+CVAUXS=1
OK
AT+CVAUXS?
+CVAUXS: 1

OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 275 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

For the 1603 platform, This AT command is only applicable to A7600C1_V401 MODULE.

11.2.3 AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VDD_AUX

This command is used to set the voltage value of the pin which is named VDD_AUX.

AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VDD_AUX

Response
Test Command +CVAUXV: (list of supported <voltage>s)
AT+CVAUXV=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CVAUXV: <voltage>
AT+CVAUXV?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CVAUXV=<voltage>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<voltage> Voltage value of the pin which is named VDD_AUX. The unit is in mv.

Examples

AT+CVAUXV=?
+CVAUXV:
(1200,1250,1700,1800,1850,1900,2500,2600,2700,2750,2800,2850,2900,3000,3100,3300)

OK
AT+CVAUXV=3000
OK
AT+CVAUXV?

www.simcom.com 276 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CVAUXV: 3000

OK

NOTE

For the 1603 platform, only A7600C1 series can execute this command. For A7600C1_V301 series
models, the valid parameters are (2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2850, 2900, 3000, 3100, 3300)

11.2.4 AT+CADC Read ADC value

This command is used to read the ADC value from modem. ME supports 2 types of ADC, which are raw
type and voltage type.

AT+CADC Read ADC value

Response
Test Command +CADC: (range of supported <adc>s)
AT+CADC=?
OK
Response
1)
+CADC: <value>
Write Command
AT+CADC=<adc>
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<adc> ADC type:

0 raw type.
2 voltage type(mv).
<value> Integer type value of the ADC.

Examples

www.simcom.com 277 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CADC=?
+CADC: (0,2)

OK
AT+CADC=2
+CADC: 908

OK

11.2.5 AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value

This command is used to read the ADC2 value from modem. ME supports 2 types of ADC, which are raw
type and voltage type.

AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value

Response
Test Command +CADC2: (range of supported <adc>s)
AT+CADC2=?
OK
Response
1)
+CADC2: <value>
Write Command
AT+CADC2=<adc>
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<adc> ADC2 type:

0 raw type.
2 voltage type(mv)
<value> Integer type value of the ADC2.

Examples

www.simcom.com 278 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CADC2=?
+CADC2: (0,2)

OK
AT+CADC2=2
+CADC2: 904

OK

11.2.6 AT+CMTE Control the module critical temperature URC alarm

This command is used to control the module whether URC alarm when the module’s temperature upon the
critical temperature.

AT+CMTE Control the module critical temperature URC alarm

Response
Test Command
+CMTE: (list of supported<on/off>s)
AT+CMTE=?

OK
Response
Read Command +CMTE: <on/off>
AT+CMTE?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CMTE=<on/off>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<on/off> 0 Disable temperature detection

1 Enable temperature detection

Examples

AT+CMTE=?

www.simcom.com 279 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CMTE: (0,1)

OK
AT+CMTE=1
OK
AT+CMTE?
+CMTE: 1

OK

11.2.7 AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off

This command is used to open or close the low and high voltage power off function and set the threshold of
power off voltage.

AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off

Response
+CPMVT: (list of supported <enable>s),(list of supported <low
Test Command
voltage>s),(list of supported <high voltage>s)
AT+CPMVT=?

OK
Response
Read Command +CPMVT: <enable>,<low voltage>,<high voltage>
AT+CPMVT?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CPMVT=<enable>[,<low OK
voltage>],[<high voltage>] 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<enable> 0 Close. 0 is the default value

1 Open. If voltage less than <low voltage>, it will report
"UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNNING POWER DOWN" and power off the
module. If voltage greater than <high voltage>, it will report

www.simcom.com 280 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"OVER-VOLTAGE WARNNING POWER DOWN" and power off the

module
<low voltage> Between 3200mV and 4000mV. Default value is 3200.
<high voltage> Between 4001mV and 4300mV. Default value is 4300.

Examples

AT+CPMVT=1,3400,4300
OK
AT+CPMVT?
+CPMVT: 1,3400,4300

OK
AT+CPMVT=?
+CPMVT: (0,1),(3200-4000),(4001-4300)

OK

NOTE

For the 160x platform, low voltage range is 3300mv-4000mv,for 180x platform,low voltage range is
3200mv-4000mv.

11.2.8 AT+CRIICNAU8X Read values from register of IIC device nau8810

This command is used to read values from register of IIC device nau8810.

AT+CRIICNAU8X Read values from register of IIC device nau8810

Test Command Response
AT+CRIICNAU8X=? OK
Response
1)
Write Command +CRIICNAU8X: <data>
AT+CRIICNAU8X=<addr>,<r
eg>,<len> OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -
www.simcom.com 281 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<addr> Device address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
"0x").
<reg> Register address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
"0x").
<len> Read length. Range:2; unit:byte.
<data> Data read. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFFFF.

Examples

AT+CRIICNAU8X=34,f,2
+CRIICNAU8X: 0xff

OK
AT+CRIICNAU8X=34,6,2
+CRIICNAU8X: 0x140

OK

11.2.9 AT+CWIICNAU8X Write values to register of IIC device nau8810

This command is used to write values to register of IIC device nau8810.

AT+CWIICNAU8X Write values to register of IIC device nau8810

Test Command Response
AT+CWIICNAU8X=? OK
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CWIICNAU8X=<addr>,<r
2)
eg>,<data>,<len>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<addr> Device address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
www.simcom.com 282 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

"0x").
<reg> Register address. Input format must be hex, such as FF(do not input
"0x").
<len> Read length. Range: 2; unit: byte.
<data> Data written. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFFFF

Examples

AT+CWIICNAU8X=34,6,141,2
OK

11.2.10 AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device

This command is used to write values to register of IIC device

AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device

Test Command Response
AT+CWIIC=? OK
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CWIIC=<addr>,<reg>,<d
2)
ata>,<len>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<addr> Device address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
"0x").
<reg> Register address. Input format must be hex, such as FF(do not input
"0x").
<len> Read length. Range: 2; unit: byte.
<data> Data written. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFFFF

Examples

AT+CWIIC=34,6,141,2
OK

www.simcom.com 283 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

11.2.11 AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device

This command is used to read values from register of IIC device .

AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device

Test Command Response
AT+CRIIC=? OK
Response
1)
Write Command +CRIIC: <data>
AT+CRIIC=<addr>,<reg>,<le
n> OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<addr> Device address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
"0x").
<reg> Register address. Input format must be hex, such as FF (do not input
"0x").
<len> Read length. Range:2; unit:byte.
<data> Data read. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFFFF.

Examples

AT+CRIIC=34,f,2
+CRIIC: 0xff

OK
AT+CRIIC=34,6,2
+CRIIC: 0x140

OK

NOTE
AT+CRIIC and AT+CWIIC ; For standard universal iic timing slave devices
AT+CRIICNAU8X,AT+CWIICNAU8X ;For nau8x series non-standard iic timing slave devices

www.simcom.com 284 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

11.2.12 AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply

This command is used to read the voltage value of the power supply.

AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply

Response
1)
+CBC: <vol>
Execution Command
AT+CBC
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<vol> The voltage value, such as 3.8.

Examples

AT+CBC
+CBC: 3.749V

OK

11.2.13 AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module

This command is used to read the temperature of the module.

AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module

Response
Execution Command +CPMUTEMP: <temp>
AT+CPMUTEMP
OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -

www.simcom.com 285 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference -

Defined Values

<temp> The Temperature value, such as 29.

Examples

AT+CPMUTEMP
+CPMUTEMP: 15

OK

11.2.14 AT+CGDRT Set the direction of specified GPIO

This command is used to set the specified GPIO to input or output state. If setting to input state, then this
GPIO can not be set to high or low value.

AT+CGDRT Set the direction of specified GPIO

Response
Test Command +CGDRT: (list of supported <GPIO>s),(list of supported <gpio_io>s)
AT+CGDRT=?
OK
Response
1)
+CGDRT: <GPIO>,<gpio_io>
Write Command
AT+CGDRT=<GPIO>
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CGDRT=<GPIO>,<gpio_i OK
o> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

www.simcom.com 286 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<GPIO> The value is GPIO ID, different hardware versions have different
values.
<gpio_io> 0 in
1 out

Examples

AT+CGDRT=?
+CGDRT: (1,2,3,6,12,14,16,18,22,41,43,63,77),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGDRT=3,0
OK
AT+CGDRT=3
+CGDRT: 3,0

OK

NOTE

The return value of ‘AT+CGDRT=?’ applies only to platform 1603. Platform 1601 has different return
values.

11.2.15 AT+CGSETV Set the value of specified GPIO

This command is used to set the value of the specified GPIO to high or low.
The direction of specified GPIO must be set as OUT direction by using AT+CGDRT before this AT command,
otherwise an error will be returned.

AT+CGSETV Set the value of specified GPIO

Response
+CGSETV: (list of supported <GPIO>s),(list of supported
Test Command
<gpio_hl>s)
AT+CGSETV=?

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CGSETV=<GPIO>,<gpio 1)
_hl> OK

www.simcom.com 287 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<GPIO> The value is GPIO ID, different hardware versions have different
values.
<gpio_hl> 0 low
1 high

Examples

AT+CGSETV=?
+CGSETV: (1,2,3,6,12,14,16,18,22,41,43,63,77),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGSETV=6,0
OK

NOTE

The return value of ‘AT+CGSETV=?’ applies only to platform 1603. Platform 1601 has different return
values.

11.2.16 AT+CGGETV Get the value of specified GPIO

This command is used to get the value (high or low)of the specified GPIO.
The direction of specified GPIO must be set as IN direction by using AT+CGDRT before this AT command,
otherwise an error will be returned.

AT+CGSETV Get the value of specified GPIO

Response
Test Command +CGGETV: (list of supported <GPIO>s)
AT+CGGETV=?
OK

www.simcom.com 288 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
+CGGETV: <GPIO>,<gpio_hl>
Write Command
AT+CGGETV=<GPIO>
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<GPIO> The value is GPIO ID, different hardware versions have different
values.
<gpio_hl> 0 low
1 high

Examples

AT+CGGETV=?
+CGGETV: (1,2,3,6,12,14,16,18,22,41,43,63,77)

OK
AT+CGGETV=3
+CGGETV: 3,0

OK

NOTE

The return value of ‘AT+CGGETV=?’ applies only to platform 1603. Platform 1601 has different return
values.

11.3 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description AT Command

CMTE: <temp_level> While module’s temperature over AT+CMTE

www.simcom.com 289 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

the high threshold and below the

low threshold, the URC will occur.
This is a URC ALARM when
UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNING Current voltage is UNDER the AT+CVALARM
value which you set.
This is a URC ALARM when
OVER-VOLTAGE WARNING Current voltage is OVER the value AT+CVALARM
which you set.
This is a URC ALARM when
UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNING POWER
Current voltage is UNDER the AT+CPMVT
DOWN
value which you set.
This is a URC ALARM when
OVER-VOLTAGE WARNING POWER DOWN Current voltage is OVER the value AT+CPMVT
which you set.

Defined Values

<temp_level> -2 below -45 celsius degree.

-1 (-45,-30] celsius degree.
1 (80,85] celsius degree.
2 over 85 celsius degree.

www.simcom.com 290 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for File System

12.1 Overview of AT Commands for File System

Command Description
AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory
AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory
AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory
AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory
AT+FSDEL Delete file
AT+FSRENAME Rename file
AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes
AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory
AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file
AT+FSPRESET Move the location of a file
AT+FSOPEN Open a file
AT+FSCLOSE Close a file
AT+FSREAD Read a file
AT+FSWRITE Write a file
AT+FSSEEK Set a file pointer to the specified position
AT+FSPOSITION Get the offset of a file pointer

Command Description Supported Modules

AT+FSRENAME D:/ directory file rename Only Cat1 modules
AT+FSOPEN Open a file Only ASR1603 standard branch
AT+FSCLOSE Only ASR1603 standard branch
AT+FSREAD Only ASR1603 standard branch
AT+FSWRITE Only ASR1603 standard branch
AT+FSSEEK Only ASR1603 standard branch
AT+FSPOSITIO Only ASR1603 standard branch
N

www.simcom.com 291 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

12.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File System

The file system is used to store files in a hierarchical (tree)structure, and there are some definitions and
conventions to use the AT commands.
Local storage space is mapped to "C:", "D:" for SD card. ( The A7678 does not support SD card).
NOTE: General rules for naming (both directories and files):
a) The length of actual fully qualified names of files(C:/)can not exceed 115, also include full Dir.
b) The length of actual fully qualified names of directories and files(D:/)can not exceed 250, also
include full Dir.
c) Directory and file names can not include the following characters: \ / : * ? " < > |
d) Between directory name and file/directory name, use character "/" as list separator, so it can not
appear in directory name or file name.
e) File names on “C:/” drive cannot begin with “.” or “blank” and it also can’t end with “.”
f ) {non-ascii} input is only supported when the SD card function is supported. {non-ascii} input is still
not allowed when operating external flash and file systems.
g) The file name in drive D is case-insensitive, but can be displayed in case format.
If the last character of names is period "."; the SD card can support this character, but the compatibility is
not good.
h) Support relative path and absolute path input; ASR1803 does not support directory creation, and
disk D does not support renaming.

12.2.1 AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory

This command is used to select a directory. The Module supports absolute path and relative path.

AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSCD=? OK
Response
Read Command +FSCD: <curr_path>
AT+FSCD?
OK
Response
1)If set current directory successfully:
+FSCD: <curr_path>
Write Command
AT+FSCD=<path>
OK
2)If set current directory failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

www.simcom.com 292 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<path> Directory for selection.

<curr_path> Current directory.

Examples

AT+FSCD=C:
+FSCD: C:/

OK
AT+FSCD=C:/
+FSCD: C:/

OK
AT+FSCD?
+FSCD: C:/

OK
AT+FSCD=D:
+FSCD: D:/

OK

NOTE

If <path> is "..", it will go back to previous level of directory.

12.2.2 AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory

The Module supports absolute path and relative path. Support "D:" and "C:".

AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSMKDIR=? OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 293 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSMKDIR=<dir> 1)If successfully:

OK
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> Directory name which does not already exist in current directory.

Examples

AT+FSMKDIR=SIMTech
OK
AT+FSCD?
+FSCD: D:/

OK
AT+FSLS
+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
SIMTech

OK

NOTE

Support "C:" and "D:".

12.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory

Supports absolute path and relative path. Support "D:" and “C:”.

AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSRMDIR=? OK

www.simcom.com 294 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+FSRMDIR=<dir>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory name which already exists in current directory.

Examples

AT+FSRMDIR=SIMTech
OK
AT+FSCD?
+FSCD: D:/

OK
AT+FSLS
+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:

OK

NOTE

Support "C:" and “D:”.

12.2.4 AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory

This command is used to list informations of directories and/or files in current directory. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSLS=? +FSLS: (list of supported <type>s)

www.simcom.com 295 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
Read Command +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:<dir_num>,FILES:<file_num>
AT+FSLS?
OK
Response
[+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
<list of subdirectories>]
Write Command
AT+FSLS=<type> [+FSLS: FILES:
<list of files>]

OK
Execution Command Response
AT+FSLS [+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
<list of subdirectories>]

[+FSLS: FILES:
<list of files>]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<dir_num> Integer type, the number of subdirectories in current directory.

<file_num> Integer type, the number of files in current directory.
<type> 0 list both subdirectories and files
1 list subdirectories only
2 list files only

Examples

AT+FSLS?
+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:2,FILES:2

OK
AT+FSLS
+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
FirstDir
www.simcom.com 296 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

SecondDir

+FSLS: FILES:
image_0.jpg
image_1.jpg

OK
AT+FSLS=2
+FSLS: FILES:
image_0.jpg
image_1.jpg

OK

12.2.5 AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory

This command is used to delete a file. Before do that, it needs to use AT+FSCD select the father directory
as current directory. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSDEL=? OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+FSDEL=<filename>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filename> String with or without double quotes, file name which is relative and
already existing.

Examples

AT+FSDEL=image_0.jpg
OK
www.simcom.com 297 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

NOTE

If <filename> is *.*, it means delete all files in current directory.

12.2.6 AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory

This command is used to rename a file. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory

Test Command Response
AT+FSRENAME=? OK
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
AT+FSRENAME=<old_name OK
>,<new_name> 2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<old_name> String with or without double quotes, file name which is existed in
current directory.
<new_name> New name of specified file, string with or without double quotes.

Examples

AT+FSRENAME=image_0.jpg,image_1.jpg
OK

NOTE

In Cat 4 modules, “D:” does not support AT+FSRENAME.

www.simcom.com 298 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Cannot rename files that length is 0.

12.2.7 AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes

This command is used to request the attributes of file which exists. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes

Test Command Response
AT+FSATTRI=? OK
Response
1)If successfully:
+FSATTRI: <file_size>
Write Command
AT+FSATTRI=<filename>
OK
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

String with or without double quotes, file name which is in current

<filename>
directory.
<file_size> The size of specified file, and the unit is in Byte.

Examples

AT+FSATTRI=image_0.jpg
+FSATTRI: 8604

OK

12.2.8 AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory

This command is used to check the size of available memory. The response will list total size and used size
www.simcom.com 299 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

of local storage space if present and mounted. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory

Test Command Response:
AT+FSMEM=? OK
Response:
1)If successfully, currently C:/:
+FSMEM: C:(<total>,<used>)

OK
Execution Command
2)If successfully, currently D:/:
AT+FSMEM
+FSMEM: D:(<total>,<used>)

OK
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<total> The total size of local storage space.

<used> The used size of local storage space.

Examples

AT+FSMEM
+FSMEM: C:(11348480, 2201600)

OK

NOTE

The unit of storage space size is in Byte.

12.2.9 AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file

www.simcom.com 300 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

This command is used to copy an appointed file on C:/ to an appointed directory on C:/,or C:/ to D:/, the new
file name should give in parameter. Support "C:", "D:".

AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file

Test Command Response
AT+FSCOPY=? OK
Response
1)If successfully, synchronous mode:
+FSCOPY: <percent>

[+FSCOPY: <percent>]

OK
2)If successfully, asynchronous mode:
OK

+FSCOPY: <percent>

[+FSCOPY: <percent>]
Write Command
AT+FSCOPY=<file1>,<file2>[ +FSCOPY: END
,<sync_mode>] 3)If any error:
SD CARD NOT PLUGGED IN
FILE IS EXISTING
FILE NOT EXISTING
DIRECTORY IS EXISTED
DIRECTORY NOT EXISTED
INVALID PATH NAME
INVALID FILE NAME
SD CARD HAVE NO ENOUGH MEMORY
EFS HAVE NO ENOUGH MEMORY
FILE CREATE ERROR
READ FILE ERROR
WRITE FILE ERROR
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<file1> The sources file name or the whole path name with sources file name.
<file2> The destination file name or the whole path name with destination file
name.
www.simcom.com 301 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<percent> The percent of copy done. The range is 0.0 to 100.0

<sync_mode> The execution mode of the command:
0 synchronous mode
1 asynchronous mode

Examples

AT+FSCOPY=C:/TESTFILE,COPYFILE //Copy file TESTFILE on C:/ to C:/COPYFILE

+FSCOPY: 0.0

+FSCOPY: 9.7

+FSCOPY: 19.4

+FSCOPY: 100.0

OK

NOTE

The <file1> and <file2> should give the whole path and name, if only given file name, it will refer to
current path (AT+FSCD)and check the file’s validity.
If <file2> is a whole path and name, make sure the directory exists, make sure that the file name does
not exist or the file name is not the same name as the sub folder name, otherwise return error.
<percent> report refer to the copy file size. The big file maybe report many times, and little file report
less.
If <sync_mode> is 1, the command will return OK immediately, and report final result with +FSCOPY:
END.

12.2.10 AT+FSPRESET Moves the location of a file

This command is used to move an appointed file on C:/ to C:/simdir/,or from C:/simdir to C:/.

AT+FSPRESET Move the location of a file

Test Command Response
AT+FSPRESET=? OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 302 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSPRESET=<fileName>[, 1)If successfully

<direction>] OK
2)If error
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<fileName> The file name to be moved without the path.

<direction> The direction in which the file was moved
0 from root directory to the user directory
1 from user directory to the root directory

Examples

AT+FSPRESET=test.txt,0 //move file from root directory to the user directory

OK

NOTE

 1.Just supported on in the standard branch of ASR1603 and ASR1606.

 2. When <direction> = 1, If the file already exists in the root directory, delete the file and move it to
the root directory.

12.2.11 AT+FSOPEN Open a file

This command opens a file and gets the file handle to be used in commands such as
AT+FSREAD,AT+FSWRITE, AT+FSSEEK,AT+FSPOSITION, AT+FSCLOSE.

AT+FSOPEN Open a file

Response
Test Command +FSOPEN: <filename>[,(0-2)]
AT+FSOPEN=?
OK
Read Command Response
AT+FSOPEN? OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 303 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSOPEN 1)If successfully

=<fileName>[,<mode>] +FSOPEN: <filehandle>

OK
2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filename> The file name to be opened with the path.The maximum length is 115
bytes.
<filehandle> The handle of the file.
<mode> The open mode of the file.
0 if the file does not exist,it will be created. If the file exists, it will
be directly opened. And both of them can be read and written.
1 if the file does not exist,it will be created. If the file exists, it will
be overwritten and cleared. And both of them can be read and written.
2 if the file exist, open it and it can be read only. When the file does
not exist, it will respond an error.

Examples

AT+FSOPEN=C:/test.txt,0
+FSOPEN: 1

OK

12.2.12 AT+FSREAD Read a file

This command reads the data of a file which is specified by the handle. The data starts from the current
position of the pointer which belongs to the file handle.

AT+FSREAD Read a file

Response
Test Command +FSREAD: <filehandle>[,<length>]
AT+FSREAD=?
OK
www.simcom.com 304 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
CONNECT <read_length>
TA switches to data mode. When the total size of the data reaches
<length> (unit: byte), TA will return to command mode, display the
Write Command
result and then reply the following codes:
AT+FSREAD
OK
=<filehandle>[,<length>]
2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filehandle> The handle of the file.

<length> The length of the file to be read out and the default is the file length.
<read_length> The actual read length.

Examples

AT+FSREAD=1,10
CONNECT 10
1234567890

OK

12.2.13 AT+FSWRITE Write a file

This command writes data into a file. The data starts from the current position of the file pointer which
belongs to the file handle.

AT+FSWRITE Write a file

Response
Test Command +FSWRITE: <filehandle>[,<length>[,<timeout>]]
AT+FSWRITE=?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 305 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSWRITE=<filehandle>[, CONNECT
<length>,[<timeout>]] TA switches to data mode. When the total size of the written data
reaches <length> (unit: byte) or the time reaches <timeout>, TA will
return to command mode and reply the following codes:
+FSWRITE: <written_length>,<total_length>

OK
2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filehandle> The handle of the file to be operated.

<length> The length of the file to be written ,and the default is 10K. The
maximum value of this parameter is determined by <freesize> from
AT+FSMEM.
<timeout> The time waiting for data to be inputted to USB/UART. The default
value is 5.Unit: s.
<written_length> The actual written length.
<total_length> The total length of the file.

Examples

AT+FSWRITE=1,5,10
CONNECT
//input data
+FSWRITE: 0,5

OK

12.2.14 AT+FSSEEK Set a file Pointer to the Specified Position

This command set a file pointer to the specified position. This will decide the starting position of commands
such as AT+FSREAD,AT+FSWRITE, AT+FSSEEK,AT+FSPOSITION.

www.simcom.com 306 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSSEEK Set a file Pointer to the Specified Position

Response
Test Command +FSSEEK: <filehandle>,<offset>[,<position>]
AT+FSSEEK=?
OK
Response
OK
Write Command
2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
AT+FSSEEK=<filehandle>,<
+CME ERROR: <err>
offset>,[<position>]
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filehandle> The handle of the file to be operated.

<offset> The number of bytes of the file pointer movement.
<position> Pointer movement mode.
0 The beginning of the file.
1 The current position of the pointer.
2 The end of the file.

Examples

AT+FSSEEK=1,0,0
OK

12.2.15 AT+FSPOSITION Get the Offset of a File Pointer

This command gets the offset of a file pointer from the beginning of the file.

AT+FSPRESET Move the location of a file

Response
Test Command +FSPOSITION: <filehandle>
AT+FSPOSITION=?
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 307 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+FSPOSITION=<filehandl +FSPOSITION: <offset>

e>
OK
2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filehandle> The handle of the file to be operated.

<offset> The offset from the beginning of the file.

Examples

AT+FSPOSITION=1
+FSPOSITION: 0 //move file from root directory to the user directory

OK

12.2.16 AT+FSCLOSE Close a file

This command closes a file and ends the operation to the file. After that, the file handle is release and
should not be used again, unless the file is opened again by AT+FSOPEN.

AT+FSCLOSE Close a file

Response
Test Command +FSCLOSE: <filehandle>
AT+FSCLOSE=?
OK
Response
Write Command OK
AT+FSCLOSE=<filehandle> 2)If there is an error relatedto ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

www.simcom.com 308 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<filehandle> The handle of the file to be operated.

Examples

AT+FSCLOSE=1 //move file from root directory to the user directory

OK

www.simcom.com 309 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for File Transmission

13.1 Overview of AT Commands for File Transmission

Command Description
AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS
AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host
AT+CFTRXBUF Sets the size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS

Command Description Supported Project

AT+CFTRXBUF A7600C1-XXXX(1601)
A7678(1603)

13.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File Transmission

13.2.1 AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS

This command is used to transfer a file to EFS.Support "C:", "D:".

AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS

Response
Test Command +CFTRANRX: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"
AT+CFTRANRX=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
AT+CFTRANRX=<filepath>,<l >
en>[,<reserved>[,<location>] OK
] 2)If failed:
>

www.simcom.com 310 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The path of the file on EFS

<len> The length of the file data to send.
Because of the system resources, The length could not set too large. If
use the UART to send data, it may can set to 3Mb. If use USB to send
data, it may just can set to 200Kb. If limit the send speed, it can set
larger. The actual size could not ensure. Usually it is safer to set a
smaller size.
<reserved> The value is 100.
<location> The position offset from the start of the file.

Examples

AT+CFTRANRX="c:/t1.txt",10
>
OK
AT+CFTRANRX="d:/MyDir/t1.txt",10
>
OK
AT+CFTRANRX="C:/ t2.txt",10,100,0
>
OK

NOTE

1. The <filepath> is the name of the file on EFS, make sure that the file name does not exist
under the path.
2.If sending file fails, increase the delay time between each 256 byte reach to 50ms, and then try to
send file again.
3. Only Cat4 modules and SD card support Non-ASCII characters in file path.
4. The <reserved> is used by individual customers and if <location> is not default value,<reserved> will
be considered invalid.
5.The <location> exceed the file size, the command will return “ERROR”.
www.simcom.com 311 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6.When the <location> is less than the file size,it will write data from <location> .
7. The <location> is just supported in ASR1603 standard branches , compatible SIM800 branches and
ASR1803S standard branches.

13.2.2 AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host

This command is used to transfer a file from EFS to host.

AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host

Response
Test Command +CFTRANTX: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"
AT+CFTRANTX=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
[+CFTRANTX: DATA,<len>
…
+CFTRANTX: DATA,<len>]
Write Command +CFTRANTX: 0
AT+CFTRANTX=<filepath>[,<
location>][,<size>][,<transMo OK
de>] 2)If <transMode> is 1 :
>…
OK

3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The path of the file on EFS

<len> The length of the following file data to output.
<location> The beginning of the file data to output.
<size> The length of the file data to output.
<transMode> Whether there is no urc in data output
0 normal mode
1 data output directly without urc.

www.simcom.com 312 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CFTRANTX="c:/t1.txt"
+CFTRANTX: DATA, 11
Testcontent
+CFTRANTX: 0

OK
AT+CFTRANTX="d:/MyDir/t1.txt"
+CFTRANTX: DATA, 11
Testcontent
+CFTRANTX: 0

OK
AT+CFTRANTX="d:/MyDir/t1.txt",1,4
+CFTRANTX: DATA, 4
estc
+CFTRANTX: 0

OK
AT+CFTRANTX="c:/ 1.txt",0,10,1
>123456790
OK

NOTE

The <filepath> is the name of the file on EFS.

If not set the size, it means range from location to the end of the file.
If the (size + location)lager than the file size, it means range from location to the end of the file.

13.2.3 AT+CFTRXBUF Sets the size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS

This command is used to set the size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS.Support “C:”, “D:”.

AT+CFTRXBUF Sets the size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS

Response
Test Command
+CFTRXBUF: (list of supported <buffsize_level>s)
AT+CFTRXBUF=?

www.simcom.com 313 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
Read Command +CFTRXBUF: <buffsize_level>
AT+CFTRXBUF?
OK
Response
Write Command a)If successfully:
AT+CFTRXBUF=<buffsize_le OK
vel> c)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<buffsize_level> The size of the buffer to transfer files to EFS.

0 -- 20Kb(20,480 bytes)
1 -- 40Kb(40,960 bytes)

Examples

AT+CFTRXBUF=0
OK
AT+CFTRXBUF?
+CFTRXBUF: 0

OK

NOTE

The default buffer size is 20KB, which is sufficient for basic file transfer requirements.When transferring
large files fails, if you are unwilling to extend the delay time in order to ensure the transfer speed, you
can increase the buffer size to 40KB, but this may affect multiple application scenarios.

www.simcom.com 314 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Internet Service

14.1 Overview of AT Commands for Internet Service

Command Description
AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server information
AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol
AT+CNTP Update system time

14.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Internet Service

14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server information

This command is used to add or delete HTP server information. There are maximum 16 HTP servers.

AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server information

Response
+CHTPSERV: "ADD","HOST",(1-65535),(0-1)[,"PROXY",(1-65535)]
Test Command
+CHTPSERV: "DEL",(0-15)
AT+CHTPSERV=?

OK
Response
1)
OK
2)
Read Command +CHTPSERV:
AT+CHTPSERV? <index><host>,<port>,<http_version>[,<proxy>,<proxy_port>]
…
+CHTPSERV: <index><host>,<port>[,<proxy>,<proxy_port>]

OK
www.simcom.com 315 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Write Command Response

AT+CHTPSERV=<cmd>,<ho 1)If successfully:
st_or_idx>[,<port>,<http_ver OK
sion>[,<proxy>,<proxy_port 2)If failed:
>]] ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<cmd> This command to operate the HTP server list.

"ADD" add a HTP server item to the list
"DEL" delete a HTP server item from the list
<host_or_idx> If the <cmd> is “ADD”, this field is the same as <host>, length is 1-255;
If the <cmd> is “DEL”, this field is the index of the HTP server item to
be deleted from the list.
<host> The HTP server address, length is 1-255.
<port> The HTP server port, the range is (1-65535).
<http_version> The HTTP version of the HTP server:
0 HTTP 1.0
1 HTTP 1.1
<proxy> The proxy address, length is 1-255.
<proxy_port> The port of the proxy, the range is (1-65535).
<index> The HTP server index.

Examples

AT+CHTPSERV="ADD","www.google.com",80,1
OK

14.2.2 AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol

This command is used to updating date time using HTP protocol.

AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol

Test Command Response
AT+CHTPUPDATE=? OK
Read Command Response

www.simcom.com 316 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CHTPUPDATE? +CHTPUPDATE: <status>

OK
Execute Command Response
AT+CHTPUPDATE 1)If successfully:
OK

+CHTPUPDATE: <err>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<status> The status of HTP module:

Updating HTP module is synchronizing date time
NULL HTP module is idle now
<err> The result of the HTP updating

Examples

AT+CHTPUPDATE
OK

+CHTPUPDATE: 0

14.2.3 AT+CNTP Update system time

This command is used to update system time with NTP server.

AT+CNTP Update system time

Test Command Response
AT+CNTP=? +CNTP: "HOST",(-96~96)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CNTP? +CNTP: <host>,<timezone>

www.simcom.com 317 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CNTP=<host>[,<timezon 1)If successfully:
e>] OK
2)If failed:
ERROR
Execute Command Response
AT+CNTP 1)If successfully:
OK

+CNTP: <err>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<host> NTP server address, length is 0-255.

<timezone> Local time zone,the range is (-96 to 96), default value is 32.

Examples

AT+CNTP="120.25.115.20",32
OK
AT+CNTP
OK

+CNTP: 0

14.3 Command Result Codes

14.3.1 Description of <err> of HTP

<err> Description

www.simcom.com 318 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0 Operation succeeded
1 Unknown error
2 Wrong parameter
3 Wrong date and time calculated
4 Network error

14.3.2 Description of <err> of NTP

<err> Description
0 Operation succeeded
1 Unknown error
2 Wrong parameter
3 Wrong date and time calculated
4 Network error
5 Time zone error
6 Time out error

www.simcom.com 319 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for TCP/IP

15.1 Overview of AT Commands for TCP/IP

Command Description
AT+NETOPEN Start Socket Service
AT+NETCLOSE Stop Socket Service
AT+CIPOPEN Establish Connection in Multi-Socket Mode
AT+CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP Connection
AT+CIPRXGET Set the Mode to Retrieve Data
AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Socket
AT+IPADDR Inquire Socket PDP address
AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data
AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port
AT+CIPMODE Set TCP/IP Application Mode
AT+CIPSENDMODE Set Sending Mode
AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP Timeout Value
AT+CIPCCFG Configure Parameters of Socket
AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP Sever
AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP Sever
AT+CIPACK Query TCP Connection Data Transmitting Status
AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name
AT+CSOCKSETPN Set active PDP context's profile
AT+CTCPKA Conigure TCP heartbeat
AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server
AT+CSOC Set some features of the data service
AT+CIPCFG Configure Parameters of Tcp
AT+CIPSENDSTR Send HEX String data

15.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TCP/IP

www.simcom.com 320 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

15.2.1 AT+NETOPEN Start Socket Service

AT+NETOPEN is used to start service by activating PDP context. You must execute AT+NETOPEN before
any other TCP/UDP related operations.

AT+NETOPEN Start Socket Service

Response
Read Command +NETOPEN: <net_state>
AT+NETOPEN?
OK
Response
1)If the PDP context has not been activated or the network closed
abnormally, response:
OK

+NETOPEN: <err>
Execute Command
2)When the PDP context has been activated successfully, if you
AT+NETOPEN
execute AT+NETOPEN again, response:
+IP ERROR: Network is already opened

ERROR
3)other:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Range: 3000ms-120000ms
Max Response Time default: 120000ms
(it can be set by AT+CIPTIMEOUT)
Reference 3GPP TS 27.005

Defined Values

<net_state> Integer type, indicates the state of PDP context activation.

0 network close (deactivated)
1 network open(activated)
<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for
details

Examples

AT+NETOPEN?
+NETOPEN: 1
www.simcom.com 321 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+NETOPEN
OK

+NETOPEN: 0

15.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE Stop Socket Service

AT+NETCLOSE is used to stop service by deactivating PDP context. It can also close all the opened socket
connections when you didn’t close these connections by AT+CIPCLOSE.

AT+NETCLOSE Stop Socket Service

Test Command Response
AT+NETCLOSE=? OK
Response
1)If the PDP context has been activated, response:
OK

+NETCLOSE: <err>
2)If the PDP context has been activated and one connection is in
non-transparent mode when service type is TCP, response:
OK

+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>

+NETCLOSE: <err>
3)If the PDP context has been activated and one connection is in
Execute Command
transparent mode when service type is TCP, response:
AT+NETCLOSE
OK

CLOSED

+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>

+NETCLOSE: <err>
4)If the PDP context has been activated and one connection is in
non-transparent mode when service type is UDP, response:
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>

OK

www.simcom.com 322 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+NETCLOSE: <err>
5)If the PDP context has not been activated, response:
+NETCLOSE: <err>

ERROR
6)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Range: 3000ms-120000ms
Max Response Time default: 120000ms
(it can be set by AT+CIPTIMEOUT)
Reference

Defined Values

<err> Integer type, the result of operation.

0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for
details

Examples

AT+NETCLOSE
OK

+NETCLOSE: 0

15.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Establish Connection in Multi-Socket Mode

You can use AT+CIPOPEN to establish a connection with TCP server and UDP server, the maximum of the
connections is 10.
Note: If there is other service working in transparent mode, it is not allowed setup transparent connection
by cipopen cmd.

AT+CIPOPEN Establish Connection in Multi-Socket Mode

Response
Test Command +CIPOPEN: (0-9),("TCP","UDP","UDP SERVER")
AT+CIPOPEN=?
OK
Response
Read Command
+CIPOPEN:
AT+CIPOPEN?
<link_num>[,<type>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>,<index>]

www.simcom.com 323 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CIPOPEN:
<link_num>[,<type>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>,<index>]
[…]

OK
If a connection identified by <link_num>has not been established
successfully, only +CIPOPEN: <link_num> will be returned.
Response
1)if PDP context has been activated successfully, response:
OK

+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>
2)when the <link_num> is greater than 9, response:
+IP ERROR: Invalid parameter

ERROR
3)If PDP context has not been activated, or the connection has
been established, or parameter is incorrect, or when
Write Command
AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is greater than 0, or other
TCP connection
errors, response:
AT+CIPOPEN=<link_num>,"TC
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>
P",<serverIP>,<serverPort>[,<lo
calPort>]
ERROR
4)Transparent mode for TCP connection:
When you want to use transparent mode to transmit data, you
should set AT+CIPMODE=1 before AT+NETOPEN. And if
AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0.
if success
CONNECT [<text>]
if failure
CONNECT FAIL
5)Others:
ERROR
1)If PDP context has been activated successfully, response:
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,0

OK
Write Command 2)When the <link_num> is greater than 9, response:
UDP Connection +IP ERROR: Invalid parameter
AT+CIPOPEN=<link_num>,"UD
P",,,<localPort> ERROR
3)If PDP context has not been activated, or the connection has
been established, or parameter is incorrect, or other errors,
response:
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>

www.simcom.com 324 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
4)Transparent mode for UDP connection:
When you want to use transparent mode to transmit UDP data,
you should set AT+CIPMODE=1 before AT+NETOPEN. And if
AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0.
<serverIP> and <serverPort> should be set if AT+CIPMODE=1.

If success
CONNECT [<text>]

if failure
CONNECT FAIL
5)Others:
ERROR
1)If PDP context has been activated successfully, response:
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,0

OK
2)When the <link_num> is greater than 9, response:
+IP ERROR: Invalid parameter
Write Command
UDP server Connection ERROR
AT+CIPOPEN=<link_num>,"UD 3)If PDP context has not been activated, or the connection has
P SERVER",,,<localPort> been established, or parameter is incorrect, or other errors,
response:
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>

ERROR
4)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Range: 3000ms-120000ms
Max Response Time default: 120000ms
(it can be set by AT+CIPTIMEOUT)
Reference

Defined Values

<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.

If AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0.
<type> String type, identifies the type of transmission protocol.
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
UDP User Datagram Protocol

www.simcom.com 325 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

UDP SERVER User Datagram Protocol service

(Only ASR1603_011_042 version SDK supports UDP SERVER)
<serverIP> String type, identifies the IP address of server. The IP address format
consists of 4 octets, separated by decimal point, like
"AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD". Also the domain name is supported here.
<serverPort> Integer type, identifies the port of TCP server, range is 0-65535.
NOTE:
When open port as TCP, the port must be the opened TCP port;
When open port as UDP, the port may be any port.
<localPort> Integer type, identifies the port of local socket, range is 0-65535.
<index> Integer type, indicates whether the module is used as a client or
server. When used as server, the range is 0-3,<index> is the server
index to which the client is linked.
-1 TCP client
0-3 TCP server index
<text> String type, baud rate, indicates CONNECT result code.
<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for
details

Examples

AT+CIPOPEN=?
+CIPOPEN: (0-9),("TCP","UDP","UDP SERVER")

OK
AT+CIPOPEN?
+CIPOPEN: 0
+CIPOPEN: 1,"TCP","183.230.174.137",6031,-1
+CIPOPEN: 2
+CIPOPEN: 3
+CIPOPEN: 4
+CIPOPEN: 5,"UDP","183.230.174.137",6031,-1
+CIPOPEN: 6
+CIPOPEN: 7
+CIPOPEN: 8
+CIPOPEN: 9

OK
AT+CIPOPEN=0,"TCP","183.230.174.137",6031
OK //TCP connection

+CIPOPEN: 0,0
AT+CIPOPEN=5,"UDP",,,6031 // UDP Connection

www.simcom.com 326 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CIPOPEN: 5,0 //UDP server connection

OK
AT+CIPOPEN=2,"UDP SERVER",,,8888
+CIPOPEN: 2,0

OK

15.2.4 AT+CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP Connection

AT+CIPSEND is used to send data to remote side. If service type is TCP, the data is firstly sent to the
module’s internal TCP/IP stack, and then sent to server by protocol stack. The <length> field may be empty.
While it is empty, each <Ctrl+Z> character present in the data should be coded as <ETX><Ctrl+Z>. Each
<ESC> character present in the data should be coded as <ETX><ESC>. Each <ETX> character will be
coded as <ETX><ETX>. Single <Ctrl+Z> means end of the input data. Single <ESC> is used to cancel the
sending.
<ETX> is 0x03, and <Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A,<ESC> is 0x1B.

AT+CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP Connection

Response
Test Command +CIPSEND: (0-9),(1-1500)
AT+CIPSEND=?
OK
Read Command Response
AT+CIPSEND? OK
Response
1)If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established
successfully, response:
>
<input data>
Write Command
CTRL+Z
If service type is "TCP", send data
OK
with changeable length
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>
If <reqSendLength> is equal <cnfSendLength>, it means that the
Response ">", then type data to
data has been sent to TCP/IP protocol stack successfully.
send, tap CTRL+Z to send data,
2)If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed,
tap ESC to cancel the operation
or parameter is incorrect, response:
+CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
3)Others:

www.simcom.com 327 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Response
1)If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established
successfully, response:
>
<input data with specified length>
OK
Write Command
If service type is "TCP", send data
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>
with fixed length
If <reqSendLength> is equal <cnfSendLength>, it means that the
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,<len
data has been sent to TCP/IP protocol stack successfully.
gth>
2)If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed,
or parameter is incorrect, response:
+CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
3)Others:
ERROR
Response
1)If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established
successfully, response:
>
Write Command <input data>
If service type is "UDP", send data CTRL+Z
with changeable length OK

AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,,<ser +CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>

verIP>,<serverPort>
Response ">", then type data to 2)If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed,
send, tap CTRL+Z to send data, or parameter is incorrect, response:
tap ESC to cancel the operation +CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
3)Others:
ERROR
Response
1)If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established
Write Command
successfully, response:
If service type is "UDP", send data
>
with fixed length
<input data with specified length>
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,<len
OK
gth>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>
Response ">", type data until the
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>
data length is equal to <length>
2)If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed,
or parameter is incorrect, response:

www.simcom.com 328 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
3)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Range: 3000ms-120000ms
Max Response Time default: 120000ms
(it can be set by AT+CIPTIMEOUT)
Reference

Defined Values

<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.

<length> Integer type, indicates the length of sending data, range is 1-1500.
<serverIP> String type, identifies the IP address of server. The IP address format
consists of 4 octets, separated by decimal point, like
"AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD". Also the domain name is supported here.
<serverPort> Integer type, identifies the port of TCP server, range is 0-65535.
NOTE:
When open port as TCP, the port must be the opened TCP port;
When open port as UDP, the port may be any port.
<reqSendLength> Integer type, the length of the data requested to be sent
<cnfSendLength> Integer type, the length of the data confirmed to have been sent
-1 the connection is disconnected.
0 own send buffer or other side’s congestion window are full.
Note: If the <cnfSendLength> is not equal to the <reqSendLength>,
the socket then cannot be used further.
<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for
details

Examples

AT+CIPSEND=?
+CIPSEND: (0-9),(1-1500)

OK
AT+CIPSEND=1,5
>12345 // If service type is "TCP", send data with
OK fixed length

+CIPSEND: 1,5,5

www.simcom.com 329 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CIPSEND=8,5,"183.230.174.137",6031
>12345 // If service type is "UDP", send data with
OK fixed length

+CIPSEND: 8,5,5

NOTE

If you use UDP to send more than 1400 bytes of data when the server does not receive data, this may
be the reason for the carrier, in this case please send no more than 1400 bytes of data.

If you use TCP to send data, the instruction can be followed by a comma just like "AT+CIPSEND=0," or
"AT+CIPSEND=0,10," without an error, but it doesn't make any sense

15.2.5 AT+CIPRXGET Set the Mode to Retrieve Data

If set <mode> to 1, after receiving data, the module will buffer it and report a URC as "+CIPRXGET:
1,<link_num>" to notify the host. Then host can retrieve data by AT+CIPRXGET.
If set <mode> to 0, the received data will be outputted to COM port directly by URC as "RECV FROM:<IP
ADDRESS>:<PORT><CR><LF>+IPD(data length)<CR><LF><data>".
The default value of <mode> is 0.
Note:
1. If the buffer is not empty, and the module receives data again, then it will not report a new URC until all
the received data has been retrieved by AT+CIPRXGET from buffer.
2. When <mode> is set to 1 and the 2-4 mode will take effect.
If initially set <mode> to 1, after doing some data transmitting, set <mode> to 0, then the buffered data of
the previously established connection will be output to the serial port directly, and the maximum length of
output data at one time is 1500.

AT+CIPRXGET Set the Mode to Retrieve Data

Response
Test Command +CIPRXGET: (0-5),(0-9),(1-1500)
AT+CIPRXGET=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CIPRXGET: <mode>
AT+CIPRXGET?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CIPRXGET=<mode> 1)If the parameter is correct, response:

www.simcom.com 330 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

In this case,<mode> can only be 0 OK

or 1 2)If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response:
+IP ERROR: <err_info>

ERROR

3)Others:
ERROR
1)If <len> field is empty, the default value to read is 1500.
If the buffer is not empty, response:
+CIPRXGET: <mode>,<link_num>,<read_len>,<rest_len>
<data>ACSII form

OK
Write Command 2)If the buffer is empty, response:
AT+CIPRXGET=2,<link_num>[,< +IP ERROR: No data
len>]
Retrieve data in ACSII form ERROR
3)If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response:
+IP ERROR: <err_info>

ERROR
4)Others:
ERROR
Response
1)If <length> field is empty, the default value to read is 750.
If the buffer is not empty, response:
+CIPRXGET: <mode>,<link_num>,<read_len>,<rest_len>
<data>hex form

OK
Write Command
2)If the buffer is empty, response:
AT+CIPRXGET=3,<link_num>[,<
+IP ERROR: No data
len>]
Retrieve data in hex form
ERROR
3)If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response:
+IP ERROR: <err_info>

ERROR
4)Others:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If the parameter is correct, response:
AT+CIPRXGET=4,<link_num> +CIPRXGET: 4,<link_num>,<rest_len>

www.simcom.com 331 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

2)If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response:

+IP ERROR: <err_info>

ERROR
3)Others
ERROR
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
OK
Write Command
2)If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response:
AT+CIPRXGET=5
+IP ERROR: <err_info>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9s
Reference

Defined Values

<mode> Integer type, sets the mode to retrieve data

0 set the way to get the network data automatically
1 set the way to get the network data manually
2 read data, the max read length is 1500
3 read data in HEX form, the max read length is 750
4 get the rest data length
5 add IP header reporting based on mode=1, the format is
+CIPRXGETIP:<ip>:<port>
<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.
<len> Integer type, the data length to be read.
Not required, the default value is 1500 when <mode>=2, and 750
when <mode>=3.
<read_len> Integer type, the length of data that has been read.
<rest_len> Integer type, the length of data which has not been read in the buffer.
<err_info> String type, displays the cause of occurring error, please refer to
Chapter 15.3.1 for more details.

Examples

AT+CIPRXGET=?
+CIPRXGET: (0-5),(0-9),(1-1500)

www.simcom.com 332 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CIPRXGET?
+CIPRXGET: 1

OK
AT+CIPRXGET=1
OK
AT+CIPRXGET=2,0
+CIPRXGET: 2,0,6,0
123456

OK
AT+CIPRXGET=3,0
+CIPRXGET: 3,0,6,0
313233343536

OK
AT+CIPRXGET=4,0
+CIPRXGET: 4,0,18

OK
AT+CIPRXGET=5
OK

NOTE

1.When data is received and reported, the maximum length of <data length> is 1500 each time.
2.When AT+CIPRXGET=1, if multiple tcp/udp connections are connected and the server is sending
data all the time, it is necessary to read the data sent by the server in time.

15.2.6 AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Socket

AT+CIPCLOSE is used to close a TCP or UDP Socket

AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP Socket

Response
Test Command +CIPCLOSE: (0-9)
AT+CIPCLOSE=?
OK

www.simcom.com 333 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
+CIPCLOSE:
<link0_state>,<link1_state>,<link2_state>,<link3_state>,<link
Read Command
4_state>,<link5_state>,<link6_state>,<link7_state>,<link8_sta
AT+CIPCLOSE?
te>,<link9_state>

OK
Response
1)If service type is TCP and the connection identified by
<link_num> has been established, response
OK

+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>
2)If service type is TCP and the access mode is transparent mode,
response:
OK

CLOSED

+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>
3)If service type is UDP and the connection identified by
<link_num> has been established and closed successfully,
response:
Write Command
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,0
AT+CIPCLOSE=<link_num>

OK
4)If service type is UDP and access mode is transparent mode,
response:
CLOSED

+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>

OK
5)If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed,
or parameter is incorrect, response:
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>

ERROR
6)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Range: 3000ms-120000ms
Max Response Time default: 120000ms
(it can be set by AT+CIPTIMEOUT)
Reference

www.simcom.com 334 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.

<linkX_state> Integer type, indicates state of connection identified by <link_num>.
Range is 0-1.
0 disconnected
1 connected
<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for
details

Examples

AT+CIPCLOSE=?
+CIPCLOSE: (0-9)

OK
AT+CIPCLOSE?
+CIPCLOSE: 0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,1,0

OK
AT+CIPCLOSE=0
OK

+CIPCLOSE: 0,0

15.2.7 AT+IPADDR Inquire Socket PDP address

AT+IPADDR is used to get active PDP address.

AT+IPADDR Inquire Socket PDP Address

Test Command Response
AT+IPADDR=? OK
Response
1)If PDP context has been activated successfully, response
Execute Command +IPADDR: <ip_address>
AT+IPADDR
OK
2)

www.simcom.com 335 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+IP ERROR: Network not opened

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<ip_address> String type, identifies the IP address of current active socket PDP.

Examples

AT+IPADDR
+IPADDR: 10.84.17.161

OK

15.2.8 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data

AT+CIPHEAD is used to add an IP header when receiving data.

AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data

Response
Test Command +CIPHEAD: (0-1)
AT+CIPHEAD=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CIPHEAD: <mode>
AT+CIPHEAD?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+CIPHEAD=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Response
Execute Command
Set default value:(<mode>=1)
AT+CIPHEAD
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
www.simcom.com 336 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time default: 9000ms

Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> Integer type, indicates whether adding an IP header or not when

receiving data
0 not add IP header
1 add IP header, the format is "+IPD(data length)"

Examples

AT+CIPHEAD=?
+CIPHEAD: (0-1)

OK
AT+CIPHEAD?
+CIPHEAD: 1

OK
AT+CIPHEAD=1
OK
AT+CIPHEAD
OK

15.2.9 AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port

AT+CIPSRIP is used to set whether to display IP address and port of server when receiving data.

AT+CIPSRIP Show Remote IP Address and Port

Response
Test Command +CIPSRIP: (0-1)
AT+CIPSRIP=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CIPSRIP: <mode>
AT+CIPSRIP?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+CIPSRIP=<mode> 1)If the parameter is correct, response:

www.simcom.com 337 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Execute Command
Set default value:(<mode>=1)
AT+CIPSRIP
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> Integer type, indicates whether to show IP address and port of server
or not when receiving data.
0 not show
1 show, the format is as follows:
"RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>"

Examples

AT+CIPSRIP=?
+CIPSRIP: (0-1)

OK
AT+CIPSRIP?
+CIPSRIP: 1

OK
AT+CIPSRIP=0
OK
AT+CIPSRIP
OK

15.2.10 AT+CIPMODE Set TCP/IP Application Mode

AT+CIPMODE is used to select transparent mode(data mode) or non-transparent mode(command

mode).The default mode is non-transparent mode.

AT+CIPMODE Set TCP/IP Application Mode

Test Command Response

www.simcom.com 338 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CIPMODE=? +CIPMODE: (0-1)

OK
Response
Read Command +CIPMODE: <mode>
AT+CIPMODE?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+CIPMODE=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Response
1)Set default value:(<mode>=0)
Execute Command
OK
AT+CIPMODE
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> Integer type, sets TCP/IP application mode

0 Non transparent mode
1 Transparent mode

Examples

AT+CIPMODE=?
+CIPMODE: (0-1)

OK
AT+CIPMODE?
+CIPMODE: 0

OK
AT+CIPMODE=1
OK
AT+CIPMODE
OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 339 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

When you want to use transparent mode to transmit data, you should set AT+CIPMODE=1 before
AT+NETOPEN.

15.2.11 AT+CIPSENDMODE Set Sending Mode

AT+CIPSENDMODE is used to select sending mode when service type is "TCP".

If set <mode> to 1, when sending data by AT+CIPSEND, the URC "+CIPSEND:
<link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>" will not be returned until module receives the server’s
ACK message to the sent data last time.
If set <mode> to 0, the URC "+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>" will be
returned If the data has been sent to module’s internal TCP/IP protocol stack. In this case, the module
doesn’t need to wait for the server’s ACK message.
The default mode is sending without waiting peer TCP ACK mode.

AT+CIPSENDMODE Set Sending Mode

Response
Test Command +CIPSENDMODE: (0-1)
AT+CIPSENDMODE=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CIPSENDMODE: <mode>
AT+CIPSENDMODE?
OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+CIPSENDMODE=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> Integer type, sets sending mode

0 sending without waiting peer TCP ACK mode
1 sending wait peer TCP ACK mode

www.simcom.com 340 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CIPSENDMODE=?
+CIPSENDMODE: (0-1)

OK
AT+CIPSENDMODE=1
OK
AT+CIPSENDMODE?
+CIPSENDMODE: 1

OK

15.2.12 AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP Timeout Value

AT+CIPTIMEOUT is used to set timeout value for AT+NETOPEN/AT+CIPOPEN/AT+CIPSEND.

AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP Timeout Value

Response
+CIPTIMEOUT:
Read Command
<netopen_timeout>,<cipopen_timeout>,<cipsend_timeout>
AT+CIPTIMEOUT?

OK
Response
Write Command
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=[<netopen_ti
OK
meout>][,[<cipopen_timeout>][,
2)
[<cipsend_timeout>]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<netopen_timeout> Integer type, timeout value for AT+NETOPEN.

default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms.
<cipopen_timeout> Integer type, timeout value for AT+CIPOPEN.
default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms.
<cipsend_timeout> Integer type, timeout value for AT+CIPSEND.
default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms.

www.simcom.com 341 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CIPTIMEOUT?
+CIPTIMEOUT: 120000,120000,120000

OK
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=3000,3000,3000
OK

15.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG Configure Parameters of Socket

AT+CIPCCFG is used to configure parameters of socket.

AT+CIPCCFG Configure Parameters of Socket

Response
+CIPCCFG: (0-10),(0-1000),(0),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(500-120000),
Test Command
(0-1)
AT+CIPCCFG=?

OK
Response
+CIPCCFG:
Read Command <NmRetry>,<DelayTm>,<Ack>,<errMode>,<Header-Type>,<As
AT+CIPCCFG? yncMode>,<TimeoutVal>,<udpRecvmode>

OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CIPCCFG=[<NmRetry>][,[<
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
DelayTm>][,[<Ack>][,[<errMode
OK
>][,[<HeaderType>][,[[<AsyncM
2)
ode>][,[<TimeoutVal>][,[<udpRe
ERROR
cvmode>]]]]]]]]]
Response
Execute Command
Set default value:
AT+CIPCCFG
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 342 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<NmRetry> Integer type, number of retransmission to be made for an IP

packet. Range is 0-10. The default value is 10.
<DelayTm> Integer type, number of milliseconds to delay to output data of
Receiving. Range is 0-1000. The default value is 0.
<Ack> Integer type, it can only be set to 0. It’s used to be compatible with
old TCP/IP command set.
<errMode> Integer type, sets mode of reporting <err_info>, default value is 1.
0 error result code with numeric values
1 error result code with string values
<HeaderType> Integer type, select which data header is used when receiving
data, it only takes effect in multi-client mode. Default value is 0.
0 add data header, the format is "+IPD<data length>"
1 add data header, the format is "+RECEIVE,<link num>,<data
length>"
<AsyncMode> Integer type, range is 0-1. Default value is 0.
It’s used to be compatible with old TCP/IP command set.
<TimeoutVal> Integer type, set the minimum retransmission timeout value for
TCP connection. Range is 500ms-120000ms. Default is 500ms.
<udpRecvmode> Integer type, range is 0-1. Default value is 0. Used to set the mode
of udp cache receiving data. This parameter must be set before
AT+NETOPEN.
0 Receive by buf
1 Receive by package
(Only ASR1603_011_042 version SDK supports this parameter)

Examples

AT+CIPCCFG=?
+CIPCCFG: (0-10),(0-1000),(0),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(500-120000),(0-1)

OK
AT+CIPCCFG?
+CIPCCFG: 10,0,0,1,0,0,500,0

OK
AT+CIPCCFG=2
OK
AT+CIPCCFG
OK

15.2.14 AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP Sever

www.simcom.com 343 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+SERVERSTART is used to startup a TCP server, and the server can receive the request of TCP client.
After the command executes successfully, an unsolicited result code is returned when a client tries to
connect with module and module accepts request. The unsolicited result code is+CLIENT:
<link_num>,<server_index>,<client_IP>:<port>.

AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP Sever

Response
Test Command +SERVERSTART: (0-65535),(0-3)
AT+SERVERSTART=?
OK
Response
1)If the PDP context has not been activated successfully,
response:
+CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
Read Command
2)If there exists opened server, response:
AT+SERVERSTART?
[+SERVERSTART: <server_index>,<port>
…]

OK
3)Others:
ERROR
Response
1)If there is no error, response:
OK
2)If the PDP context has not been activated, or the server
Write Command identified by <server_index> has been opened, or the parameter
AT+SERVERSTART=<port>,<se is not correct, or other errors, response:
rver_index>[,<backlog>] +CIPERROR: <err>

ERROR
3)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<port> Integer type, identifies the listening port of module when used as a
TCP server. Range is 0-65535.
<server_index> Integer type, the TCP server index, range is 0-3.
<backlog> Integer type, the maximum connections can be queued in listening

www.simcom.com 344 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

queue. Range is 1-3. Default is 3.

Examples

AT+SERVERSTART=?
+SERVERSTART: (0-65535),(0-3)

OK
AT+SERVERSTART?
OK
AT+SERVERSTART=8080,0
OK

15.2.15 AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP Sever

AT+SERVERSTOP is used to stop TCP server. Before stopping a TCP server, all sockets <server_index>
of which equals to the closing TCP server index must be closed first.

AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP Sever

Response
1)If there exists open connection with the server identified by
<server_index>, or the server identified by <server_index> has not
been opened, or the parameter is incorrect, response:
+SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,<err>

ERROR
2)If the server socket is closed immediately, response:
Write Command
+SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,0
AT+SERVERSTOP=<server_ind
ex>
OK
(In general, the result is shown as below.)
3)If the server socket starts to close, response:
OK

+SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,<err>
4)Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 345 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<server_index> Integer type, the TCP server index, range is 0-3.

<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for details

Examples

AT+SERVERSTOP=0
OK

+SERVERSTOP: 0,0

15.2.16 AT+CIPACK Query TCP Connection Data Transmitting Status

AT+CIPACK is used to query TCP connection data transmitting status.

AT+CIPACK Query Connection Data Transmitting State

Response
Test Command +CIPACK: (range of supported <link_num>s)
AT+CIPACK=?
OK
Response
1)If the PDP context has not been activated, or the connection
identified by <link_num> has not been established, abnormally closed,
or the parameter is incorrect, or other errors, response:
+IP ERROR: <err_info>
Write Command
AT+CIPACK=<link_num> ERROR
2)If the connection has been established, and the service type is
"TCP", response:
+CIPACK: <sent_data_size>,<ack_data_size>,<recv_data_size>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values
www.simcom.com 346 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.

<sent_data_size> Integer type, the total length of sent data
<ack_data_size> Integer type, the total length of acknowledged data.
<recv_data_size> Integer type, the total length of received data
<err> Integer type, the result of operation.
0 is success, other value is failure, please refer to Chapter 15.3.2 for details
<err_info> String type, displays the cause of occurring error, please refer to Chapter 3
for details.

Examples

AT+CIPACK=?
+CIPACK: (0-9)

OK
AT+CIPACK=0
+CIPACK: 10,10,5

OK

15.2.17 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name

AT+CDNSGIP is used to query the IP address of given domain name.

AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name

Test Command Response
AT+CDNSGIP=? OK
Response
1)If the given domain name has related IP, response:
+CDNSGIP: 1,<domain name>,<IP address>
+CDNSGIP: 2,<domain name>,<IP address>
[…]

Write Command
OK
AT+CDNSGIP=<domain name>
2)If the given name has no related IP, response:
+CDNSGIP: 0,<dns error code>

ERROR
3)Others:
ERROR

www.simcom.com 347 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time default: 6s
Reference -

Defined Values

<domain name> String type (string should be included in quotation marks), indicates the
domain name. The maximum length of domain name is 254.
Valid characters allowed in the domain name area include a-z, A-Z, 0-9,
"-" (hyphen)and ".". A domain name is made up of one label name or
more label names separated by "." (eg: AT+CDNSGIP="aa.bb.cc").
For label names separated by ".", length of each label must be no more
than 63 characters. The beginning character of the domain name and of
labels should be an alphanumeric character.
<IP address> String type, indicates the IP address corresponding to the domain name.
<dns error code> Integer type, indicates the error code.
10 DNS GENERAL ERROR

Examples

AT+CDNSGIP=?
OK
AT+CDNSGIP="www.baidu.com"
+CDNSGIP: 1,"www.baidu.com","61.135.169.121"

OK

15.2.18 AT+CSOCKSETPN Set active PDP context's profile

This command sets default active PDP context's profile number and type. When we activate PDP by using
AT+NETOPEN command, we need use the default profile number and type.,and the context of this profile is
set by AT+CGDCONT command.

AT+CSOCKSETPN Set acitve PDP context's profile

Response
Test Command +CSOCKSETPN: 1,(1,6)
AT+CSOCKSETPN=?
OK
Read Command Response

www.simcom.com 348 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CSOCKSETPN? +CSOCKSETPN: <profile_num>,<ip_family>

OK
Response
1)If the parameter is correct, response:
Write Command
OK
AT+CSOCKSETPN=<profile_nu
2)If the parameter is wrong,or NETOPEN is already active,
m>[,<ip_family>]
response:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<profile_num> Packet Data Protocol context’s profile number.

Now only 1 is supported for this parameter value.
<ip_family> Packet Data Protocol type
1 IPV4
6 IPV6

NOTE

The A7600 series(1601) cannot change the configuration file number of the PDP context;
<profile_num> can only be set to 1.

Examples

AT+CSOCKSETPN=?
+CSOCKSETPN: 1,(1,6)

OK
AT+CSOCKSETPN?
+CSOCKSETPN: 1,1

OK
AT+CSOCKSETPN=1,6
OK

www.simcom.com 349 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

15.2.19 AT+CTCPKA Configure TCP heartbeat

This command is used to set TCP heartbeat parameters. Set this up after we activate PDP by using
AT+NETOPEN command.

AT+CTCPKA Configure TCP heartbeat

Test Command Response
AT+CTCPKA=? OK
Response
+CTCPKA:
Read Command
<keepalive>,<keepidle>,<keepcount>,<keepinterval>
AT+CTCPKA?

OK
Response
Write Command
1)If successfully:
AT+CTCPKA=<keepalive>,<kee
OK
pidle>,<keepcount>[,<keepinter
2)If failed:
val>]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<keepalive > Set TCP keepalive option.

0 Disable TCP keep alive mechanism
1 Enable TCP keep alive mechanism
<keepidle> The unit is minute. If there is no data interaction within this period, the
probe is performed. (1-120)
<keepcount> Number of probe retries. If all times out, the connection is considered
Invalid.(1-10)
<keepinterval> The unit is minute. Interval for sending probe packets during probe.
(1-100)

Examples

AT+CTCPKA=1,2,5,1
OK
AT+CTCPKA?
+CTCPKA: 1,2,5,1

OK

www.simcom.com 350 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

15.2.20 AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server

This command is used to configure Domain Name Server.

AT+CDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server

Response
Test Command +CDNSCFG: ("Primary DNS"),("Secondary DNS"),type
AT+CDNSCFG=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Primary IPv4 DNS: <pri_dns>,Secondary IPv4 DNS: <pri_dns>
Read Command Primary IPv6 DNS: <pri_dns>,Secondary IPv6 DNS: <pri_dns>
AT+CDNSCFG?
OK
2)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
AT+CDNSCFG=<pri_dns>[,<sec OK
_dns>][,<type>] 2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time default: 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<pri_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the primary

domain name server.
<sec_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the
secondary domain name server.
<type> 0 Set the server for the ipv4 network
1 Set the server for the ipv6 network

Examples

AT+CDNSCFG?
Primary IPv4 DNS: 183.230.126.224,Secondary IPv4
DNS: 183.230.126.225

www.simcom.com 351 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Primary IPv6 DNS: 2409:8060:20EA:101::1,Secondary

IPv6 DNS: 2409:8060:20EA:201::1

OK
AT+CDNSCFG=183.230.126.224,183.230.126.225,0
OK

15.2.21 AT+CSOC Set some features of the data service

This command is used to set some features of the data service. Only supports in Cat1 modules.

AT+CSOC Set some features of the data service

Test Command Response
AT+CSOC=? OK
Response
+CSOC: "Tcp srxt",<srxt>,<tcp_sync_backoff>
+CSOC: "Tcp rxt",<rtx>, <tcp_backoff>
+CSOC: "Mss",<mtu>
Read Command +CSOC: "RecvWin",<win>
AT+CSOC? +CSOC:
"DnsTmr",<dnsMaxWaitTime>,<dnsMaxRetry>,<dns_wait_tmr>
+CSOC: "SendWin",<send_win>

OK
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CSOC="Tcp OK
srxt",<tcp_sync_backoff> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CSOC="Tcp OK
rxt",<tcp_backoff> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
1)If parameter format is right:
Write Command
OK
AT+CSOC="Mss",<mtu>
2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CSOC="RecvWin",<win> OK
2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:

www.simcom.com 352 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CSOC="DnsTmr",<dns_ OK
wait_tmr> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CSOC="SendWin",<send OK
_win> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<srxt> Maximum number of TCP SYN packets retransmitted.

The maximum value is 12. The default is 6.
<tcp_sync_backoff> Set the interval for TCP SYN packet retransmission.
tcp_sync_backoff[13]. defaults to {1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96, 120,
120, 120}
<rtx> Maximum number of TCP data packets retransmitted.
The maximum value is 12. The default is 6.
<tcp_backoff> Set the interval for TCP data package retransmission.
tcp_backoff_default [13]. defaults to { 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7}
<mtu> Integer type,Maximum value 1500, minimum value 640.
<win> TCP Sliding Window.
<dnsMaxWaitTime> Maximum timeout for DNS resolution retries
<dnsMaxRetry> Maximum number of DNS resolution retries
Note: The value ranges from 2 to 8.
<dns_wait_tmr> Set the DNS retry interval.Unit is second.
Dns_wait_tmr [8] defaults to {2, 3, 4, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8}.
Note: The first interval cannot be less than 2 seconds.
<send_win> TCP send buffer Window.

Examples

AT+CSOC?
+CSOC: "Tcp srxt",6,1,1,2,3,3,6,12,24,48,96,120,120,120
+CSOC: "Tcp rxt",6,1,1,2,2,3,4,5,6,7,7,7,7,7
+CSOC: "Mss",1500

www.simcom.com 353 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CSOC: "RecvWin",64240
+CSOC: "DnsTmr",5,2,2,3,4,8,8,8,8,8
+CSOC: "SendWin",11680

OK
AT+CSOC="DnsTmr","2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0"
OK

15.2.22 AT+CIPCFG Configure Parameters of TCP

AT+CIPCFG is used to configure parameters of TCP.

AT+CIPCFG Configure Parameters of TCP

Response
+CIPCFG:"transwaittm",(5-1000)
Test Command
+CIPCFG:"DATAECHO","ON/OFF"
AT+CIPCFG=?

OK
Response
+CIPCFG: "transwaittm",<transwaittime>
Read Command
+CIPCFG: "DATAECHO",<dataecho>
AT+CIPCFG?

OK
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CIPCFG="transwaittm OK
",<transwaittime> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+CIPCFG="DATAECHO",< OK
dataecho> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<transwaittime> Set the transparent transmission timeout waiting time, integer type.
Range 5-1000ms, default value is 100ms.
<dataecho> Set the echo of data content sent by CIPSEND, String type. Default

www.simcom.com 354 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

value is ON.
ON Turn on echo
OFF Turn off echo

Examples

AT+CIPCFG=?
+CIPCFG:"transwaittm",(5-1000)
+CIPCFG:"DATAECHO","ON/OFF"

OK
AT+CIPCFG?
+CIPCFG: "transwaittm",100
+CIPCFG: "DATAECHO",ON

OK
AT+CIPCFG="DATAECHO",OFF
OK

15.2.23 AT+CIPSENDSTR Send HEX String Data

This command is used to send hex string data, and is not suitable for the "UDP server" and "TCP server"
types of Socket services.
AT+CIPSENDSTR Send HEX String Data
Response
Test Command +CIPSENDSTR: (0-9),<hex_string>
AT+CIPSENDSTR=?
OK
Response
If the data is successfully sent
Write Command OK
AT+CIPSENDSTR=<link_num
>,<hex_string> +CIPSENDSTR: <link_num>,<data_len>
Others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

www.simcom.com 355 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<link_num> Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.

<hex_string> String type, hex string, the max length is 500.
<data_len> Integer type, length of hex_string sent.

Examples

AT+CIPSENDSTR=?
+CIPSENDSTR: (0-9),<hex_string>

OK
AT+CIPOPEN=0,"TCP","183.230.174.137",6044
OK

+CIPOPEN: 0,0
AT+CIPSENDSTR=0,"4142434445"
OK

+CIPSENDSTR: 0,5

15.3 Command Result Codes

15.3.1 Description of <err_info>

The fourth parameter <errMode> of AT+CIPCCFG (TODO)is used to determine how <err_info> is
displayed.
If <errMode> is set to 0, the <err_info> is displayed with numeric value.
If <errMode>is set to 1, the <err_info> is displayed with string value.
The default is displayed with string value.

Numeric Value String Value

0 Connection time out
1 Bind port failed
2 Port overflow
3 Create socket failed
4 Network is already opened
5 Network is already closed

www.simcom.com 356 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6 No clients connected
7 No active client
8 Network not opened
9 Client index overflow
10 Connection is already created
11 Connection is not created
12 Invalid parameter
13 Operation not supported
14 DNS query failed
15 TCP busy
16 Net close failed for socket opened
17 Sending time out
18 Sending failure for network error
19 Open failure for network error
20 Server is already listening
21 Operation failed
22 No data

15.3.2 Description of <err>

<err> Description of <err>

0 operation succeeded
1 Network failure
2 Network not opened
3 Wrong parameter
4 Operation not supported
5 Failed to create socket
6 Failed to bind socket
7 TCP server is already listening
8 Busy
9 Sockets opened
10 Timeout
11 DNS parse failed for AT+CIPOPEN
12 Unknown error

www.simcom.com 357 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

15.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
+CIPEVENT: NETWORK CLOSED UNEXPECTEDLY Network is closed for network error(Out of
service, etc). When this event happens,
user’s application needs to check and close
all opened sockets, and then uses
AT+NETCLOSE to release the network
library if AT+NETOPEN? shows the network
library is still opened.
+IPCLOSE: <client_index>,<close_reason> Socket is closed passively.
<client_index> is the link number.
<close_reason>:
0 Closed by local, active
1 Closed by remote, passive
2 Closed for sending timeout or DTR off
+CLIENT: TCP server accepted a new socket client, the
<link_num>,<server_index>,<client_IP>:<port> index is<link_num>, the TCP server index is
<server_index>. The peer IP address is
<client_IP>, the peer port is <port>.

www.simcom.com 358 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for HTTP(S)

16.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTTP(S)

Command Description
AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP service
AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP Service
AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters value
AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action
AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response
AT+HTTPREAD Read the response information of HTTP Server
AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S)server by File
AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP Response Content to a file

16.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTTP(S)

16.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP Service

AT+HTTPINIT is used to start HTTP service by activating PDP context. You must execute AT+HTTPINIT
before any other HTTP related operations.

AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP Service

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPINIT=? OK
Response
1)If start HTTP service successfully:
Execute Command
OK
AT+HTTPINIT
2)If failed:
ERROR

www.simcom.com 359 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode -

Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<err> The type of error please refer to Section 16.4

Examples

AT+HTTPINIT
OK

16.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP Service

AT+HTTPTERM is used to stop HTTP service.

AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP Service

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPTERM=? OK
Response
1)If stop HTTP service successfully:
Execute Command
OK
AT+HTTPTERM
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Examples

AT+HTTPTERM
OK

www.simcom.com 360 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

16.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters value

AT+HTTPPARA is used to set HTTP parameters value. When you want to access to a HTTP server, you
should input <value> like http://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’. In addition, https://’server’/’path’:’tcpPort’ is used to
access to a HTTPS server.

AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP Parameters value

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPPARA=? OK
Response
1)If parameter format is right:
Write Command
OK
AT+HTTPPARA="URL",<url>
2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="CONNECTTO" OK
,<conn_timeout> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="RECVTO",<re OK
cv_timeout> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="CONTENT",<c OK
ontent_type> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="ACCEPT",<ac OK
cept-type> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command 1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="SSLCFG",<ssl OK
cfg_id> 2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="USERDATA",<
OK
user_data>
2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
www.simcom.com 361 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)If parameter format is right:
AT+HTTPPARA="READMODE",
OK
<readmode>
2)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<url> URL of network resource.String,start with "http://" or"https://"

a)http://’server’ :’tcpPort’ /’path’.
b)https://’server’ :’tcpPort’ /’path’.
"server" DNS domain name or IP address
"path" path to a file or directory of a server
"tcpPort" http default value is 80,https default value is 443.(can be
omitted)
<conn_timeout> Timeout for accessing server, Numeric type, range is 20-120s, default
is 120s.
<recv_timeout> Timeout for receiving data from server, Numeric type range is 2s-120s,
default is 20s.
<content_type> This is for HTTP "Content-Type" tag, String type, max length is 256,
and default is "text/plain".
<accept-type> This is for HTTP "Accept-type" tag, String type, max length is 256, and
default is "*/*".
<sslcfg_id> This is setting SSL context id, Numeric type, range is 0-9. Default is
0.Please refer to Chapter 19 of this document.
<user_data> The customized HTTP header information. String type, max length is
256.( For ASR1603 platforms, the maximum length is 600)
<readmode> For HTTPREAD, Numeric type, it can be set to 0 or 1. If set to 1, you
can read the response content data from the same position repeatly.
The limit is that the size of HTTP server response content should be
shorter than 1M.Default is 0.

NOTE

When you want to use content-type mutipart/form-data to transfer data, you should set
AT+HTTPPARA="CONTENT","mutipart/form-data" .And we will construct boundary header.

www.simcom.com 362 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+HTTPPARA="URL","http://www.baidu.com"
OK

16.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action

AT+HTTPACTION is used to perform a HTTP Method. You can use HTTPACTION to send a get/post
request to a HTTP/HTTPS server.

AT+HTTPACTION HTTP Method Action

Response
+HTTPACTION: (0-4)
(in ASR1603_042 the return is
Test Command
+HTTPACTION: (0-5)
AT+HTTPACTION=?
)

OK
Response
1)If parameter format is right:
OK

+HTTPACTION: <method>,<statuscode>,<datalen>
Write Command
2)If parameter format is right but server connected unsuccessfully:
AT+HTTPACTION=<method>
OK

+HTTPACTION: <method>,<errcode>,<datalen>
3)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<method> HTTP method specification:

0 GET
1 POST
2 HEAD
3 DELETE
4 PUT
www.simcom.com 363 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

(in ASR1603_042 add method: 5 PATCH)

<statuscode> Please refer to the end of this chapter
<datalen> The length of data received

Examples

AT+HTTPACTION=?
+HTTPACTION: (0-4)

OK
AT+HTTPACTION=0
OK

+HTTPACTION: 0,200,104220

16.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response

AT+HTTPHEAD is used to read the HTTP header information of server response when module receives the
response data from server.

AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP Header Information of Server Response

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPHEAD=? OK
Response
1)If read the header information successfully:
+HTTPHEAD: <data_len>
Execute Command
<data>
AT+HTTPHEAD
OK
2)If read failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<data_len> The length of HTTP header

<data> The header information of HTTP response

www.simcom.com 364 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+HTTPHEAD
+HTTPHEAD: 653
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Content-Type: text/html
Connection: keep-alive
X-Cache: MISS from PDcache-04:opinion.people.com.cn
Date: Tue, 24 Mar 2020 03:12:09 GMT
Powered-By-ChinaCache: HIT from CNC-WB-b-D24
Powered-By-ChinaCache: HIT from CNC-WV-b-D1C
ETag: W/"5b7379f5-57e9"
x-cc-via: CNC-WB-b-D24[H,1], CNC-WV-b-D1C[H,62]
d-cc-upstream: CNC-WV-b-D1C
CACHE: TCP_HIT
Vary: Accept-Encoding
Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Aug 2018 00:55:17 GMT
Expires: Tue, 24 Mar 2020 03:17:09 GMT
x-cc-req-id: f4b9e1793697d1ef2950f530aeec4519
Content-Length: 22505
Age: 0
Accept-Ranges: bytes
Server: nginx
X-Frame-Options: ALLOW-FROM .*
CC_CACHE: TCP_REFRESH_HIT
OK

16.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the response information of HTTP Server

After sending HTTP(S)GET/POST requests, you can retrieve HTTP(S)response information from
HTTP(S)server via UART/USB port by AT+HTTPREAD. When the <datalen> of "+HTTPACTION:
<method>,<statuscode>,<datalen>" is not equal to 0, You can execute
AT+HTTPREAD=<start_offset>,<byte_size> to read out data to port. If parameter <byte_size> is set
greater than the size of data saved in buffer, all data in cache will output to port.

AT+HTTPREAD Read the response information of HTTP Server

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPREAD=? OK
Response
Read Command
1)If check successfully:
AT+HTTPREAD?
+HTTPREAD: LEN,<len>

www.simcom.com 365 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
2)If failed (no more data other error):
ERROR
Response
1)If read the response info successfully:
OK

Write Command +HTTPREAD: <data_len>

AT+HTTPREAD=[<start_offset>, <data>
]<byte_size> +HTTPREAD: 0
If <byte_size> is bigger than the data size received, module will
only return actual data size.
2)If read failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<start_offset> The start position of reading

<byte_size> The length of data to read
<data_len> The actual length of read data
<data> Response content from HTTP server
<len> Total size of data saved in buffer.

Examples

AT+HTTPREAD?
+HTTPREAD: LEN,22505

OK
AT+HTTPREAD=0,500
OK

+HTTPREAD: 500
\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=GB2312"/>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Language" content="utf-8" />
www.simcom.com 366 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<meta content="all" name="robots" />

<title>人民日报钟声:牢记历史是为了更好开创未来--观点--人民网 </title>
<meta name="keywords" content="" />
<meta name="description" content=" 日方应在正确对待历史?
+HTTPREAD: 0

NOTE

The response content received from server will be saved in cache, and would not be cleaned up by
AT+HTTPREAD.

16.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data

You can use AT+HTTPDATA to input data to post when you send a HTTP/HTTPS POST request.

AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP Data

Test Command Response
AT+HTTPDATA=? OK
Response
1)if parameter format is right:
DOWNLOAD
<input data here>
Write Command When the total size of the inputted data reaches <size>, TA will
AT+HTTPDATA=<size>,<time> report the following code. Otherwise, the serial port will be
blocked.
OK
2)If parameter format is wrong or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<size> Size in bytes of the data to post. range is 1- 153600 (bytes)

<time> Maximum time in seconds to input data.range is 10-65535

www.simcom.com 367 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+HTTPDATA=18,1000
DOWNLOAD
Message=helloworld
OK

16.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S)server by File

You also can send HTTP request in a file via AT+HTTPPOSTFILE command. The URL must be set by
AT+HTTPPARA before executing AT+HTTPPOSTFILE command. The parameter <path> can be used to
set the file directory. When modem has received response from HTTP server, it will report the following
URC:
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <statuscode>,<datalen>

AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S)server by File

Response
Test Command +HTTPPOSTFILE: <filename>[,(1-2)[,(0-4)[,(0-1)]]]
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE=?
OK
Response
1)if parameter format is right and server connected successfully:
a)if parameter <method> is valid:
OK

+HTTPPOSTFILE: <method>,<statuscode>,<datalen>
b)if parameter <method> is ignored:
OK

Write Command
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <statuscode>,<datalen>
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE=<filename>
2)if parameter format is right but server connected unsuccessfully:
[,<path>[,<method>[,<send_hea
a)if parameter <method> is valid:
der>]]]
OK

+HTTPPOSTFILE: <method>,<errcode>,0
b)if parameter <method> is ignored:
OK

+HTTPPOSTFILE: <errcode>,0
3)if parameter format is not right or any other error occurs:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode

www.simcom.com 368 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time

Reference

Defined Values

<filename> String type, filename, the max length is 112.unit:byte.

<path> The directory where the sent file saved. Numeric type, range is 1-2
1 C:/ (local storage)
2 D:/(sd card)
<method> HTTP method specification:
0 GET
1 POST
2 HEAD
3 DELETE
4 PUT
If this value is not provided, it is same to the value described in the
post file.
<send_header> Send file as HTTP header and Body or Only as Body. Numeric type,
the range is 0-1, the default is 0.
0 Send file as Body
1 Send file as HTTP header and body
<statuscode> Please refer to the end of this chapter
<datalen> The length of data received

Examples

AT+HTTPPOSTFILE=?
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <filename>[,(1-2)[,(0-4)[,(0-1)]]]

OK
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE="getbaidu.txt",1
OK

+HTTPPOSTFILE: 200,14615
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE="getbaidu.txt",1,1,1
OK

+HTTPPOSTFILE: 1,200,14615

www.simcom.com 369 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

16.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP Response Content to a file

After execute AT+HTTPACTION/AT+HTTPOSTFILE command. You can receive the HTTP server response
content to a file via AT+HTTPREADFILE.
Before AT+HTTPREADFILE executed, "+HTTPACTION: <method>,<statuscode>,<datalen>" or
"+HTTPPOSTFILE: <statuscode>,<datalen>" must be received. The parameter <path> can be used to set
the directory where to save the file. If omit parameter <path>, the file will be save to local storage.

AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP Response Content to a File

Response
Test Command +HTTPREADFILE: <filename>[,(1-2)]
AT+HTTPREADFILE=?
OK
Response
1)if parameter format is right:
OK

Write Command +HTTPREADFILE: <errcode>

AT+HTTPREADFILE=<filename 2)if failed:
>[,<path>] OK

+HTTPREADFILE: <errcode>
3)if parameter format is not right or any other error occurs:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<filename> String type, filename, the max length is 112.unit:byte.

<path> The directory where the read file saved. Numeric type, range is 1-2.
1 C:/(local storage)
2 D:/(sd card)

Examples

AT+HTTPREADFILE=?
+HTTPREADFILE: <filename>[,(1-2)]

OK
AT+HTTPREADFILE="readbaidu.dat"
www.simcom.com 370 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

+HTTPREADFILE: 0

16.3 Command Result Codes

16.3.1 Description of <statuscode>

<statuscode> Description
100 Continue
101 Switching Protocols
200 OK
201 Created
202 Accepted
203 Non-Authoritative Information
204 No Content
205 Reset Content
206 Partial Content
300 Multiple Choices
301 Moved Permanently
302 Found
303 See Other
304 Not Modified
305 Use Proxy
307 Temporary Redirect
400 Bad Request
401 Unauthorized
402 Payment Required
403 Forbidden
404 Not Found
405 Method Not Allowed
406 Not Acceptable
407 Proxy Authentication Required
408 Request Timeout
409 Conflict
410 Gone

www.simcom.com 371 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

411 Length Required

412 Precondition Failed
413 Request Entity Too Large
414 Request-URI Too Large
415 Unsupported Media Type
416 Requested range not satisfiable
417 Expectation Failed
500 Internal Server Error
501 Not Implemented
502 Bad Gateway
503 Service Unavailable
504 Gateway timeout
505 HTTP Version not supported
600 Not HTTP PDU
601 Network Error
602 No memory
603 DNS Error
604 Stack Busy

16.3.2 Description of <errcode>

<errcode> Meaning
0 Success
701 Alert state
702 Unknown error
703 Busy
704 Connection closed error
705 Timeout
706 Receive/send socket data failed
707 File not exists or other memory error
708 Invalid parameter
709 Network error
710 start a new ssl session failed
711 Wrong state
712 Failed to create socket
713 Get DNS failed
714 Connect socket failed
715 Handshake failed
716 Close socket failed
www.simcom.com 372 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

717 No network error

718 Send data timeout
719 CA missed

16.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
It’s a notification message. While received, it means the
+HTTP_PEER_CLOSED
connection has been closed by server.
+HTTP_NONET_EVENT It’s a notification message. While received, it means now the
network is unavailable.

www.simcom.com 373 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for FTP(S)

17.1 Overview of AT Commands for FTP(S)

Command Description
AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S)service
AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S)Service
AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout a FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSGETFILE Download a file from FTP(S)server to module
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Upload a file from module to FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S)server to serial port
AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S)server through serial port
AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the file size on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S)data socket address type
AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S)server
AT+CFTPSSLCFG Set the SSL context id for FTPS session
AT+CFTPSMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode

17.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FTP(S)

17.2.1 AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S)service

www.simcom.com 374 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFTPSSTART is used to start FTP(S)service by activating PDP context. You must execute
AT+CFTPSSTART before any other FTP(S)related operations.

AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S)service

Test Command Response
AT+CFTPSSTART=? OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSSTART: 0
Execution Command
2)
AT+CFTPSSTART
OK

+CFTPSSTART: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<errcode> The result of start FTP(S)service, 0 is success, others are failure.

Please refer to errcode list.

Examples

AT+CFTPSSTART
OK

+CFTPSSTART: 0

17.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S)Service

AT+CFTPSSTOP is used to stop FTP(S)service by deactivating PDP context When you are no longer using
the FTP(S)service, use this command.

AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S)Service

www.simcom.com 375 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Test Command Response

AT+CFTPSSTOP=? OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSSTOP: 0
Execution Command
2)
AT+CFTPSSTOP
OK

+CFTPSSTOP: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<errcode> The result of stop FTP(S)service, 0 is success, others are failure.

Please refer to errcode list.

Examples

AT+CFTPSSTOP
OK

+CFTPSSTOP: 0

17.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S)server

AT+CFTPSLOGIN is used to login to a FTP(S)server, you can login to a FTP server by set parameter
<server_type> to 0, login to an implicit FTPS server by set <server_type> to 3 and login to an explicit FTPS
server by set <server_type> to1 or 2. About <sever_type>, more details please refer to Defined Values
<server_type>.

AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command
+CFTPSLOGIN:
AT+CFTPSLOGIN=?
"ADDRESS",(1-65535),"USERNAME","PASSWORD"[,(0-3)]

www.simcom.com 376 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1) i If the status is not logged in
+CFTPSLOGIN: 0

OK
Read Command
2) If it is logged in
AT+CFTPSLOGIN?
+CFTPSLOGIN: 1

OK
3)
ERROR
Response
1)
OK

Write Command
+CFTPSLOGIN: 0
AT+CFTPSLOGIN=<host>,<port
2)
>,<username>,<password>[<se
OK
rver_type>]

+CFTPSLOGIN: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<host> Host address, string type, maximum length is 128

<port> The host listening port for FTP(S), the range is from 1 to 65535
<username> FTP(S)user name, string type, maximum length is 128
<password> The user password, string type, maximum length is 128
<servet_type> FTP(S)server type, numeric, from 0-3, default is 3
0 FTP server.
1 Explicit FTPS server with AUTH SSL.
2 Explicit FTPS server with AUTH TLS.
3 Implicit FTPS server.
<errcode> The result code of the FTP/FTPS login. 0 is success. Others are
failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples
www.simcom.com 377 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFTPSLOGIN=?
+CFTPSLOGIN:
"ADDRESS",(1-65535),"USERNAME","PASSWORD"[,(0-3)]

OK
AT+CFTPSLOGIN?
+CFTPSLOGIN: 0

OK
AT+CFTPSLOGIN="serveraddr",21,"username","password",0
OK

+CFTPSLOGIN: 0

17.2.4 AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout a FTP(S)server

AT+CFTPSLOGOUT is used to logout a FTP(S)sever, make sure you login a FTP(S)sever before you
execute AT+CFTPSLOGOUT command.

AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout a FTP(S)server

Test Command Response
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT=? OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSLOGOUT: 0
Execute Command
2)
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT
OK

+CFTPSLOGOUT: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 378 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<errcode> The result code of the FTP/FTPS logout. 0 is success. Others are
failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples

AT+CFTPSLOGOUT=?
OK
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT
OK

+CFTPSLOGOUT: 0

NOTE

When you want to stop the FTP(S)service,please use AT+CFTPSLOGOUT to log out of the
FTP(S)server,then use AT+CFTPSSTOP to stop FTP,if you only use AT+CFTPSSTOP,it will report
ERROR.

17.2.5 AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S)server

This command is used to list the items in the specified directory on FTP(S)server. Module will output the
items to serial port when list items successfully. Make sure that you have login to FTP(S)server
successfully.

AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S)server

Test Command Response
AT+CFTPSLIST=? OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSLIST: DATA,<len>
Write Command …
AT+CFTPSLIST=<dir> +CFTPSLIST: 0
2)
OK

+CFTPSLIST: <errcode>
3)

www.simcom.com 379 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
4)
+CFTPSLIST: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory to be created, string type, maximum length is 112.

<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3
<len> The server All files and related information in the directory.

Examples

AT+CFTPSLIST="/"
OK

+CFTPSLIST: DATA,175
-rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 121 Mar 11 16:24 124.txt
drwxr-xr-x 1 ftp ftp 0 Jan 13 2020
TEST113
drwxr-xr-x 1 ftp ftp 0 Jan 19 2020
TEST1155

+CFTPSLIST: 0

17.2.6 AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S)server

AT+CFTPSMKD is used to create a new directory on a FTP(S)server. Please make sure login to the
FTP(S)server successfully before create a directory.

AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSMKD: "DIR"
AT+CFTPSMKD=?
OK
www.simcom.com 380 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSMKD: 0
2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CFTPSMKD=<dir>
+CFTPSMKD: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSMKD: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory to be created, string type, maximum length is 112.

<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3

Examples

AT+CFTPSMKD=?
+CFTPSMKD: "DIR"

OK
AT+CFTPSMKD="test"
OK

+CFTPSMKD: 0

17.2.7 AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S)server

AT+CFTPSRMD is used to delete a directory on FTP(S)server, please make sure login to the FTP(S)server
successfully before delete a directory.

www.simcom.com 381 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSRMD: "DIR"
AT+CFTPSRMD=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSRMD: 0
2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CFTPSRMD=<dir>
+CFTPSRMD: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSRMD: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory to be deleted, string type, maximum length is 112.

<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3

Examples

AT+CFTPSRMD=?
+CFTPSRMD: "DIR"

OK
AT+CFTPSRMD="test"
OK

+CFTPSRMD: 0

www.simcom.com 382 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

17.2.8 AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S)server

You can use this command to change the current directory on FTP(S)sever. Make sure you have login to
FTP(S)server successfully before AT+CFTPSCWD

AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSCWD: "DIR"
AT+CFTPSCWD=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSCWD: 0
2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CFTPSCWD=<dir>
+CFTPSCWD: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSCWD: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory to be changed, string type, maximum length is 112.

<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3

Examples

AT+CFTPSCWD=?
+CFTPSCWD: "DIR"

OK
AT+CFTPSCWD="test"
www.simcom.com 383 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

+CFTPSCWD: 0

17.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTP(S)server

This command is used to get the current directory on FTPS server. Before AT+CFTPSPWD, please make
sure you have login to FTP(S)server successfully

AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSPWD:
AT+CFTPSPWD=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSPWD: <dir>
2)
OK
Execute Command
AT+CFTPSPWD
+CFTPSPWD: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSPWD: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<dir> The directory to be got, string type.

<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3

Examples
www.simcom.com 384 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFTPSPWD
OK

+CFTPSPWD: "/"

17.2.10 AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S)server

You can use AT+CFTPSDELE delete a file on FTP(S)server, please make sure login to the FTP(S)server
successfully before delete a file.

AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSDELE: "FILENAME"
AT+CFTPSDELE=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSDELE: 0
2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CFTPSDELE=<filename>
+CFTPSDELE: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSDELE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<filename> The name of the file to be deleted. String type, the maximum length is
112
<errcode> The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please
refer to chapter 17.3

www.simcom.com 385 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CFTPSDELE=?
+CFTPSDELE: "FILENAME"

OK
AT+CFTPSDELE="testfile"
OK

+CFTPSDELE: 0

17.2.11 AT+CFTPSGETFILE Download a file from FTP(S)server to module

You can download a file from FTP(S)server to module, by setting parameter <dir>, you can select the
directory where to save the downloaded file. Default the downloaded file will be saved to local storage.
Make sure that you have login to FTP(S)server successfully before AT+CFTPSGETFILE.

AT+CFTPSGETFILE Download a file from FTP(S)server to module

Response
Test Command +CFTPSGETFILE: "FILEPATH"[,(1-2)]
AT+CFTPSGETFILE=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSGETFILE: 0
2)
Write Command OK
AT+CFTPSGETFILE=<filepath>[
,<dir>[,<offset>]] +CFTPSGETFILE: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSGETFILE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

www.simcom.com 386 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<filepath> The remote file path. String type, maximum length is 112
<dir> The directory to save the downloaded file. Numeric type, range is 1-2,
default is 1(local storage)
1 C:/(local storage)
2 D:/(sd card)
The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer
when transferring failed last time. If the file is complete, the file length
is not increased.Numeric type, the range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<offset> Note:If offset is not 0,make sure the file already exists, otherwise it will
fail.
Note: This parameter is only supported on the 1603,1606 and
1803 platforms.
<errcode> The result code of download file from FTP(s)server. 0 is success,
others are failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples

AT+CFTPSGETFILE=?
+CFTPSGETFILE: "FILEPATH"[,(1-2)]

OK
AT+CFTPSGETFILE="test.txt",1
OK

+CFTPSGETFILE: 0

17.2.12 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Upload a file from module to FTP(S)server

You can use this command to upload a file to FTP(S)server from module. By setting parameter <dir> you
can select the directory that contains the file to be uploaded. Make sure that you have login to the
FTP(S)server successfully before AT+CFTPSPUTFILE.

AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Upload a file from module to FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSPUTFILE: "FILEPATH"[,(range of supported
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE=? <dir>s),(range of supported <rest_size>s)]

www.simcom.com 387 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSPUTFILE: 0
2)
Write Command OK
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE=<filepath>[
,<dir>[,<rest_size>]] +CFTPSPUTFILE: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSPUTFILE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The remote file path. String type, maximum length is 112
<dir> The directory that contains the uploaded file. Numeric type, range is
1-2, default is 1(local storage)
1 C:/(local storage)
2 D:/(sd card)
<rest_size> The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer
when transferring failed last time. If the file is complete, the file length
is not increased. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<errcode> The result code of download file from FTP(s)server. 0 is success,
others are failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples

AT+CFTPSPUTFILE=?
+CFTPSPUTFILE: "FILEPATH"[,(1-2),(0-2147483647)]

OK
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE="test.txt",1
OK

+CFTPSPUTFILE: 0

www.simcom.com 388 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

17.2.13 AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S)server to serial port

You can use this command to get a file from FTP(S)server to serial port.

AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S)server to serial port

Response
Test Command +CFTPSGET: "FILEPATH"[,<rest_size>]
AT+CFTPSGET=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSGET: DATA,<len>
…
+CFTPSGET: DATA,<len>
…
Write Command +CFTPSGET: 0
AT+CFTPSGET=<filepath>[,<re 2)
st_size>] OK

+CFTPSGET: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSGET: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The remote file path. String type, maximum length is 112.
<rest_size> The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer
when transferring failed last time. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to
2147483647
<len> The actual length of the file read. Integer type, the maximum length of
each package is 1024.
www.simcom.com 389 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<errcode> The result code of download file from FTP(s)server. 0 is success,

others are failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples

AT+CFTPSGET=?
+CFTPSGET: "FILEPATH"[,<rest_size>]

OK
AT+CFTPSGET="test.txt"
OK

+CFTPSGET: DATA,3
321
+CFTPSGET: 0

17.2.14 AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S)server through serial port

You can put a file to FTP(S)server through serial port. Make sure that you have login to FTP(S)server
successfully.

AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S)server through serial port

Response
Test Command +CFTPSPUT: "FILEPATH"[,<data_len>[,<rest_size>]]
AT+CFTPSPUT=?
OK
Response
1)if upload file through serial port successfully:
OK

+CFTPSPUT: 0
2)if failed before input data:
Write Command ERROR
AT+CFTPSPUT=<filepath>[,<dat
a_len>[,<rest_size>]] +CFTPSPUT: <errcode>
3)if failed after input data:
OK

+CFTPSPUT: <errcode>
4)
ERROR

www.simcom.com 390 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5)
+CFTPSPUT: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 600000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The remote file path. String type, maximum length is 112.
<data_len> Numeric type, The length of the data to send, the maximum length is
2048.if parameter <data_len> is omitted, Each <Ctrl+Z>character
present in the data flow of serial port when downloading FTP data will
be coded as <ETX><Ctrl+Z>. Each <ETX> character will be coded as
<ETX><ETX>. Single <Ctrl+Z> means end of the FTP data. <ETX> is
0x03, and <Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A.
<rest_size> The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer
when transferring failed last time. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to
2147483647
<errcode> The result code of download file from FTP(s)server. 0 is success,
others are failure, please refer to chapter 17.3.

Examples

AT+CFTPSPUT=?
+CFTPSPUT:
"FILEPATH"[,<data_len>[,<rest_size>]]

OK
AT+CFTPSPUT="test.txt",4
>
data
OK

+CFTPSPUT: 0

17.2.15 AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S)data socket address type

This command is used to set FTPS server data socket IP address type. For some FTP(S)server, it is

www.simcom.com 391 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

needed to set AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=1.Please make sure to set AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP before

AT+CFTPSLOGIN.

AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S)data socket address type

Response
Test Command +CFTPSSINGLEIP: (0,1)
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=?
OK
+CFTPSSINGLEIP: <singleip>
Read Command
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP?
OK
Response
1)
OK
Write Command 2)
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=<singleip ERROR
> 3)
+CFTPSSINGLEIP: <singleip>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<singleip> The FTPS data socket IP address type:

0 decided by PORT response from FTPS server
1 the same as the control socket.

Examples

AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=?
+CFTPSSINGLEIP: (0,1)

OK
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP?
+CFTPSSINGLEIP: 0

OK
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=0
OK

www.simcom.com 392 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

17.2.16 AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the file size on FTP(S)server

You can use this command to get the file size on FTP(S)server. Please make sure you have login to
FTP(S)server before AT+CFTPSSIZE.

AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the file size on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSSIZE: "FILEPATH"
AT+CFTPSSIZE=?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSSIZE: <filesize>
2)
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CFTPSSIZE=<filepath>
+CFTPSSIZE: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSSIZE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<filepath> The remote file path on FTP(S)server. String type, max length is 112
<filesize> Numeric type, size of the remote file on FTP(S)server
<errcode> The result of set type, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to
chapter 4

Examples

AT+CFTPSSIZE=?
+CFTPSSIZE: "FILEPATH"
www.simcom.com 393 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CFTPSSIZE="test"
OK

+CFTPSSIZE: 3

17.2.17 AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S)server

This command is used to set the transfer type on FTP(S)server, please make sure you have login to
FTP(S)server before AT+CFTPSTYPE.

AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S)server

Response
Test Command +CFTPSTYPE: (A,I)
AT+CFTPSTYPE=?
OK
+CFTPSTYPE: <type>
Read Command
AT+CFTPSTYPE?
OK
Response
1)
OK

+CFTPSTYPE: 0
2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CFTPSTYPE=<type>
+CFTPSTYPE: <errcode>
3)
ERROR
4)
+CFTPSTYPE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 394 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<type> The type of transferring:

A ASCII
I Binary
<errcode> The result of set type, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to
chapter 17.3

Examples

AT+CFTPSTYPE=?
+CFTPSTYPE: (A,I)

OK
AT+CFTPSTYPE?
+CFTPSTYPE: I

OK
AT+CFTPSTYPE=A
OK

+CFTPSTYPE: 0

17.2.18 AT+CFTPSSLCFG Set the SSL context id for FTPS session

You can use this command to set the SSL context id for FTPS session.

AT+CFTPSSLCFG Set the SSL context id for FTPS session

Response
Test Command +CFTPSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)
AT+CFTPSSLCFG=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CFTPSSLCFG=<session_id OK
>,<ssl_id> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values
www.simcom.com 395 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<session_id> Numeric type, 0 for control session, 1 for data session.

<ssl_id> Numeric type, SSL context ID during 0-9.

Examples

AT+CFTPSSLCFG=?
+CFTPSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)

OK
AT+CFTPSSLCFG=0,1
OK

17.2.19 AT+CFTPSMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode

You can use this command to set Active or Passive FTP Mode.

AT+CFTPSMODE Set Active or Passive FTP Mode

Response
Test Command +CFTPSMODE: (0,1)
AT+CFTPSMODE=?
OK
+CFTPSMODE: <mode>
Read Command
AT+CFTPSMODE?
OK
Response
1)
OK
2)
Write Command
ERROR
AT+CFTPSMODE=<mode>
3)
+CFTPSMODE: <errcode>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 396 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<mode> Numeric type

0 Active FTP mode
1 Passive FTP mode

Examples

AT+CFTPSMODE=?
+CFTPSMODE: (0,1)

OK
AT+CFTPSMODE=1
OK
AT+CFTPSMODE?
+CFTPSMODE: 1

OK

NOTE

AT+CFTPSMODE is only supported on the 1603,1606 and 1803 platforms.

17.3 Command Result Codes

17.3.1 Description of <errcode>

<errcode> Description
0 Success
1 SSL alert
2 Unknown error
3 Busy
4 Connection closed by server
5 Timeout
6 Transfer failed
7 File not exists or any other memory error
8 Invalid parameter

www.simcom.com 397 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

9 Operation rejected by server

10 Network error
11 State error
12 Failed to parse server name
13 Create socket error
14 Connect socket failed
15 Close socket failed
16 SSL session closed
17 File error, file not exist or other error.
421 Server response connection time out, while received error code 421,
you need do AT+CFTPSLOGOUT to logout server then
AT+CFTPSLOGIN again for further operations.

17.4 Unsolicited Result codes

Unsolicited codes Description

+CFTPSNOTIFY: PEER CLOSED When client disconnect passively, URC "+CFTPSNOTIFY:
PEER CLOSED" will be reported, then user need to
execute AT+CFTPSLOGOUT and log in again.
+CFTPSNOTIFY: FTPS DISCONNECT During the FTP client and FTP server is connecting,the net
disconnect will report "+CFTPSNOTIFY: FTPS
DISCONNECT" to URC,then user need excute
AT+CFTPSTART and login again

www.simcom.com 398 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for MQTT(S)

18.1 Overview of AT Commands for MQTT(S)

Command Description
AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service
AT+CMQTTSTOP Stop MQTT service
AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client
AT+CMQTTREL Release a client
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context (only for SSL/TLS MQTT)
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the topic of will message
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message
AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server
AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server
AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the topic of publish message
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message
AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input the topic of subscribe message
AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input the topic of unsubscribe message
AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server
AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context

18.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MQTT(S)

18.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service

AT+CMQTTSTART is used to start MQTT service by activating PDP context. You must execute this
command before any other MQTT related operations.

www.simcom.com 399 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service

Execute Command Response
AT+CMQTTSTART 1)If start MQTT service successfully:
OK

+CMQTTSTART: 0
2)If failed:
OK

+CMQTTSTART: <err>
3)If MQTT service have started successfully and you executed
AT+CMQTTSTART again:
ERROR
Max Response Time 12000ms
Parameter Saving Mode -
Reference

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to Chapter 18.3

Examples

AT+CMQTTSTART
OK

+CMQTTSTART: 0

NOTE

AT+CMQTTSTART is used to start MQTT service by activating PDP context. You must execute this
command before any other MQTT related operations.
If you don’t execute AT+CMQTTSTART, the Write/Read Command of any other MQTT will return
ERROR immediately.

18.2.2 AT+CMQTTSTOP Stop MQTT service

AT+CMQTTSTOP is used to stop MQTT service.

www.simcom.com 400 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMQTTSTOP Stop MQTT service

Response
1)If stop MQTT service successfully:
OK

+CMQTTSTOP: 0
Execute Command 2)If failed:
AT+CMQTTSTOP +CMQTTSTOP: <err>

ERROR
3)If MQTT service have stopped successfully and you executed
AT+CMQTTSTOP again:
ERROR
Max Response Time 12000ms
Parameter Saving Mode -
Reference

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to chapter 18.3

Examples

AT+CMQTTSTOP
OK

+CMQTTSTOP: 0

NOTE

AT+CMQTTSTOP is used to stop MQTT service. You can execute this command after
AT+CMQTTDISC and AT+CMQTTREL.

18.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client

AT+CMQTTACCQ is used to acquire a MQTT client. It must be called before all commands about MQTT
connect and after AT+CMQTTSTART.
www.simcom.com 401 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client

Response
Test Command +CMQTTACCQ: (0-1),(1-128)[,(0-1)]
AT+CMQTTACCQ=?
OK
Response
+CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<clientID>,<server_type>
Read Command
+CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<clientID>,<server_type>
AT+CMQTTACCQ?

OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK
Write Command
2)If failed:
AT+CMQTTACCQ=<client_in
+CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<err>
dex>,<clientID>[<server_type
>]
ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<clientID> The UTF-encoded string. It specifies a unique identifier for the client.
The string length is from 1 to 128 bytes.
<server_type> A numeric parameter that identifies the server type. The default value
is 0.
0 MQTT server with TCP
1 MQTT server with SSL/TLS
<err> The result code, please refer to chapter 18.3

Examples

AT+CMQTTACCQ=0,"a12mmmm",0
OK
AT+CMQTTACCQ?
+CMQTTACCQ: 0,"a12mmmm",0

www.simcom.com 402 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CMQTTACCQ: 1,"",0

OK
AT+CMQTTACCQ=?
+CMQTTACCQ: (0-1),(1-128)[,(0-1)]

OK

18.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL Release a client

AT+CMQTTREL is used to release a MQTT client. It must be called after AT+CMQTTDISC and before
AT+CMQTTSTOP.

AT+CMQTTREL Release a client

Response
Test Command +CMQTTREL: (0-1)
AT+CMQTTREL=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Read Command
OK
AT+CMQTTREL?
2)if MQTT not start
ERROR
Response
1)If successfully:
OK
Write Command 2)If failed:
AT+CMQTTREL=<client_inde +CMQTTREL: <client_index>,<err>
x>
ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 403 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<err> The result code, please refer to chapter 18.3

Examples

AT+CMQTTREL=?
+CMQTTREL: (0-1)

OK
AT+CMQTTREL=0
OK
AT+CMQTTREL?
OK

18.2.5 AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context (only for SSL/TLS MQTT)

AT+CMQTTSSLCFG is used to set the SSL context which to be used in the SSL connection when it will
connect to a SSL/TLS MQTT server. It must be called before AT+CMQTTCONNECT and after
AT+CMQTTSTART. The setting will be cleared after AT+CMQTTCONNECT failed or AT+CMQTTDISC.

AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context (only for SSL/TLS MQTT)

Response
Test Command +CMQTTSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=?
OK
Response
+CMQTTSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index>]
Read Command
+CMQTTSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index>]
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG?

OK
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=<sessio OK
n_id>,<ssl_ctx_index> 2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -

www.simcom.com 404 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time -

Reference -

Defined Values

<session_id> The session_id to operate. It’s from 0 to 1

<ssl_ctx_index> The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL connection. Refer to
the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG

Examples

AT+CMQTTSSLCFG?
+CMQTTSSLCFG: 0,0
+CMQTTSSLCFG: 1,0

OK
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=?
+CMQTTSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)

OK
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=0,1
OK

18.2.6 AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the topic of will message

AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC is used to input the topic of will message.

AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the topic of will message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTWILLTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command >
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=<clie <input data here>
nt_index>,<req_length> OK
2)If failed:
+CMQTTWILLTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>

www.simcom.com 405 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic. The will topic should be UTF-encoded string.
The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<err> The result code, please refer to chapter 18.3

Examples

AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=0,10
>

OK

18.2.7 AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message

AT+CMQTTWILLMSG is used to input the message body of will message.

AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTWILLMSG: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2)
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
Write Command
<input data here>
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=<clien
OK
t_index>,<req_length>,<qos>
2)If failed:
+CMQTTWILLMSG: <client_index>,<err>

www.simcom.com 406 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input data. The will message should be UTF-encoded
string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<qos> The qos value of the will message. The range is from 0 to 2.

Examples

AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=0,6,1
>
OK

18.2.8 AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server

AT+CMQTTCONNECT is used to connect to a MQTT server.

AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server

Response
+CMQTTCONNECT:
Test Command
(0-1),(9-256),(1-64800),(0-1)[,<user_name>,<pass_word>]
AT+CMQTTCONNECT=?

OK
Response
+CMQTTCONNECT:
0[,<server_addr>,<keepalive_time>,<clean_session>[,<user_na
me>[,<pass_word>]]]
Read Command
+CMQTTCONNECT:
AT+CMQTTCONNECT?
1[,<server_addr>,<keepalive_time>,<clean_session>[,<user_na
me>[,<pass_word>]]]

OK
www.simcom.com 407 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,0
2)If failed:
OK
Write Command
AT+CMQTTCONNECT=<clien
+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,<err>
t_index>,<server_addr>,<kee
3)If failed:
palive_time>,<clean_session
ERROR
>[,<user_name>[,<pass_word
>]]
+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,<err>
4)If failed:
+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
5)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

<client_index>
values is 0 to 1.
The string that described the server address and port. The range of
the string length is 9 to 256 bytes. The string should be like this
<server_addr>
"tcp://116.247.119.165:5141", must begin with "tcp://". If the
<server_addr> not include the port, the default port is 1883.
The time interval between two messages received from a client. The
client will send a keep-alive packet when there is no message sent to
<keepalive_time>
server after song long time. The range is from 1s to 64800s (18
hours).
The clean session flag. The value range is from 0 to 1, and default
value is 0.
0 the server must store the subscriptions of the client after it
disconnected. This includes continuing to store QoS 1 and
<clean_session> QoS 2 messages for the subscribed topics so that they can be
delivered when the client reconnects. The server must also
maintain the state of in-flight messages being delivered at the
point the connection is lost. This information must be kept until
the client reconnects.

www.simcom.com 408 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 the server must discard any previously maintained information

about the client and treat the connection as "clean". The server
must also discard any state when the client disconnects.
The user name identifies the name of the user which can be used for
<user_name> authentication when connecting to server. The string length is from 1
to 256 bytes.
The password corresponding to the user which can be used for
<pass_word> authentication when connecting to server. The string length is from 1
to 256 bytes.
The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
<err>
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTCONNECT=0,"tcp://120.27.2.154:1883",20,1
OK

+CMQTTCONNECT: 0,0
AT+CMQTTCONNECT?
+CMQTTCONNECT: 0,"tcp://120.27.2.154:1883",20,1
+CMQTTCONNECT: 1

OK

NOTE

AT+CMQTTCONNECT is used to connect to a MQTT server.

If you don’t set the SSL context by AT+CMQTTSSLCFG before connecting a SSL/TLS MQTT server by
AT+CMQTTCONNECT, it will use the <client_index> (the 1st parameter of
AT+CMQTTCONNNECT)SSL context when connecting to the server.

18.2.9 AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server

AT+CMQTTDISC is used to disconnect from the server.

AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server

Response:
Test Command
+CMQTTDISC: (0-1),(0,1-180)
AT+CMQTTDISC=?

www.simcom.com 409 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response:
+CMQTTDISC: 0,<disc_state>
Read Command
+CMQTTDISC: 1,<disc_state>
AT+CMQTTDISC?

OK
Response
1)If disconnect successfully:
+CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,0

OK
2)If disconnect successfully:
OK

Write Command +CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,0

AT+CMQTTDISC=<client_in 3)If failed:
dex>,<timeout> OK

+CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,<err>
4)If failed:
ERROR
5)If failed:
+CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<timeout> The timeout value for disconnection. The unit is second. The range is
1s to 180s. The default value is 0s (not set the timeout value).
<disc_state> 1 disconnection
0 connection
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTDISC=0,120

www.simcom.com 410 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

+CMQTTDISC: 0,0

18.2.10 AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the topic of publish message

AT+CMQTTTOPIC is used to input the topic of a publish message.

AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the topic of publish message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
AT+CMQTTTOPIC=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
<input data here>
Write Command OK
AT+CMQTTTOPIC=<client_i 2)If failed:
ndex>,<req_length> +CMQTTTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTTOPIC=0,9

www.simcom.com 411 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

>

OK

NOTE

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTPUB.

18.2.11 AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message

AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD is used to input the message body of a publish message.

AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTPAYLOAD: (0-1),(1-10240)
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
<input data here>
Write Command OK
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=<clien 2)If failed:
t_index>,<req_length> +CMQTTPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input message data. The publish message should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 10240 bytes.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
www.simcom.com 412 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=0,6
>

OK

NOTE

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTPUB.

18.2.12 AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server

AT+CMQTTPUB is used to publish a message to MQTT server.

AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server

Response
Test Command +CMQTTPUB: (0-1),(0-2),(1-180),(0-1),(0-1)
AT+CMQTTPUB=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CMQTTPUB: <client_index>,0
2)If failed:
Write Command
OK
AT+CMQTTPUB=<client_ind
ex>,<qos>,<pub_timeout>[,<
+CMQTTPUB: <client_index>,<err>
ratained>[,<dup>]]
3)If failed:
+CMQTTPUB: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
www.simcom.com 413 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<qos> The publish message’s qos. The range is from 0 to 2.
0 at most once
1 at least once
2 exactly once
<pub_timeout> The publishing timeout interval value. Since the client publish a
message to server, it will report failed if the client receive no response
from server after the timeout value seconds. The range is from 1s to
180s.
<ratained> The retain flag of the publish message. The value is 0 or 1. The default
value is 0.
When a client sends a PUBLISH to a server, if the retain flag is set to
1, the server should hold on to the message after it has been delivered
to the current subscribers.
<dup> The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is
0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a
message.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTPUB=0,1,60
OK

+CMQTTPUB: 0,0

NOTE

The topic and payload will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTPUB.

18.2.13 AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input the topic of subscribe message

www.simcom.com 414 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC is used to input the topic of a subscribe message.

AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input the topic of subscribe message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTSUBTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2)
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
<input data here>
Write Command
OK
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=<clie
2)If failed:
nt_index>,<req_length>,<qo
+CMQTTSUBTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>
s>

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<qos> The publish message’s qos. The range is from 0 to 2.
0 at most once
1 at least once
2 exactly once
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=0,9,1
>

OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 415 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTSUB.

18.2.14 AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server

AT+CMQTTSUB is used to subscribe a message to MQTT server.

AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server

Response
Test Command +CMQTTSUB: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2),(0-1)
AT+CMQTTSUB=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CMQTTSUB:
AT+CMQTTSUB? [<topic>]
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,0
Write Command
2)If failed:
/* subscribe one or more topics
OK
which input by
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC*/
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>
AT+CMQTTSUB=<client_ind
3)If failed:
ex>[,<dup>]
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command >
/* subcribe one topic*/ <input data here>
AT+CMQTTSUB=<client_ind OK
ex>,<reqLength>,<qos>[,<d
up>] +CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,0
2)If failed:
OK

www.simcom.com 416 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>
3)If failed:
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic data. The message topic should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<qos> The publish message’s qos. The range is from 0 to 2.
0 at most once
1 at least once
2 exactly once
<dup> The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is
0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a
message.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.
<topic> Topics to which you have subscribed

Examples

AT+CMQTTSUB=0,9,1
>

OK

+CMQTTSUB: 0,0
AT+CMQTTSUB=0,1
OK

+CMQTTSUB: 0,0

NOTE
www.simcom.com 417 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTSUB.

18.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input the topic of unsubscribe message

AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC is used to input the topic of a unsubscribe message.

AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input the topic of unsubscribe message

Response
Test Command +CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
<input data here>
Write Command OK
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=< 2)If failed:
client_index>,<req_length> +CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

www.simcom.com 418 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=0,9
>

OK

NOTE

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTUNSUB.

18.2.16 AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server

AT+CMQTTUNSUB is used to unsubscribe a message to MQTT server.

AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server

Response
Test Command +CMQTTUNSUB: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-1)
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,0
Write Command
2)If failed:
/*unsubscribe one or more
OK
topics which input by
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC*/
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=<client_i
3)If failed:
ndex>,<dup>
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
>
/* unsubscribe one topic*/
<input data here>
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=<client_i
OK
ndex>,<reqLength>,<dup>

+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,0

www.simcom.com 419 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)If failed:
OK

+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>
3)If failed:
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<req_length> The length of input topic data. The message topic should be
UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<dup> The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is
0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a
message.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 18.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=0,9
>

OK
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=0,1
OK

+CMQTTUNSUB: 0,0

NOTE

The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTUNSUB.

www.simcom.com 420 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

18.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context

AT+CMQTTCFG is used to configure the MQTT context. It must be called before AT+CMQTTCONNECT
and after AT+CMQTTACCQ. The setting will be cleared after AT+CMQTTREL.

AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context

Response
+CMQTTCFG: "checkUTF8",(0-1),(0-1)
+CMQTTCFG: "optimeout ",(0-1),(20-120)
+CMQTTCFG:
Test Command
"aliauth",(0-1),"productkey","devicename","devicesecret"
AT+CMQTTCFG=?
+CMQTTCFG: "version",(0-1),(3-4)
+CMQTTCFG: "argtopic",(0-1),(0-1),(0-1)

OK
Response
+CMQTTCFG: 0,<checkUTF8_flag>,<optimeout_val>
Read Command
+CMQTTCFG: 1,<checkUTF8_flag>,<optimeout_val>
AT+CMQTTCFG?

OK
Write Command Response
/*Configure the check UTF8 1)If successfully:
flag of the specified MQTT OK
client context*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CMQTTCFG="checkUTF ERROR
8",<index>,<checkUTF8_flag
>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the max timeout 1)If successfully:
interval of the send or receive OK
data operation */ 2)If failed:
AT+CMQTTCFG="optimeout ERROR
",<index>,<optimeout_val>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<checkUTF8_flag> The flag to indicate whether to check the string is UTF8 coding or not,
the default value is 1.

www.simcom.com 421 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0 Not check UTF8 coding.

1 Check UTF8 coding.
<optimeout_val> The max timeout interval of sending or receiving data operation. The
range is from 20 seconds to 120 seconds, the default value is 120
seconds.
+CMQTTCFG: (0-1): A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of
"aliauth",(0-1),"productkey" permitted values is 0 to 1.
,"devicename","devicesecr "productkey": The string is productkey of Alibaba Cloud platform.
et" "devicename": The string is devicename of Alibaba Cloud platform.
"devicesecret": The string is devicesecret of Alibaba Cloud platform.
+CMQTTCFG: (0-1): A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of
"version",(0-1),(3-4) permitted values is 0 to 1.
(3-4): Version of MQTT.
3: MQTT 3.1. The default value is 3.
4: MQTT 3.1.1.
+CMQTTCFG: The command is used to configure MQTT AT of extension, please
"argtopic",(0-1),(0-1),(0-1) refer to “A76XX Series MQTT EX_Application Note_XXXX.docx”.
(0-1): A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of
permitted values is 0 to 1.
(0-1):The flag to enable whether to show length of received.
0: Not show length of received.
1: Show length of received.
(0-1):A numeric parameter that identifies report payload length.
0: Notify PUB message without payload length.
1: Notify PUB message with payload length.

Examples

AT+CMQTTCFG?
+CMQTTCFG: 0,1,120
+CMQTTCFG: 1,1,120

OK
AT+CMQTTCFG="optimeout",0,24
OK
AT+CMQTTCFG="checkUTF8",0,0
OK
AT+CMQTTCFG?
+CMQTTCFG: 0,0,24
+CMQTTCFG: 1,1,120

OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 422 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The setting will be cleared after AT+CMQTTREL.

18.3 Command Result Codes

18.3.1 Description of <err>

<err> Description
0 operation succeeded
1 failed
2 bad UTF-8 string
3 sock connect fail
4 sock create fail
5 sock close fail
6 message receive fail
7 network open fail
8 network close fail
9 network not opened
10 client index error
11 no connection
12 invalid parameter
13 not supported operation
14 client is busy
15 require connection fail
16 sock sending fail
17 timeout
18 topic is empty
19 client is used
20 client not acquired
21 client not released
22 length out of range
23 network is opened
24 packet fail
25 DNS error

www.simcom.com 423 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26 socket is closed by server

27 connection refused: unaccepted protocol version
28 connection refused: identifier rejected
29 connection refused: server unavailable
30 connection refused: bad user name or password
31 connection refused: not authorized
32 handshake fail
33 not set certificate
34 Open session failed
35 Disconnect from server failed

18.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
When client disconnect passively,
URC "+CMQTTCONNLOST" will be
+CMQTTCONNLOST: <client_index>,<cause>
reported, then user need to connect
MQTT server again.
When the network is become no
network, the module will report this
URC.
+CMQTTNONET
If received this message, you
should restart the MQTT service by
AT+CMQTTSTART.
If a client subscribes to one or more
+CMQTTRXSTART: topics, any message published to
<client_index>,<topic_total_len>,<payload_total_len> those topics are sent by the server
+CMQTTRXTOPIC: <client_index>,<sub_topic_len> to the client. The following URC is
<sub_topic> used for transmitting the message
/*for long topic, split to multiple packets to report*/ published from server to client.
[<CR><LF>+CMQTTRXTOPIC: 1)+CMQTTRXSTART:
<client_index>,<sub_topic_len> <client_index>,<topic_total_len>,<p
<sub_topic>] ayload_total_len>\r\n
+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<sub_payload_len> At the beginning of receiving
<sub_payload> published message, the module will
/*for long payload, split to multiple packets to report*/ report this to user, and indicate
[+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<sub_payload_len> client index with <client_index>, the
<sub_payload>] topic total length with
+CMQTTRXEND: <client_index> <topic_total_len> and the payload
total length with

www.simcom.com 424 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<payload_total_len> after "\r\n".

2)+CMQTTRXTOPIC:
<client_index>,<sub_topic_len>\r\n
<sub_topic>
After the command
"+CMQTTRXSTART" received, the
module will report the second
message to user, and indicate client
index with <client_index>, the topic
packet length with <sub_topic_len>
and the topic content with
<sub_topic> after "\r\n".
For long topic, it will be split to
multiple packets to report and the
command "+CMQTTRXTOPIC" will
be send more than once with the
rest of topic content. The sum of
<sub_topic_len> is equal to
<topic_total_len>.
3)+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD:
<client_index>,<sub_payload_len>\
r\n<sub_payload>
After the command
"+CMQTTRXTOPIC" received, the
module will send third message to
user, and indicate client index with
<client_index>, the payload packet
length with <sub_payload_len> and
the payload content with
<sub_payload> after "\r\n".
For long payload, the same as
"+CMQTTRXTOPIC".
4)+CMQTTRXEND: <client_index>
At last, the module will send fourth
message to user and indicate the
topic and payload have been
transmitted completely.

Defined Values

<client_index> A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted

values is 0 to 1.
<cause> The cause of disconnection.
1 Socket is closed passively.

www.simcom.com 425 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 Socket is reset.
3 Network is closed.
<topic_total_len> The length of message topic received from MQTT server. The range is
from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<payload_total_len> The length of message body received from MQTT server. The range is
from 1 to 10240 bytes.
<sub_topic_len> The sub topic packet length, The sum of <sub_topic_len> is equal to
<topic_total_len>.
<sub_topic> The sub topic content.
<sub_payload_len> The sub message body packet length, The sum of <sub_payload_len>
is equal to <payload_total_len>.
<sub_payload> The sub message body content.

www.simcom.com 426 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for SSL

19.1 Overview of AT Commands for SSL

Command Description
AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL Context
AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module
AT+CCERTLIST List certificates
AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates
AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data
AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data
AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service
AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service
AT+CCHADDR Get the IPv4 address
AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context
AT+CCHCFG Configure the Client Context
AT+CCHOPEN Connect to server
AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from server
AT+CCHSEND Send data to server
AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server
AT+CCERTMOVE Move the cert from file system to cert content

19.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SSL

19.2.1 AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL Context

AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL Context

Test Command Response
AT+CSSLCFG=? +CSSLCFG: "sslversion",(0-9),(0-4)

www.simcom.com 427 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CSSLCFG: "authmode",(0-9),(0-3)
+CSSLCFG: "ignorelocaltime",(0-9),(0,1)
+CSSLCFG: "negotiatetime",(0-9),(10-300)
+CSSLCFG: "cacert",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "clientcert",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "clientkey",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "password",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "enableSNI",(0-9),(0,1)
+CSSLCFG: "ignorecertCN",(0-9),(0,1)

OK
Response
+CSSLCFG:
0,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
1,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
2,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
3,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
Read Command eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
AT+CSSLCFG? +CSSLCFG:
4,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
5,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
6,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
7,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:

www.simcom.com 428 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

8,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
+CSSLCFG:
9,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca
_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<password_file>,<enabl
eSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>

OK
Response
Write Command +CSSLCFG:
/*Query the configuration of the <ssl_ctxindex>,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<nego
specified SSL context*/ tiatetime>,<ca_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<passwor
AT+CSSLCFG=<ssl_ctx_inde d_file>,<enableSNI_flag>,<ignorecertCN_flag>
x>
OK
Write Command Response
/*Configure the version of the 1)If successfully:
specified SSL context*/ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="sslversion",< 2)If failed:
ssl_ctx_index>,<sslversion> ERROR
Write Command Response
/*Configure the authentication 1)If successfully:
mode of the specified SSL OK
context*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CSSLCFG="authmode",< ERROR
ssl_ctx_index>,<authmode>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the ignore local time 1)If successfully:
flag of the specified SSL OK
context*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CSSLCFG="ignorelocalti ERROR
me",<ssl_ctx_index>,<ignorel
time>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the negotiate 1)If successfully:
timeout value of the specified OK
SSL context*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CSSLCFG="negotiatetime ERROR
",<ssl_ctx_index>,<negotiatet
ime>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the server root CA of 1)If successfully:
the specified SSL context*/ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="cacert",<ssl_ 2)If failed:

www.simcom.com 429 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ctx_index>,<ca_file> ERROR
Write Command Response
/*Configure the client certificate 1)If successfully:
of the specified SSL context*/ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="clientcert",<s 2)If failed:
sl_ctx_index>,<clientcert_file ERROR
>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the client key of the 1)If successfully:
specified SSL context*/ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="clientkey",<s 2)If failed:
sl_ctx_index>,<clientkey_file> ERROR
Write Command Response
/*Configure the password of the 1)If successfully:
specified SSL context*/ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="password",<s 2)If failed:
sl_ctx_index>,<password_file ERROR
>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the enableSNI flag 1)If successfully:
of the specified SSL context */ OK
AT+CSSLCFG="enableSNI",< 2)If failed:
ssl_ctx_index>,<enableSNI_fl ERROR
ag>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the ignorecertCN 1)If successfully:
flag of the specified SSL context OK
*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CSSLCFG="ignorecertCN ERROR
",<ssl_ctx_index>,<ignorecert
CN_flag>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<ssl_ctx_index> The SSL context ID. The range is 0-9.

<sslversion> The SSL version, the default value is 4.
0 SSL3.0
1 TLS1.0
2 TLS1.1
3 TLS1.2
4 All

www.simcom.com 430 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The configured version should be support by server. So you should

use the default value if you are not sure that the version which the
server supported.
<authmode> The authentication mode, the default value is 0.
0 no authentication.
1 server authentication. It needs the root CA of the server.
2 server and client authentication. It needs the root CA of the
server, the cert and key of the client.(If the server does not need to
authenticate the client ,it is equivalent to value 1.)
3 client authentication and no server authentication. It needs the
cert and key of the client.( (If the server does not need to
authenticate the client ,it is equivalent to value 0.)
<ignoreltime> The flag to indicate how to deal with expired certificate, the default
value is 1.
0 care about time check for certification.
1 ignore time check for certification
When set the value to 0, it need to set the right current date and time
by AT+CCLK when need SSL certification.
<negotiatetime> The timeout value used in SSL negotiate stage. The range is 10-300
seconds. The default value is 300.
<ca_file> The root CA file name of SSL context. The file name must have type
like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 108 bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path
parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation
mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the
filename’s UTF8 code).

There are two ways to download certificate files to module:

1. By AT+CCERTDOWN.
2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to Chapter 16&17 of
this document.
<clientcert_file> The client cert file name of SSL context. The file name must have
type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 108
bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path
parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation
mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the
filename’s UTF8 code).

There are two ways to download certificate files to module:

1. By AT+CCERTDOWN.
2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to Chapter 16&17 of
this document.
<clientkey_file> The client key file name of SSL context. The file name must have

www.simcom.com 431 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 108

bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path
parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation
mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the
filename’s UTF8 code).

There are two ways to download certificate files to module:

1. By AT+CCERTDOWN.
2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to Chapter 16&17 of
this document.
<password_file> The password file name of SSL context.this is used to decrypt the
client key. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The
length of filename is from 5 to 108 bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path
parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation
mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the
filename’s UTF8 code).

There are two ways to download certificate files to module:

1. By AT+CCERTDOWN.
2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to Chapter 16&17 of
this document.
<enableSNI_flag> The flag to indicate that enable the SNI flag or not, the default value
is 0.
0 not enable SNI.
1 enable SNI.
<ignorecertCN_flag> The flag to indicate that enable the ignorecertCN flag or not, the
default value is 0.
0 not enable ignorecertCN.
1 enable ignorecertCN.

Examples

AT+CSSLCFG=?
+CSSLCFG: "sslversion",(0-9),(0-4)
+CSSLCFG: "authmode",(0-9),(0-3)
+CSSLCFG: "ignorelocaltime",(0-9),(0,1)
+CSSLCFG: "negotiatetime",(0-9),(10-300)
+CSSLCFG: "cacert",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "clientcert",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "clientkey",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "password",(0-9),(5-108)
+CSSLCFG: "enableSNI",(0-9),(0,1)

www.simcom.com 432 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CSSLCFG: "ignorecertCN",(0-9),(0,1)

OK
AT+CSSLCFG?
+CSSLCFG: 0,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 1,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 2,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 3,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 4,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 5,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 6,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 7,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 8,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0
+CSSLCFG: 9,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0

OK
AT+CSSLCFG="authmode",0,0
OK
AT+CSSLCFG=6
+CSSLCFG: 6,4,0,1,300,"","","","",0,0

OK

NOTE

1.When validating a server certificate, ignore the "Hostname does not match certificate's Common
Name (CN) field" error.
(In the case of self-signed certificates or in a development environment, there may be an issue where
the CN field of the certificate does not match the hostname. In such situations, you can disable the
validation of the certificate's CN field by setting the "ignorecertCN" field to 1, which will help avoid
connection issues. However, please note that this action introduces certain security risks and should be
used with caution.)

2. The <ignorecertCN> field is currently only supported by the 1803S series.

19.2.2 AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module

AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module

Response
Test Command +CCERTDOWN: (5-108),(1-10240)
AT+CCERTDOWN=?
OK

www.simcom.com 433 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)If it can be download:
>
Write Command
<input data here>
AT+CCERTDOWN=<filename>,<
len>
OK
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<filename> The name of the certificate/key/password file. The file name must have
type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 108 bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter
should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The
string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename’s
UTF8 code).
For Examples: If you want to download a file with name "中华.pem" in
UTF8, you’d better convert the "中华.pem" to UTF8 coding
(&#x4E2D;&#x534E;.pem), then input the hexadecimal
(262378344532443B262378353334453B2E70656D)of UTF8 coding.
<len> The length of the file data to send. The range is from 1 to 10240 bytes.
User should note than every packet data should be no larger than
3072 bytes.

Examples

AT+CCERTDOWN=?
+CCERTDOWN: (5-108),(1-10240)

OK
AT+CCERTDOWN="ls.pem",1970
>

OK

www.simcom.com 434 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

19.2.3 AT+CCERTLIST List certificates

AT+CCERTLIST List certificates

Response
[+CCERTLIST: <file_name>
[+CCERTLIST: <file_name>]
Execute Command
…
AT+CCERTLIST
]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<filename> The certificate/key/password files which has been downloaded to

the module.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, it will show the
non-ASCII characters as UTF8 code.

Examples

AT+CCERTLIST
+CCERTLIST: "ls.pem"

OK

19.2.4 AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates

AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates

Response
1) If remove the file successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CCERTDELE=<filename>
2) Else
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms

www.simcom.com 435 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference -

Defined Values

<filename> The name of the certificate/keypassword file. The file name must
have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to
108 bytes.
If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path
parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation
mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the
filename’s UTF8 code).
For Examples: If you want to download a file with name "中华.pem",
you should convert the "中华.pem" to UTF8 coding
(&#x4E2D;&#x534E;.pem), then input the hexadecimal
(262378344532443B262378353334453B2E70656D)of UTF8
coding.

Examples

AT+CCERTDELE="ls.pem"
OK

19.2.5 AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data

AT+CCHSET is used to configure the mode of sending and receiving data. It must be called before
AT+CCHSTART.

AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data

Response
Test Command +CCHSET: (0,1),(0,1)
AT+CCHSET=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CCHSET: <report_send_result>,<recv_mode>
AT+CCHSET?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)If successfully:
AT+CCHSET=<report_send_res
OK
ult>[,<recv_mode>]
2)If failed:

www.simcom.com 436 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<report_send_result> Whether to report result of CCHSEND, the default value is 0:

0 No.
1 Yes. Module will report +CCHSEND: <session_id>,<err> to MCU
when complete sending data.
<recv_mode> The receiving mode, the default value is 0:
0 Output the data to MCU whenever received data.
1 Module caches the received data and notifies MCU with
+CCHEVENT: <session_id>, RECV EVENT.
MCU can use AT+CCHRECV to receive the cached data (only in
manual receiving mode).

Examples

AT+CCHSET=?
+CCHSET: (0,1),(0,1)

OK
AT+CCHSET?
+CCHSET: 0,0

OK
AT+CCHSET=1,1
OK

19.2.6 AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data

AT+CCHMODE is used to select transparent mode (data mode)or non-transparent mode (command mode).
The default mode is non-transparent mode. This AT command must be called before calling
AT+CCHSTART.

AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data

Test Command Response

www.simcom.com 437 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CCHMODE=? +CCHMODE: (0,1)

OK
Response
Read Command +CCHMODE: <mode>
AT+CCHMODE?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CCHMODE=<mode>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> The mode value:

0 Normal
1 Transparent mode

Examples

AT+CCHMODE=?
+CCHMODE: (0,1)

OK
AT+CCHMODE?
+CCHMODE: 0

OK
AT+CCHMODE=1
OK

NOTE

There is only one session in the transparent mode, it’s the first session.

www.simcom.com 438 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

19.2.7 AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service

AT+CCHSTART is used to start SSL service by activating PDP context. You must execute AT+CCHSTART
before any other SSL related operations.

AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service

Response
1)If start SSL service successfully:
OK

+CCHSTART: 0
Execute Command
2)If failed:
AT+CCHSTART
ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR

+CCHSTART: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to the end of this chapter

Examples

AT+CCHSTART
OK

+CCHSTART: 0

19.2.8 AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service

AT+CCHSTOP is used to stop SSL service.

AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service

www.simcom.com 439 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
1)If stop SSL service successfully:
OK
Execute Command
AT+CCHSTOP
+CCHSTOP: 0
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to the end of this chapter

Examples

AT+CCHSTOP
OK

+CCHSTOP: 0

19.2.9 AT+CCHADDR Get the IPv4 address

AT+CCHADDR is used to get the IPv4 address after calling AT+CCHSTART.

AT+CCHADDR Get the IPv4 address

Response
1)if successfully, response
+CCHADDR: <ip_address>
Execute Command
AT+CCHADDR
OK
2)if pdp has not been activated, response
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 12000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 440 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<ip address> A string parameter that identifies the IPv4 address after PDP
activated.

Examples

AT+CCHADDR
+CCHADDR: 10.43.71.130

OK

19.2.10 AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context

AT+CCHSSLCFG is used to set the SSL context which to be used in the SSL connection. It must be called
before AT+CCHOPEN and after AT+CCHSTART. The setting will be cleared after AT+CCHOPEN failed or
AT+CCHCLOSE.

AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context

Response
Test Command +CCHSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)
AT+CCHSSLCFG=?
OK
Response
+CCHSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index>]
Read Command
+CCHSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index>]
AT+CCHSSLCFG?

OK
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
AT+CCHSSLCFG=<session_id> OK
,<ssl_ctx_index> 2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<session_id> The session_id to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3

www.simcom.com 441 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

TLS connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline,

please refer to the A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command
Manual_XXXX.docx for details)
<ssl_ctx_index> The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL
connection. Refer to the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG.

Examples

AT+CCHSSLCFG=?
+CCHSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)

OK
AT+CCHSSLCFG?
+CCHSSLCFG: 0,
+CCHSSLCFG: 1,

OK
AT+CCHSSLCFG=0,1
OK

NOTE

AT+CCHSSLCFG is used to set the SSL context which to be used in the SSL connection. It must be
called before AT+CCHOPEN and after AT+CCHSTART. The setting will be cleared after AT+CCHOPEN
failed or AT+CCHCLOSE
If you don’t set the SSL context by this command before connecting to SSL/TLS server by
AT+CCHOPEN, the CCHOPEN operation will use the SSL context as same as index <session_id> (the
1st parameter of AT+CCHOPEN)when connecting to the server.

19.2.11 AT+CCHCFG Configure the Client Context

AT+CCHCFG is used to set the client session context. It must be called before AT+CCHOPEN and after
AT+CCHSTART. The setting will be cleared after AT+CCHOPEN failed or AT+CCHCLOSE.

AT+CCHCFG Configure the Client Context

Response
Test Command
+CCHCFG: "sendtimeout",(0-1),(60-150)
AT+CCHCFG=?
+CCHCFG: "sslctx",(0-1),(0-9)

www.simcom.com 442 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
+CCHCFG: 0,<sendtimeout_val>,<sslctx_index>
Read Command
+CCHCFG: 1,<sendtimeout_val>,<sslctx_index>
AT+CCHCFG?

OK
Write Command
Response
/*Configure the timeout value of
1)If successfully:
the specified client when sending
OK
data*/
2)If failed:
AT+CCHCFG="sendtimeout",<s
ERROR
ession_id>,<sendtimeout_val>
Write Command Response
/*Configure the SSL context index, 1)If successfully:
it’s as same as OK
AT+CCHSSLCFG*/ 2)If failed:
AT+CCHCFG="sslctx",<session ERROR
_id>,<sslctx_index>
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<session_id> The session_id to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3 TLS

connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline, please refer to the
A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command Manual_XXXX.docx for details)
<sendtimeout_val> The timeout value used in sending data stage. The range is 60-150
seconds. The default value is 150.
<sslctx_index> The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL connection. Refer to
the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG.

Examples

AT+CCHCFG=?
+CCHCFG: "sendtimeout",(0-1),(60-150)
+CCHCFG: "sslctx",(0-1),(0-9)

OK
AT+CCHCFG?
+CCHCFG: 0,150,
+CCHCFG: 1,150,

www.simcom.com 443 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CCHCFG="sendtimeout",0,120
OK
AT+CCHCFG="sslctx",0,3
OK

19.2.12 AT+CCHOPEN Connect to server

AT+CCHOPEN is used to connect the server.

AT+CCHOPEN Connect to server

Response
Test Command +CCHOPEN: (0,1),"ADDRESS",(1-65535)[,(1-2)[,(1-65535)]]
AT+CCHOPEN=?
OK
Response
If connect to a server, it will show the connected information.
Otherwise, the connected information is empty.
Read Command
+CCHOPEN: 0,<host>,<port>,<client_type>,<bind_port>
AT+CCHOPEN?
+CCHOPEN: 1,<host>,<port>,<client_type>,<bind_port>

OK
Response
1)If connect successfully:
OK

+CCHOPEN: <session_id>,0
2)If connect successfully in transparent mode:
Write Command
CONNECT [<text>]
AT+CCHOPEN=<session_id>,<
3)If failed:
host>,<port>[,<client_type>,[<bi
OK
nd_port>]]

+CCHOPEN: <session_id>,<err>
4)If failed:
ERROR
5)If failed in transparent mode:
CONNECT FAIL
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 444 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

The session index to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3

TLS connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline, please
<session_id>
refer to the A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command
Manual_XXXX.docx for details)
<host> The server address, maximum length is 256 bytes.
The server port which to be connected, the range is from 1 to
<port>
65535.
The type of client, default value is 2:
<client_type> 1 TCP client.
2 SSL/TLS client.
<bind_port> The local port for channel, the range is from 1 to 65535.
CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX
<text>
command.
The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please
<err>
refer to chapter 19.3

Examples

AT+CCHOPEN=?
+CCHOPEN: (0,1),"ADDRESS",(1-65535)[,(1-2)[,(1-65535)]]

OK
AT+CCHOPEN=0,"183.230.174.137",6043,1
OK

+CCHOPEN: 0,0
AT+CCHOPEN?
+CCHOPEN: 0,"183.230.174.137",6043,1,
+CCHOPEN: 1,"",,,

OK

NOTE

If you don’t set the SSL context by AT+CCHSSLCFG before connecting a SSL/TLS server by
AT+CCHOPEN, it will use the <session_id>( the 1’st parameter of AT+CCHOPEN)SSL context when
connecting to the server.

www.simcom.com 445 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

19.2.13 AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from server

AT+CCHCLOSE is used to disconnect from the server.

AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from server

Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CCHCLOSE: <session_id>,0
Write Command
2)If successfully in transparent mode:
AT+CCHCLOSE=<session_id>
OK

CLOSED
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

The session index to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3

TLS connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline, please
<session_id>
refer to the A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command
Manual_XXXX.docx for details)
The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please
<err>
refer to the end of this chapter.

Examples

AT+CCHCLOSE=0
OK

+CCHCLOSE: 0,0

www.simcom.com 446 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

19.2.14 AT+CCHSEND Send data to server

AT+CCHSEND Send data to server

Response
Test Command +CCHSEND: (0,1),(1-2048)
AT+CCHSEND=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CCHSEND: 0,<unsent_len_0>,1,<unsent_len_1>
AT+CCHSEND?
OK
Response
1)if parameter is right:
>
<input data here>
Write Command
When the total size of the inputted data reaches <len>, TA will
AT+CCHSEND=<session_id>,<l
report the following code. Otherwise, the serial port will be
en>
blocked.
OK
2)If parameter is wrong or other errors occur:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<session_id> The session_id to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3 TLS

connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline, please refer to
the A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command Manual_XXXX.docx for
details)
<len> The length of data to send. Its range is from 1 to 2048 bytes.
<unsent_len_0> The data of connection 0 cached in sending buffer which is waiting
to be sent.
<unsent_len_1> The data of connection 1 cached in sending buffer which is waiting
to be sent.

Examples

AT+CCHSEND=?
+CCHSEND: (0,1),(1-2048)

www.simcom.com 447 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CCHSEND?
+CCHSEND: 0,0,1,0

OK
AT+CCHSEND=0,121
> GET / HTTP/1.1
Host: www.baidu.com
User-Agent: MAUI htp User Agent
Proxy-Connection: keep-alive
Content-Length: 0

OK

19.2.15 AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server

AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server
Response
Read Command +CCHRECV: LEN,<cache_len_0>,<cache_len_1>
AT+CCHRECV?
OK
Response
1)if parameter is right and there are cached data:
OK

[+CCHRECV: DATA,<session_id>,<len>
…
+CCHRECV: DATA,<session_id>,<len>
Write Command …]
AT+CCHRECV=<session_id>[,< +CCHRECV: <session_id>,<err>
max_recv_len>]
2)if parameter is not right or any other error occurs:
+CCHRECV: <session_id>,<err>

ERROR

3)others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -
www.simcom.com 448 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<session_id> The session id to operate. It’s from 0 to 1. (CCH supports 3 TLS

connections in version 1603 on the 160X baseline, please refer to
the A1602 & 1606 Series_AT Command Manual_XXXX.docx for
details)
<max_recv_len> Maximum bytes of data to receive in the current AT+CCHRECV
calling. The value ranges from 0 to 2048.
0 means it will receive all data from the current cache.
The default value is 0 and it will receive all of RX data cached for
session <session_id>.
It will be not allowed when there is no data in the cache.
<cache_len_0> The length of RX data cached for connection 0.
<cache_len_1> The length of RX data cached for connection 1.
<len> The length of data followed.
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please
refer to chapter 19.3

Examples

AT+CCHRECV?
+CCHRECV: LEN,3072,0

OK
AT+CCHRECV=0
OK

+CCHRECV: DATA,0,1024
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Bdpagetype: 1
Bdqid: 0x9821f6dd000060aa
Cache-Control: private
Connection: keep-alive
Content-Type: text/html;charset=utf-8
Date: Tue, 24 Mar 2020 02:27:10 GMT
Expires: Tue, 24 Mar 2020 02:26:31 GMT
P3p: CP=" OTI DSP COR IVA OUR IND COM "
P3p: CP=" OTI DSP COR IVA OUR IND COM "
Server: BWS/1.1
Set-Cookie: BAIDUID=F0CD980BA0927350B147AB1064A3423D:FG=1; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37
23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com

www.simcom.com 449 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Set-Cookie: BIDUPSID=F0CD980BA0927350B147AB1064A3423D; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55

GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com
Set-Cookie: PSTM=1585016830; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647;
path=/; domain=.baidu.com
Set-Cookie: BAIDUID=F0CD980BA0927350739AA64356C3CB13:FG=1; max-age=31536000;
expires=Wed, 24-Mar-21 02:27:10 GMT; domain=.baidu.com; path=/; version=1; comment=bd
Set-Cookie: BDSVRTM=0; path=/
Set-Cookie: BD_HOME=1; path=/
Set-Cookie: H_PS_PSSID=30972_1467_21116_30823; path=/; domain=.baidu.com
Traceid
+CCHRECV: DATA,0,1024
: 1585016830040414772210962314397044727978
Vary: Accept-Encoding
Vary: Accept-Encoding
X-Ua-Compatible: IE=Edge,chrome=1
Transfer-Encoding: chunked

b5e
<!DOCTYPE html><!--STATUS OK--><html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
content="text/html;charset=utf-8"><meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible"
content="IE=edge,chrome=1"><meta content="always" name="referrer"><meta
name="theme-color" content="#2932e1"><link rel="shortcut icon" href="/favicon.ico"
type="image/x-icon" /><link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml"
href="/content-search.xml" title="鐧惧害鎼滅储" /><link rel="icon" sizes="any" mask
href="//www.baidu.com/img/baidu_85beaf5496f291521eb75ba38eacbd87.svg"><link
rel="dns-prefetch" href="//dss0.bdstatic.com"/><link rel="dns-prefetch"
href="//dss1.bdstatic.com"/><link rel="dns-prefetch" href="//ss1.bdstatic.com"/><link
rel="dns-prefetch" href="//sp0.baidu.com"/><link rel="dns-prefetch" href="//sp1.baidu.com"/><link
rel="dns-prefetch" href="//sp2.baidu.com"/><title>鐧惧害涓€涓?
+CCHRECV: DATA,0,1024
紝浣犲氨鐭ラ亾</title><style type="text/css" id="css_index"
index="index">body,html{height:100%}html{overflow-y:auto}body{font:12px
arial;background:#fff}body,form,li,p,ul{margin:0;padding:0;list-style:none}#fm,body,form{position:
relative}td{text-align:left}img{border:0}a{text-decoration:none}a:active{color:#f60}input{border:0;p
adding:0}.clearfix:after{content:'\20';display:block;height:0;clear:both}.clearfix{zoom:1}#wrapper{p
osition:relative;min-height:100%}#head{padding-bottom:100px;text-align:center;*z-index:1}#ftCon{
height:50px;position:absolute;text-align:left;width:100%;margin:0
auto;z-index:0;overflow:hidden}#ftConw{display:inline-block;text-align:left;margin-left:33px;line-he
ight:22px;position:relative;top:-2px;*float:right;*margin-left:0;*position:static}#ftConw,#ftConw
a{color:#999}#ftConw{text-align:center;margin-left:0}.bg{background-image:url(http://ss.bdimg.co
m/static/superman/img/icons-5859e577e2.png);background-repeat:no-repeat;_background-image:u
rl(http://ss.bdimg.com/static/superman/img/icon
+CCHRECV: 0,0

www.simcom.com 450 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CCHEVENT: 0,RECV EVENT

NOTE

If connection is closed by server, the cached data will not be cleaned.

19.2.16 AT+CCERTMOVE Move the cert from file system to cert content

AT+CCERTMOVE Move the cert from file system to cert content

Response
Test Command +CCERTMOVE: "FILENAME"
AT+CCERTMOVE=?
OK
Response
1)if parameter is right and the file need to move is exist:
OK

Write Command
2)if parameter is not right or any other error occurs:
AT+CCERTMOVE=<filename>
ERROR

3)others:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<filename> The filename exist in file system,can be found by AT+FSLS. The

file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of
filename is from 5 to 108 bytes.

Examples

AT+CCERTMOVE="baidu.der"
OK

www.simcom.com 451 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

19.3 Command Result Codes

19.3.1 Description of <err>

Result codes Description

0 Operation succeeded
1 Alerting state(reserved)
2 Unknown error
3 Busy
4 Peer closed
5 Operation timeout
6 Transfer failed
7 Memory error
8 Invalid parameter
9 Network error
10 Open session error
11 State error
12 Create socket error
13 Get DNS error
14 Connect socket error
15 Handshake error
16 Close socket error
17 Nonet
18 Send data timeout
19 Not set certificates

19.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
In manual receiving mode, when new data of a
+CCHEVENT: <session_id>,RECV EVENT connection arriving to the module, this unsolicited
result code will be reported to MCU.
When receive data occurred any error, this
+CCH_RECV_CLOSED: <session_id>,<err>
unsolicited result code will be reported to MCU.

www.simcom.com 452 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CCHSEND: <session_id>,<err> When send data faild,error code will be reported.

+CCH_PEER_CLOSED: <session_id> The connection is closed by the server.

+CCH: CCH STOP CCH stopped caused by network error.

www.simcom.com 453 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for TTS

20.1 Overview of AT Commands for TTS

Command Description
AT+CTTS TTS operation
AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS parameters
AT+CDTAM Set TTS Play Path

20.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TTS

20.2.1 AT+CTTS TTS operation

The write command is used to play/decode/pause TTS.

AT+CTTS TTS operation

Test Command Response
AT+CTTS=? OK
Response
Read Command +CTTS: <status>
AT+CTTS?
OK
Response
1)If <mode>is 0,and tts is playing:
+CTTS: 0
Write Command
AT+CTTS=<mode>,[<text>],[<fil OK
ename>] 2)If <mode>is 0,and tts is not playing:
OK
3)If <mode>is 1 or 2:
+CTTS:

www.simcom.com 454 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

+CTTS: 0 // transform end

4)If <mode>is 3 or 4:
+CTTS:

OK

+CTTS: 0 // transform end

5)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time 120000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<status> 0 NO_WORKING
1 TTS_WORKING
<mode> 0 Stop the speech play
1 Start to synth and play,<text> is in UCS2 coding format.
2 Start to synth and play,<text> is in ASCII coding format,
Chinses text is in GBK coding format.
3 TTS To wav format,<text> is in ASCII coding format, Chinese
text is in GBK coding format.
4 TTS To wav format,<text> is in UCS2 coding format.
<text> When mode is 1 or 2,the <text> is in ASCII coding format which is
synthetized to speed to be played, maximum data length is 512
bytes.(including "").And <text> is in UCS2 coding format,
maximum data length is 510 bytes. (including ""),because every
four characters correspond to one Chinese character.When mode
is 3 or 4,<text> maximum data length is 50 bytes because of the
memory. For TOUNGTONE TTS Chinese polyphonic characters,
pronunciation can be specified. format: 多音字<pinyin=发音读音+
声调>.For IFLY TTS Chinese polyphonic characters, pronunciation
can be specified. format: 多音字[=发音读音+声调].
<filename> Enter path and filename, if no path is added, save in C: by default.
Maximum filename length is 60 bytes.
Currently only .wav format file storage is supported.

NOTE

www.simcom.com 455 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1.Lowercase English strings are predicted to be pronounced according to English words. If you want
long lowercase strings to be pronounced correctly, please add a space after each letter.
2. When using IFlytek TTS, it is recommended that you input measurement units and combined units in
the text in Chinese. English input may not be able to read correctly.

Examples

AT+CTTS=?
OK
AT+CTTS?
+CTTS: 0

OK
AT+CTTS=1,"6B228FCE4F7F75288BED97F3540862107CFB7EDF"
+CTTS:

OK

+CTTS: 0
AT+CTTS=2,"去朝<pinyin=chao2>阳，看朝<pinyin=zhao1>阳"
+CTTS:

OK

+CTTS: 0
AT+CTTS=3,"hello world","C:/12.wav"
+CTTS:

OK

+CTTS: 0

20.2.2 AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for YOUNGTONE TTS

The write command is used to Set TTS Parameters for YOUNGTONE TTS.

AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for YOUNGTONE TTS

Response
Test Command
+CTTSPARAM: (0-2),(0-3),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2|10-30),(0-1)
AT+CTTSPARAM=?

www.simcom.com 456 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
+CTTSPARAM:
Read Command <volume>,<sysvolume>,<digitmode>,<pitch>,<speed>,<digitr
AT+CTTSPARAM? eading>

OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CTTSPARAM=<volume>[,<s
OK
ysvolume>[,<digitmode>[,<pitc
2)
h>[,<speed>[,<digitreading>]]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Just <volume> is AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Ventor

Defined Values

<volume> 0 The min volume

1 The normal volume
2 The max volume
<sysvolume> 0 The min system volume
1 The small system volume
2 The normal system volume
3 The max system volume
<digitmode> 0 Read digit based on default mode
1 Read digit based on telephone number
2 Read digit based on digit
3 Read digit based on number
<pitch> 0 The min voice tone
1 The normal voice tone
2 The max voice tone
<speed> Two kinds of speed regulation methods:
1 rough speed regulation. The three grades range from 0 to 2. (0 is
the minimum speed, 1 is the general default speed, and 2 is the
maximum speed)
2 precision speed regulation. 20 levels range from 10 to 30. (10 is
minimum speed, 30 is maximum speed). Just supported on 1601.
<digitreading> 0 Read the numbers in Chinese
1 Read the numbers in English

Examples

AT+CTTSPARAM=?

www.simcom.com 457 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CTTSPARAM: (0-2),(0-3),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2|10-30),(0-1)

OK
AT+CTTSPARAM?
+CTTSPARAM: 1,3,0,1,1,0

OK
AT+CTTSPARAM=2,3,0,1,1,1
OK
AT+CTTSPARAM=2,3,0,1,10,1
OK

20.2.3 AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for IFLY TTS

The write command is used to Set TTS Parameters for IFLY TTS.

AT+CTTSPARAM Set TTS Parameters for IFLY TTS

Response
Test Command +CTTSPARAM: (0-7),(0-2),(0-2),(0-2),(0-2),(0-1)
AT+CTTSPARAM=?
OK
Response
+CTTSPARAM:
Read Command <volume>,<sysvolume>,<digitmode>,<pitch>,<speed>,<ttslib
AT+CTTSPARAM? >

OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+CTTSPARAM=<volume>[,<s
OK
ysvolume>[,<digitmode>[,<pitc
2)
h>[,<speed>[,<ttslib>]]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Just <volume> is AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference Ventor

Defined Values

<volume> Settting system volume like AT+COUTGAIN,default value is 4.

<sysvolume> 0 The min system volume

www.simcom.com 458 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 The small system volume

2 The normal system volume
<digitmode> 0 Read digit based on default mode
1 Read digit based on digit
2 Read digit based on number
<pitch> 0 The min voice tone
1 The normal voice tone
2 The max voice tone
<speed> 0 The min voice speed
1 The normal voice speed
2 The max voice speed
<ttslib> 0 Support both Chinese and English TTS libraries, and Chinese
pronunciation is the best.
1 Support only English TTS library.

Examples

AT+CTTSPARAM=?
+CTTSPARAM: (0-7),(0-2),(0-2),(0-2),(0-2),(0-1)

OK
AT+CTTSPARAM?
+CTTSPARAM: 1,2,0,1,1,0

OK
AT+CTTSPARAM=2,2,0,1,1,1
OK
AT+CTTSPARAM=7,2,0,1,1,1
OK

NOTE

<ttslib> fucntion is not supporting at present.

20.2.4 AT+CDTAM Set Local or Remote Audio Play

The write command is used to Set TTS Play Path.

AT+CDTAM Set TTS Play Path

Test Command Response
AT+CDTAM=? +CDTAM: (0-1)
www.simcom.com 459 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
Read Command +CDTAM: <status>
AT+CDTAM?
OK
Response
1)If <mode>is 0 or 1:
Write Command
OK
AT+CDTAM=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<status> 0 Local Player

1 Remote Player
<mode> 0 Local Path
1 Remote Path

Examples

AT+CDTAM=?
+CDTAM: (0-1)

OK
AT+CDTAM?
+CDTAM: 0

OK
AT+CDTAM=1
OK

www.simcom.com 460 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Audio

21.1 Overview of AT Commands for Audio

Command Description
AT+CCMXPLAY play an audio file
AT+CCMXSTOP stop playing audio file
AT+CREC record audio file
AT+CRTSWITCH close ring tone
AT+CRINGSET set ring file
AT+CCODECSWITCH swtich codec type
AT+CLDTMF local DTMF tone generation
AT+SIMTONE generate specifically tone
AT+STTONE play SIM toolkit tone
AT+CPCMCLKWB select the pcm sampling clock
AT+CPCMRATION select the pcm master clock

21.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Audio

21.2.1 AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file

This command is used to play an audio file.

AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file

Response
+CCMXPLAY: (list of supported <play_path>s),(list of supported
Test Command
<repeat>s)
AT+CCMXPLAY=?

OK
Write Command Response
www.simcom.com 461 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CCMXPLAY=<file_name 1)
>,<play_path>,<repeat> +CCMXPLAY:

OK

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<file_name> The name of audio file.

Support audio file format amr, wav ,mp3 and pcm.
<play_path> 0 local path
2 remote path (just support voice call)
3 local path and remote path
<repeat> 0 don’t play repeat.play only once.
1…255 play repeat times. E.g. <repeat>=1, audio will play twice.

Examples

AT+CCMXPLAY=?
+CCMXPLAY: (0-2),(0-255)

OK
AT+CCMXPLAY="c:/recording.amr",0,255
+CCMXPLAY:

OK

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop

AT+CCMXPLAY="c:/recording.wav",0,255
+CCMXPLAY:

OK

www.simcom.com 462 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop

NOTE

1. support file type: AMR,WAV,MP3,PCM

2. PCM file must have a header to play, otherwise playback is invalid.

www.simcom.com 463 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

21.2.2 AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file

The command is used to stop playing audio file. Execute this command during audio playing. If
audio file was played end in the past, when you execute "AT+CCMXSTOP", there is no
"+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop".

AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file

Test Command Response
AT+CCMXSTOP=? OK
Response
1)
+CCMXSTOP:

Execution Command
OK
AT+CCMXSTOP

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop

2)
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Examples

AT+CCMXSTOP
+CCMXSTOP:

OK

+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop

21.2.3 AT+CREC Record audio File

This command is used to record a wav/amr audio file. It can record wav/amr file during a call or not, the
record file should be put into the "c:/". The supported file format is WAV and AMR. Only SD card support
Non-ASCII characters in file path.

www.simcom.com 464 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CREC Record audio File

Response
Test Command +CREC: (0-3),[{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"
AT+CREC=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CREC: (list current <status>s)
AT+CREC?
OK
Response
1)
+CREC: 1

OK
2)
Write Command +CREC: 2
AT+CREC=<record_path>,<file_
name> OK
3)
+CREC: 3

OK
4)
ERROR
Response
1)
+CREC: 0

OK
2)If it is recording:
Write Command
+CREC: 0
AT+CREC=<mode>

OK

+CREC: crec stop

3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<record_path> 1 local path

www.simcom.com 465 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2 remote path (get voice from cs call)

3 mixd (local and remote)
<file_name> The name of wav/amr audio file.(MAX is 60 bytes)
<status> 0 free
1 busy
<mode> 0 stop record

Examples

AT+CREC=?
+CREC: (0-3),[{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"

OK
AT+CREC?
+CREC: 0

OK
AT+CREC=1,"c:/recording.wav"
+CREC: 1

OK

+CREC: file full

AT+CREC=2,"c:/recording.wav"
+CREC: 2

OK

AT+CREC=0
+CREC: 0

OK

+CREC: crec stop

AT+CREC=1,"c:/recording.amr"
+CREC: 1

OK

+CREC: file full

AT+CREC=2,"c:/recording.amr"

www.simcom.com 466 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CREC: 2

OK

AT+CREC=0
+CREC: 0

OK

+CREC: crec stop

AT+CREC=3,"c:/recording3.amr"
+CREC: 3

OK

AT+CREC=0
+CREC: 0

OK

+CREC: crec stop

NOTE

 When the file is recoding full, Response "+CREC: file full " is displayed.
 Maximum size of wave file is 768KB and maximum size of amr file is 512KB.When the filesystem
free size is less than the maximum size of recording file,the maximum size of recording file is file
system free size.

www.simcom.com 467 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

21.2.4 AT+CRTSWITCH Close Ring Tone

This command is used to Set ring tone on or off.

AT+CRTSWITCH Close Ring Tone

Response
Test Command +CRTSWITCH: (0-1)
AT+CRTSWITCH=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CRTSWITCH: (list current <status>s)
AT+CRTSWITCH?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CRTSWITCH =<status>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<status > 0 close Ringtone

1 open,default value.

Examples

AT+CRTSWITCH =?
+CRTSWITCH: (0-1)

OK
AT+CRTSWITCH?
+CRTSWITCH: 1

OK
AT+CRTSWITCH=0
+CRTSWITCH: 0

OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 468 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

 And the command just supported on A7678 Series(1603) Standard version .

21.2.5 AT+CRINGSET Set Ring File

This command is used to Select ringtone settings. Support AMR, WAV, MP3 format.

AT+CRINGSET Set Ring File

Response
Test Command +CRINGSET: <fileName>
AT+CRINGSET=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CRINGSET: <fileName>
AT+CRINGSET?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+CRINGSET OK
=<fileName>[,<mode>] 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<fileName > Ringtone file for setting. The default file name is “iPhone_Ring.mp3”.
<mode> Whether the ring function is enable.
1 Enable to play ringtone.
0 Disable to play.

Examples

AT+CRINGSET =?
+CRINGSET: <fileName>

OK
AT+CRINGSET?
+CRINGSET: iPhone_Ring.mp3
www.simcom.com 469 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CRINGSET="C:/ring.amr"
OK

NOTE

 And the command just supported on A7678 Series(1603) Standard version .

21.2.6 AT+CCODECSWITCH Switch codec type

This command is used to Swtich codec type. Our model support built-in codec and externel codec. Built-in
codec by ASR chip support, externel codec only support nau8810.

AT+CCODECSWTICH Set codec type

Response
Read Command +CCODESWITCH: <type>
AT+CCODECSWITCH?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+CCODECSWITCH =<type>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT:
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<type > Codec type, 0 is externel codec,1 is built-in codec

Examples

AT+CCODECSWITCH?
+CCODECSWITCH: 1

OK
www.simcom.com 470 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CCODECSWITCH=0
OK

NOTE

 And the command just supported on A7678 Series(1603) Standard version . Only supports
firmware after 2022.03.21.

21.2.7 AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation

This command is used to play DTMF tone.

AT+CLDTMF Local DTMF Tone Generation

Response
Test Command +CLDTMF: (1-100),(0-9,A,B,C,D,E,F,*,#),(50-500),(0-2)
AT+CLDTMF=?
OK
Response

Execution Command
OK
AT+CLDTMF
Abort any DTMF tone currently being generated and any DTMF
tone sequence
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CLDTMF=<n>,<DTMF
string>[,<timeBase>][,<path>] +CLDTMF: 0 // play end
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<n> A numeric parameter (1-100) which indicates the duration of all DTMF
tones.
<DTMF string> A string parameter (string should be included in quotation marks)
which has a max length of 20 chars of form <DTMF>, separated by
www.simcom.com 471 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

commas.
<timeBase> timeBase to generate DTMF sound. the DTMF on time is
<n>*<timeBase> DTMF off time is timeBase,the default value is
100ms.
<path> 0 local path
1 remote path (just support voice call)
2 both remote and local (just support voice call)

Examples

AT+CLDTMF=?
+CLDTMF:
(1-100),(0-9,A,B,C,D,E,F,*,#),(50-500),(0-2)

OK
AT+CLDTMF=1,"A,B,C,D,E,F,*,#",100,0

OK

+CLDTMF: 0

NOTE

 Just supported on ASR1603 standard branch now.

 The total duration of dtmf playback during a call cannot exceed 10s.

21.2.8 AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone

This command is used to play generate specifically tone.

AT+SIMTONE Generate Specifically Tone

Response
+SIMTONE:
Test Command
(0-1),(20-4000),(50-25500),(0,40-25500),(50-500000)
AT+SIMTONE=?

OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+SIMTONE=<mode>[,<freque
OK
ncy>][,<periodOn>][,<periodOff
>][,<duration>]
+SIMTONE: 0 // play end

www.simcom.com 472 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<mode > 0 Stop playing tone.

1 start to play tone.
<frequency> The frequency of tone to be generated.
<periodOn> The period of generating tone, must be multiple of 50.
<periodOff> The period of stopping tone, must be multiple of 40.
<duration> Duration of tones in milliseconds

Examples

AT+SIMTONE=?
+SIMTONE:
(0-1),(20-4000),(50-25500),(0,40-25500),(50-5000
00)

OK
AT+SIMTONE=1,1400,200,200,5000
OK

+SIMTONE: 0
AT+SIMTONE=1,1400,200,200,5000
OK

AT+SIMTONE=0
OK

+SIMTONE: 0 //stop simtone with urc.

NOTE

 Stopping the simtone halfway also takes the URC with it.
 Just supported on ASR1603 standard branch now.

www.simcom.com 473 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

21.2.9 AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone

This command is used to play SIM toolkit tone.

AT+STTONE Play SIM Toolkit Tone

Response
Test Command +STTONE: (0-1),(1-8,16-20),(50-15300000)
AT+STTONE=?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+STTONE=<mode>[,<tone>][,
<duration>] +STTONE: 0 // play end
2)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<mode> 0 Stop playing tone.

1 start to play tone.
<tone> Numberic type
1 Dial tone
2 Called Subscriber Busy
3 Congestion
4 Radio Path Acknowledge
5 Radio Path Not Available/Call Dropped
6 Error / Special information
7 Call Waiting Tone
8 Ringing Tone
16 General Beep
17 Positive Acknowledgement Tone
18 Negative Acknowledgement or Error Tone
19 Indian Dial Tone
20 American Dial Tone
<duration> Numeric type, in milliseconds.
Max requested value = 255*60*1000 = 15300000ms
(supported range = 50-15300000)

www.simcom.com 474 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+STTONE=?
+STTONE: (0-1),(1-8,16-20),(50-15300000)

OK
AT+STTONE=1,8,10000

OK

+STTONE: 0 // play end

NOTE

 Just supported on ASR1603 standard branch now.

21.2.10 AT+CPCMCLKWB Select the pcm sampling clock

This command is used to for pcm digital voice only, select different sampling clock
AT+CPCMCLKWB Select the pcm sampling clock
Response
Test Command +CPCMCLKWB: (0,1)
AT+CPCMCLKWB=?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CPCMCLKWB=<value>
2)
ERROR
Response
Read Command +CPCMCLKWB: <value>
AT+CPCMCLKWB?
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<value> 0 select 8khz fync.

1 select 16khz fync.
www.simcom.com 475 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CPCMCLKWB=?
+CPCMCLKWB: (0,1)

OK

AT+CPCMCLKWB=1
OK

AT+CPCMCLKWB?
+CPCMCLKWB: 1

OK

21.2.11 AT+CPCMRATION Select the pcm master clock

This command is used to for pcm digital voice only, select master clock
AT+CPCMRATION Select the pcm master clock
Response
Test Command +CPCMRATION: (0-6)
AT+CPCMRATION=?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+CPCMRATION=<value>
2)
ERROR
Response
Read Command +CPCMRATION: <value>
AT+CPCMRATION?
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
Max Response Time
Reference

Defined Values

<value> 0: 32fs
1: 64fs
2: 128fs

www.simcom.com 476 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3: 256fs
4: 512fs
5: 1024fs
6: 2048fs

Examples

AT+CPCMRATION=?
+CPCMRATION: (0-6)

OK

AT+CPCMRATION=1
OK

AT+CPCMRATION?
+CPCMRATION: 1

OK

NOTE NOT
pcm clock combination mode, the proportion between sampling clock and bit clock, as follows:
Ration=32 if fync=8k，bclk=8*32 ;if fync=16k,bclk=16*32
Ration=64
Ration=28
Ration=256 if fync=8k ,bclk=8*256=2.048Mhz (default)
Ration=512
Ration=1024
Ration=2048

AT+CPCMCLKWB Set sampling clock(fync),AT+CPCMRATION Set the ratio of BCLK to fync, so

bclk=fync*ration .ration has only these fixed values, so different combinations can choose different
ration

www.simcom.com 477 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for FOTA

22.1 Overview of AT Command for FOTA

Command Description
AT+CFOTA Start FOTA Service
AT+LFOTA Start Local FOTA Service

NOTE

Currently, only CAT1 modules support at commands for FOTA.

22.2 Detailed Description of AT Command for FOTA

22.2.1 AT+CFOTA Start FOTA service

AT+CFOTA Start FOTA Service

Response
1)
Write Command
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CFOTA=<channel>,<mo
de>,<destination_ip/url>,<us
+CFOTA: <err>
ername>,<password>
2)
<CR><LF>ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

www.simcom.com 478 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<channel> 0–5 means the channel number

<mode> 0 FTP way
1 HTTP way
<destination_ip:port/url> The remote site server’s IP address or URL address.
IP address should be in the format of the dotted decimal notation:
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX.
URL address should be ASCII characters, the maxmum of the
length is 256 bytes.

NOTE: If <port> are omitted, the default FTP port is 21 and the default
HTTP port is 80.
<username> The login user name, it should be ASCII characters, and the maxmum
of the length is 128 bytes.
<password> The login password, it should be ASCII characters, and the maxmum
of the length is 128 bytes.

Examples

AT+CFOTA=0,0,"183.230.174.137:6047/fbf_dfota.bin",simcom,simcom
+CFOTA: FOTA,START

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:17

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:50

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:83

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:99

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:100
AT+CFOTA=0,1," 183.230.174.137:6022/bin/fbf_dfota.bin",simcom,simcom
+CFOTA: FOTA,START

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:17

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:50

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:83

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:99

www.simcom.com 479 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CFOTA: DOWNLOADING:100

22.2.2 AT+LFOTA Start Local Fota Service

AT+LFOTA Start Local Fota Service

Response
Test Command +LFOTA: <0-1>,<File Size>
AT+LFOTA=?
OK
Response
1)if data pass check
+LFOTA: 1

OK
2)if data doesn’t pass check
Read Command
+LFOTA: 0
AT+LFOTA?

OK
3)if data has not transfer yet. It will be initial value -1
+LFOTA: -1

OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
Write Command OK
AT+LFOTA=<ops>,<File 2)If failed:
Size> >
ERROR
3)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<ops> 0 initial parameters

1 start transfer
<File Size> The bytes of the file data to send.

www.simcom.com 480 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+LFOTA=0,5358979
OK
AT+LFOTA=1,5358979
>
OK

NOTE

If UART is used for LFOTA, please make sure that the delay time between each 256 byte reach to at
least 50ms.

If sending file crash, restart module and increase the delay time between each 256 byte reach to 50ms,
and then try to send file again

22.3 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
+CFOTA: 100 FOTA COMPLETE, it will restart in 8s.
+CFOTA: 1001 FOTA URL is invalid, maybe PDP was active.
+CFOTA: 1002 FOTA timeout
+CFOTA: 1003 FOTA URL is unknown
+CFOTA: 1004 FOTA username or password is error
+CFOTA: 1005 FOTA file is not exist
+CFOTA: 1006 The size of FOTA file is invalid
+CFOTA: 1007 Get file failed
+CFOTA: 1008 Check file error
+CFOTA: 1009 FOTA internal error
+CFOTA: 1010 Fota file too large
+CFOTA: 1011 Fota set flag error
+CFOTA: 1012 Fota parameter size error

www.simcom.com 481 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for SCFOTA

23.1 Overview of AT Commands for SCFOTA

Command Description
AT+CAPFOTA Start / Close FOTA service
AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package

NOTE

Currently, only CAT4 modules support at commands for SCFOTA

23.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SCFOTA

23.2.1 AT+CAPFOTA Start / Close FOTA service

AT+CAPFOTA Start / Close FOTA service

Response
Test Command +CAPFOTA: (0-1)
AT+CAPFOTA=?
OK
Response
1)
+CAPFOTA: 0
Read Command
AT+CAPFOTA? OK
2)
+CAPFOTA: 1

www.simcom.com 482 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
Write Command 1)If successfully:
/*Setting FOTA service status*/ OK
AT+CAPFOTA=<on/off> 2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<on/off> The service status on/off, the default value is 0.

0 Close FOTA program
1 Active FOTA program
The function will take effect immediately.

Examples

AT+CAPFOTA=?
+CAPFOTA: (0-1)

OK
AT+CAPFOTA?
+CAPFOTA: 0

OK
AT+CAPFOTA=1
OK

23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package

AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package

Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CSCFOTA=<OEM>,<models
If it can be downloaded:
>,<product ID>,<product
+CSCFOTA: 2
Secret>,<target version>
+CSCFOTA: 3
If download partial is finished:
www.simcom.com 483 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CSCFOTA: 0
If there is no new version detected:
+CSCFOTA: 5
If detect version failed:
+CSCFOTA: <err>
If it cannot be downloaded:
+CSCFOTA: <err>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<OEM> The name of project design company. This name must be the same as
the OEM created on the cloud platform. Otherwise, it will cause
upgrade failed.
<models> The name of the device model. This name must be the same as the
device model created on the cloud platform. Otherwise, it will cause
upgrade failed.
<productID> The product ID that must be the same as the product ID generated on
the cloud platform.
<productSecret> The product secret is used to confirm the identity and usage rights of
the user. It must be the same as the product secret generated on the
cloud platform.
<target version> The version that needs to be upgraded to. This version is published by
the cloud platform.

Examples

AT+CSCFOTA="SIMCom","A7600C","1540907004","f9bbb0d76f894da090b6b69253616561","A760
0C_A39_190327_V1.00"
OK
+CSCFOTA: 2
+CSCFOTA: 3
+CSCFOTA: 0

www.simcom.com 484 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

23.3 Command Result Codes

23.3.1 Command Result Report Codes

Result codes Description

2 Check version is finished
3 Download is finished
4 Download partial finished
5 No new version

23.3.2 Description of <err>

<err> Description
0 OK
1 unknown error (contact supplier)
301 No enough memory
302 Invalid parameter
303 Invalid operation
304 IO failed
305 IO timeout
306 Download file verification failed
307 got canceled
308 Interface nesting error
401 Invalid device information
402 Invalid platform information
403 Missing device information
404 Version number is not configured
405 Internal error (contact supplier)
501 Invalid URL
502 Unable to resolve domain name
503 cannot connect to the server
504 Invalid request, server returned error
505 Not in range
506 HTTP POST request error
507 Re-download start error

www.simcom.com 485 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

508 Operation is aborted

509 Operation not completed
510 Too many retargeting times
511 Unable to get data from SOCKET
512 Error sending data via SOCKET
513 Error receiving data via SOCKET
514 Invalid SOCKET connection

www.simcom.com 486 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for GNSS

24.1 Overview of AT Commands for GNSS

Command Description
AT+CGNSSPWR GNSS power control and AP-Flash control
AT+CGPSCOLD Cold start GPS
AT+CGPSWARM Warm start GPS
AT+CGPSHOT Hot start GPS
AT+CGNSSIPR Configure the baud rate of UART3 and GPS module
AT+CGNSSMODE Configure GNSS support mode
AT+CGNSSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type
AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate
AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode
AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information
AT+CGNSSINFO Get GNSS fixed position information
AT+CGNSSCMD Send command to GNSS
AT+CGNSSTST Send data received from UART3 to NMEA port
AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Select the output port for NMEA sentence
AT+CAGPS Get AGPS data from the AGNSS server for assisted positioning
AT+CGNSSPROD Get the production of GNSS

24.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for GNSS

24.2.1 AT+CGNSSPWR GNSS power control and AP-Flash control

In ASR1603 and ASR1803, this command can control the GNSS module by pulling up/down the power pin,
and it can also control whether the GNSS module can quickly hot start the AP-Flash. If you only want to
enable/disable GNSS control, please execute AT+CGNSSPWR=1 or AT+CGNSSPWR=0. If you want to
enable GNSS and want to use AP_Flash fast hot start mode, please execute AT+CGNSSPWR=1,1 or
www.simcom.com 487 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGNSSPWR=0,1.
When using AP_Flash fast hot start mode, you need to execute AT+CGNSSPWR=0,1 to store the
positioning data in the module after the GNSS is set to the upper position for the first time. When
AT+CGNSSPWR=1,1 is executed next time, the positioning data will be loaded into GNSS again.
.If you want to enable GNSS and want to use GNSS dynamic_load, please execute AT+CGNSSPWR=1,1,1
or AT+CGNSSPWR=1,0,1,The third parameter defaults to 1 and it is optional
In ASR1601, this command can only control the GNSS module by pulling up/down the power pin.

AT+CGNSSPWR GNSS power control and AP-Flash control

Response
+CGNSSPWR:
Test Command <GNSS_Power_status>,<AP_Flash_status>,<GNSS
AT+CGNSSPWR=? _dynamic_load>

OK
Response
+CGNSSPWR:
Read Command <GNSS_Power_status>,<AP_Flash_status>,<GNSS
AT+CGNSSPWR? _dynamic_load>

OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGNSSPWR=<GNSS_Powe
2)if GNSS can work properly:
r_status>[,<AP_Flash_status>]
+CGNSSPWR: READY!
[,<GNSS _dynamic_load>]
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<GNSS_Power_status> 0 Close GNSS

1 Active GNSS
The function will take effect immediately.
<AP_Flash_status> 0 Close GNSS AP_Flash fast hot start mode
1 Active GNSS AP_Flash fast hot start mode
The function will take effect immediately.
<GNSS _dynamic_load> 0 Close GNSS _dynamic_load
1 Active GNSS _dynamic_load
The function will take effect immediately.

www.simcom.com 488 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

NOTE

1. In ASR1601, only the GNSS_Power_status field is supported.

2. In ASR1603, GNSS will take about 9 seconds to updata the version of GNSS, please see
"+CGNSSPWR: READY!" before controlling the GNSS.
3. AP_Flash_status is supported after 27/9/21.
4. "+CGNSSPWR: READY! " is supported after 27/9/21.
5. A7670C-BASS_DTU uses 1601 GPS chip, and the syntax rules are the same as 1601GNSS.

Examples

AT+CGNSSPWR=?
+CGNSSPWR: (0,1),(0,1),(0,1)

OK
AT+CGNSSPWR?
+CGNSSPWR: 1,1,1

OK
AT+CGNSSPWR=1,1,1
OK

+CGNSSPWR: READY!

24.2.2 AT+CGNSSTST Send data received from UART3 to NMEA port

AT+CGNSSTST is used to print raw GPS data to the NMEA port.

AT+CGNSSTST Send data received from UART3 to NMEA port

Response
Test Command +CGNSSTST: (0,1)
AT+CGNSSTST=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGNSSTST: <on/off>
AT+CGNSSTST?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)If successfully:
AT+CGNSSTST=<on/off>
OK

www.simcom.com 489 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<on/off> 0 Stop sending data received from UART3 to NMEA port.

1 Start sending data received from UART3 to NMEA port.
The function will take effect immediately.
If you want to get NMEA data by NMEA port, you should to excute
AT+CGNSSTST=1 first.

Examples

AT+CGNSSTST=?
+CGNSSTST: (0,1)

OK
AT+CGNSSTST?
+CGNSSTST: 0

OK
AT+CGNSSTST=1
OK

24.2.3 AT+CGPSCOLD Cold start GPS

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSCOLD Cold start GPS

Execution Command Response
AT+CGPSCOLD OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Examples
www.simcom.com 490 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGPSCOLD
OK

24.2.4 AT+CGPSWARM Warm start GPS

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSCOLD Warm start GPS

Execution Command Response
AT+CGPSWARM OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

NOTE

1.This command is valid on the ASR1603 projects and ASR1803S projects.

2. A7670C-BASS_DTU uses 1601 GPS chip, and the syntax rules are the same as 1601GNSS.

Examples

AT+CGPSWARM
OK

24.2.5 AT+CGPSHOT Hot start GPS

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSHOT Hot start GPS

Execution Command Response
AT+CGPSHOT OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 491 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+CGPSHOT
OK

24.2.6 AT+CGNSSIPR Configure the baud rate of UART3 and GPS module

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSIPR Configure the baud rate of UART3 and GPS module

Response
Test Command +CGNSSIPR: (list of supported <baud-rate>s)
AT+CGNSSIPR=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGNSSIPR: <baud-rate>
AT+CGNSSIPR?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGNSSIPR=<baud-rate>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value
AT+CGNSSIPR
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<baud-rate> 9600
115200
230400
The function will take effect immediately.

NOTE

www.simcom.com 492 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1. The baud-rate is supported by the ASR1601 projects:

4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200
2. In the ASR1603 projects and ASR1803S project, the baud rate defaults to 115200 after GPS dynamic
loading and upgrading the firmware, and 9600 without GPS dynamic loading.
3. A7670C-BASS_DTU uses 1601 GPS chip, and the syntax rules are the same as 1601GNSS.

Examples

AT+CGNSSIPR=?
+CGNSSIPR: (9600,115200,230400)

OK
AT+CGNSSIPR?
+CGNSSIPR: 9600

OK
AT+CGNSSIPR=9600
OK

24.2.7 AT+CGNSSMODE Configure GNSS support mode

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSMODE Configure GNSS support mode

Response
Test Command +CGNSSMODE: (1-7)
AT+CGNSSMODE=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGNSSMODE: <mode>
AT+CGNSSMODE?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGNSSMODE=<mode>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value 3
AT+CGNSSMODE
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 493 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> 1 GPS L1 + BDS B1 + QZSS

2 BDS B1
3 GPS L1+QZSS
The mode is supported in foreign module:
1 GPS L1+SBAS+QZSS
2 BDS B1
3 GPS+GLONASS+GALILEO+SBAS+QZSS
4 GPS_BDS_GALILEO
The function will take effect immediately.

NOTE

The mode is supported by the ASR1603 projects and ASR1803S projects in the domestic module:
1 GPS
2 BDS
3 GPS + BDS
4 GLONASS
5 GPS + GLONASS
6 BDS + GLONASS
7 GPS + BDS + GLONASS
A7670C-BASS_DTU uses 1601 GPS chip, and the syntax rules are the same as 1601GNSS.

Examples

AT+CGNSSMODE=?
+CGNSSMODE: (1-3)

OK
AT+CGNSSMODE?
+CGNSSMODE: 1

OK
AT+CGNSSMODE=1
OK

www.simcom.com 494 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

24.2.8 AT+CGNSSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type

Response
Test Command +CGNSSNMEA: (0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1)
AT+CGNSSNMEA=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGNSSNMEA: 1,0,1,1,1,0,0,0
AT+CGNSSNMEA?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)If successfully:
AT+CGNSSNMEA=[nGGA,[nGL
OK
L,[nGSA,[nGSV,[nRMC,[nVTG,[
2)If failed:
nZDA,[nGST]]]]]]]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

[nGGA,[nGLL,[nGSA,[nGSV, The range of n is 0-1. It means that the sentence is output every n
[nRMC,[nVTG,[nZDA,[nGST, times, 0 means no output, null means to save the original
]]]]]]]] configuration.
nGGA GGA output rate,default is 1
nGLL GLL output rate,default is 0
nGSA GSA output rate,default is 1
nGSV GSV output rate,default is 1
nRMC RMC output rate,default is 1
nVTG VTG output rate,default is 0
nZDA ZDA output rate,default is 0
nGST GST output rate,default is 0

The function will take effect immediately.

NOTE

The NMEA fields are supported by the ASR1601 projects:

nGGA GGA output rate,default is 1

www.simcom.com 495 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

nGLL GLL output rate,default is 0

nGSA GSA output rate,default is 1
nGSV GSV output rate,default is 1
nRMC RMC output rate,default is 1
nVTG VTG output rate,default is 0
nZDA ZDA output rate,default is 0
nANT ANT output rate,default is 0
nDHV DHV output rate,default is 0
nLPS LPS output rate,default is 0(nonsupport)
res1 reserved,default is 0
res2 reserved,default is 0
nUTC UTC output rate,default is 0(nonsupport)
nGST GST output rate,default is 0

A7670C-BASS_DTU uses 1601 GPS chip, and the syntax rules are the same as 1601GNSS.

Examples

AT+CGNSSNMEA=?
+CGNSSNMEA: (0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1)

OK
AT+CGNSSNMEA?
+CGNSSNMEA: 1,0,1,1,1,0,0,0

OK
AT+CGNSSNMEA=1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK

NOTE

The NMEA fields are supported by the ASR1603 projects and ASR1803S projects:

The range of n is 0-5. It means that the sentence is output every n times, 0 means no output, null
means to save the original configuration.
nGGA GGA output rate,default is 1
nGLL GLL output rate,default is 1
nGSA GSA output rate,default is 1
nGSV GSV output rate,default is 1
nRMC RMC output rate,default is 1
nVTG VTG output rate,default is 1
nZDA ZDA output rate,default is 0
nGST GST output rate,default is 0

www.simcom.com 496 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

24.2.9 AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate

Response
Test Command +CGPSNMEARATE: (1,2,4,5,10)
AT+CGPSNMEARATE=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGPSNMEARATE: <rate>
AT+CGPSNMEARATE?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGPSNMEARATE=<rate>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Execution Command
Set default value 1
AT+CGPSNMEARATE
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<rate> 1 1Hz, one anchor point is output per second

2 2Hz, two anchor points is output per second
5 5Hz, five anchor points is output per second
10 10Hz, ten anchor points is output per second
The function will take effect immediately.

NOTE

The rate is supported by the ASR1601 projects:

1 1Hz, one anchor point is output per second
2 2Hz, two anchor points is output per second
3 4Hz, four anchor points is output per second

www.simcom.com 497 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

4 5Hz, five anchor points is output per second

5 10Hz, ten anchor points is output per second

Examples

AT+CGPSNMEARATE=?
+CGPSNMEARATE: (1,2,5,10)

OK
AT+CGPSNMEARATE?
+CGPSNMEARATE: 1

OK
AT+CGPSNMEARATE=2
OK

24.2.10 AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode

Test Command Response
AT+CGPSFTM=? OK
Response
Read Command +CGPSFTM: 0/1
AT+CGPSFTM?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGPSFTM=<on/off>
2)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<on/off> 0 Close test mode

www.simcom.com 498 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 Start test mode

The function will take effect immediately.

NOTE

1.GBGSV field will replace BDGSV field after dynamic loading is complete in ASR1603 and ASR1803
Series projects.
2. GAGSV field will supported by the ASR1603 and ASR1803 Series projects after dynamic loading is
complete.
3. GLGSV and GAGSV field will supported by the ASR1603 and ASR1803 Series projects in foreign
modules after dynamic loading is complete.

Examples

AT+CGPSFTM?
+CGPSFTM: 0

OK
AT+CGPSFTM=1
OK
+GLGSV,78,20.6,66,25.6,77,21.6,79,21.9,67,26.2,
68,23.6
+GPGSV,10,36.3,12,33.5,14,26.5,15,27.0,18,30.6
,20,29.4,21,14.9,24,32.8,25,30.6,31,29.1,32,27.0
+BDGSV,201,28.7,204,29.0,206,27.3,207,25.9,20
9,25.0,210,18.5

24.2.11 AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information

Response
Test Command +CGPSINFO: (0-255)
AT+CGPSINFO=?
OK
Response
Read Command
+CGPSINFO: <time>
AT+CGPSINFO?

www.simcom.com 499 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK
+CGPSINFO: [<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC
Write Command
time>],[<alt>],[<speed>],[<course>]
AT+CGPSINFO=<time>
2)If <time>=0:
OK
3)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Execution Command +CGPSINFO: [<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC
AT+CGPSINFO time>],[<alt>],[<speed>],[<course>]
OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<time> The rang is 0-255, unit is second. after set <time> will report the GPS
information every the seconds.
The function will take effect immediately.
<lat> Latitude of current position. Output format is ddmm.mmmmmm.
<N/S> N/S Indicator, N=north or S=south.
<log> Longitude of current position. Output format is dddmm.mmmmmm.
<E/W> E/W Indicator, E=east or W=west.
<date> Date. Output format is ddmmyy.
<UTC time> UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.ss.
<alt> MSL Altitude. Unit is meters.
<speed> Speed Over Ground. Unit is knots.
<course> Course. Degrees.

Examples

AT+CGPSINFO=?
+CGPSINFO: (0-255)

OK
AT+CGPSINFO?
+CGPSINFO: 0

www.simcom.com 500 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
AT+CGPSINFO
+CGPSINFO:3113.343286,N,12121.234064,E,250311,072809.33,44.1,0.0,0

OK

24.2.12 AT+CGNSSINFO Get GNSS fixed position information

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSINFO Get GNSS fixed position information

Response
Test Command +CGNSSINFO: (0-255)
AT+CGNSSINFO=?
OK
Response
Read Command +CGNSSINFO: <time>
AT+CGNSSINFO?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+CGNSSINFO:
Write Command [<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>],[<GLONASS-SVs>],[BEIDOU-SVs],[<l
AT+CGNSSINFO=<time> at>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>],[<s
peed>],[<course>],[<PDOP>],[HDOP],[VDOP]
2)If <time>=0:
OK
3)If failed:
ERROR
Response
+CGNSSINFO:
[<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>],[<GLONASS-SVs>],[BEIDOU-SVs],[<l
Execution Command
at>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>],[<s
AT+CGNSSINFO
peed>],[<course>],[<PDOP>],[HDOP],[VDOP]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 501 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<time> The rang is 0-255, unit is second. after set <time> will report the
GNSS information every the seconds.
The function will take effect immediately.
<mode> Fix mode 2=2D fix 3=3D fix
<GPS-SVs> GPS satellite visible numbers
<GLONASS-SVs> GLONASS satellite visible numbers
<BEIDOU-SVs> BEIDOU satellite visible numbers
<lat> Latitude of current position.Output format is dd.ddddd
<N/S> N/S Indicator, N=north or S=south.
<log> Longitude of current position. Output format is ddd.ddddd
<E/W> E/W Indicator, E=east or W=west.
<date> Date. Output format is ddmmyy.
<UTC-time> UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.ss.
<alt> MSL Altitude. Unit is meters.
<speed> Speed Over Ground. Unit is knots.
<course> Course. Degrees.
<PDOP> Position Dilution Of Precision.
<HDOP> Horizontal Dilution Of Precision.
<VDOP> Vertical Dilution Of Precision.

Examples

AT+CGNSSINFO=?
+CGNSSINFO: (0-255)

OK
AT+CGNSSINFO?
+CGNSSINFO: 0

OK
AT+CGNSSINFO
+CGNSSINFO:
2,09,05,00,3113.330650,N,12121.262554,E,131117,091918.00,32.9,0.0,255.0,1.1,0.8,0.7

OK
AT+CGNSSINFO (if not fix, will report null)
+CGNSSINFO:,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
OK

NOTE
www.simcom.com 502 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

In the ASR1603 and ASR1803S platforms, the domestic version of +CGNSSINFO reported information
as follows: +CGNSSINFO:
[<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>],[BEIDOU-SVs],[<lat>],[<N/S >],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>],[
<speed>],[<course>],[ <PDOP>],[HDOP],[VDOP]. [<valid-SVs>]
The information reported by the foreign version of +CGNSSINFO is as follows: +CGNSSINFO:
[<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>], [BEIDOU-SVs], [<GLONASS-SVs>], [<GALILEO-SVs>],[<
lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>],[<speed> ],[<course>],[<PDOP>],[HDOP],[
VDOP].

24.2.13 AT+CGNSSCMD Send command to GNSS

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSCMD Send command to GNSS

Response
Test Command +CGNSSCMD: "CmdString"
AT+CGNSSCMD=?
OK
Response
1)If send OK:
Write Command
OK
AT+CGNSSCMD=<CmdString>
2)If send false:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<CmdString> Command string, max length of string is 510.

For example: if you want to send "$PCAS02,1000*2E<CR><LF>"
command to GNSS.
You can use:
AT+CGNSSCMD="$PCAS02,1000*2E"
Or:
AT+CGNSSCMD="245043415330322C313030302A3245"

Examples
www.simcom.com 503 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGNSSCMD=?
+CGNSSCMD: "CmdString"

OK
AT+CGNSSCMD="$PCAS02,1000*2E"
OK

24.2.14 AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Select the output port for NMEA sentence

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”. AT+CGNSSTST=1 is used to
output original NMEA data to USB NMEA port or UART port.

AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH Select the output port for NMEA sentence

Response
Test Command +CGNSSPORTSWITCH: (0,1),(0,1)
AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH=?
OK
Response
+CGNSSPORTSWITCH:
Read Command
<parse_data_port>,<nmea_data_port>
AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH?

OK
Response
Write Command
1)If send OK:
AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH=<par
OK
se_data_port>[,<nmea_data_po
2)If send false:
rt>]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<parse_data_port> 0 output the parsed data of NMEA to USB AT port.

1 output the parsed data of NMEA to UART port.
<nmea_data_port> 0 output raw NMEA data to USB NMEA port.
1 output raw NMEA data to UART port.

Examples
www.simcom.com 504 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH=?
+CGNSSPORTSWITCH: (0,1),(0,1)

OK
AT+CGNSSPORTSWITCH=0,1
OK

24.2.15 AT+CAGPS Get AGPS data from the AGNSS server for assisted positioning

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CAGPS Get AGPS data from the AGNSS server for assisted positioning
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

+AGPS: success.
Execution Command
2)If failed:
AT+CAGPS
ERROR
3)If failed:
OK

+AGPS: <error code>.

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<error code> 101 open socket unsuccessfully.

102 get the AGNSS server unsuccessfully.
103 connect to AGNSS server unsuccessfully.
104 write information to socket unsuccessfully.
105 read AGPS data from socket unsuccessfully.

Examples

AT+CAGPS
OK

www.simcom.com 505 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+AGPS: success.

24.2.16 AT+CGNSSPROD Get the production of GNSS

This command is valid after the URC reports “+CGNSSPWR: READY!”.

AT+CGNSSPROD Get the production of GNSS

Response

Test Command
AT+CGNSSPROD=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
PRODUCT: <prodname>,<model>,<vers>
Execution Command
AT+CGNSSPROD
OK
2)If the GNSS is power off:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -
Defined Values

<prodname> The production of GNSS,there are CASIC and UNICORECOMM

currently.
<model> The product model of GNSS.
<vers> The firewarm version of GNSS.
Examples

AT+CGNSSPROD=?
OK
AT+CGNSSPROD
PRODUCT: CASIC

OK
AT+CGNSSPROD
PRODUCT: UNICORECOMM,UC6226NIS,R3.2.10.0Build8016

OK
AT+CGNSSPROD
ERROR

www.simcom.com 506 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for WIFI

25.1 Overview of AT Commands for WIFI

Command Description
AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network
AT+CWSTASCANEX Scan WIFI network extension command
AT+CWSTASCANSYN Asynchronous control command of scan wifi networK
AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI
AT+CWSSID SSID setting
AT+CWAUTH Authentication setting
AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting
AT+CWISO Client isolation setting
AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address
AT+CWNETCNCT Query the connection to the network

25.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for WIFI

The ASR1803S platform does not support wifi scanning commands: AT+CWSTASCAN,
AT+CWSTASCANEX, AT+CWSTASCANSYN.
Wifi scanning function description:
a) Wifi scanning is not supported in dual-SIM dual-standby mode.
b) Wifi scanning is a low-priority task, which is executed only in the idle state where there is no phone call,
no network search, and no data transmission.

25.2.1 AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network

AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network

Test Command Response
AT+CWSTASCAN=? +CWSTASCAN: (0-1)

www.simcom.com 507 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CWSTASCAN? +CWSTASCAN: <flag_show_signal>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWSTASCAN=<flag_sh 1)if the mode is 0 or 1:
ow_signal> OK
2)
ERROR
Execution Command Response
AT+CWSTASCAN +CWSTASCAN:
[
<bssid>,<channel_num>,[signal]
[……]]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<flag_show_signal> 0 Don’t show the signal level.

1 Show the signal level. It’s the default value.
<bssid> The MAC address of external wireless network.
<channel_num> The channel number of external wireless network.
<signal> The signal level of external wireless network.

Examples

AT+CWSTASCAN=?
+CWSTASCAN: (0-1)

OK
AT+CWSTASCAN=1
OK
AT+CWSTASCAN?
+CWSTASCAN: 1

OK
AT+CWSTASCAN
www.simcom.com 508 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CWSTASCAN:

50:FA:84:AF:C8:B9,11,-61

86:40:BB:00:2E:AD,11,-65

1C:15:1F:55:56:7A,1,-76

B0:D5:9D:AF:57:A1,6,-79

30:7B:AC:6C:F9:B0,1,-81

OK

25.2.2 AT+CWSTASCANEX Scan WIFI network extension command

AT+CWSTASCANEX Scan WIFI network extension command

Response
Test Command +CWSTASCANEX: (0-1),(1-3),(4-10),(0-255),(0-1)
AT+CWSTASCANEX=?
OK
Read Command Response
AT+CWSTASCANEX? +CWSTASCANEX:
<flag_show_signal>,<scan_round_num>,<scan_max_bssid_num
>,<scan_timeout>,<scan_priority>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWSTASCANEX=<flag_ 1)
show_signal>[,<scan_roun OK
d_num>[,<scan_max_bssid 2)
_num>[,<scan_timeout>[,<s ERROR
can_priority>]]]]
Execution Command Response
AT+CWSTASCANEX +CWSTASCANEX:
[
<bssid>,<channel_num>,[signal]
[… …]]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -

www.simcom.com 509 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time -

Reference

Defined Values

<flag_show_signal> 0 Don’t show the signal level.

1 Show the signal level. It’s the default value.
<scan_round_num> The range is 1-3, means the number of rounds of WIFI scan.
<scan_max_bssid_num> The range is 4-10, maximum number of bssid per WIFI scan.
<scan_timeout> The range is 0-255, timeout.
<scan_priority> The range is 0-1, priority.
<bssid> The MAC address of external wireless network.
<channel_num> The channel number of external wireless network.
<signal> The signal level of external wireless network.

Examples

AT+CWSTASCANEX=?
+CWSTASCANEX: (0-1),(1-3),(4-10),(0-255),(0-1)

OK
AT+CWSTASCANEX=1,3,4,25,0
OK
AT+CWSTASCANEX?
+CWSTASCANEX: 1,3,4,25,0

OK
AT+CWSTASCANEX
+CWSTASCANEX:

08:4F:0A:CA:45:80,6,-64

92:32:4B:9F:E2:EB,1,-66

08:4F:0A:CA:45:40,1,-79

1C:15:1F:FD:C7:6C,6,-83

OK

www.simcom.com 510 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

25.2.3 AT+CWSTASCANSYN Asynchronous control command of scan wifi network

AT+CWSTASCANSYN Asynchronous control command of scan wifi network

Response
Test Command +CWSTASCANSYN: (0-1)
AT+CWSTASCANSYN=?
OK
Response
1) If op==1 and parameter format is right, response 0 indicates the
end of the scan response
OK

Write Command [+CWSTASCANSYN: <mac_addr>,<channel_number>,<rssi>

AT+CWSTASCANSYN=<op> ,[… …]]
[,<scan_para>]
+CWSTASCANSYN: 0
2) If op==0 and parameter format is right,
OK
3)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<op> 0 Stop scan wifi network.

1 Start scan wifi network.
<scan_para> 0 Scan without parameters.
1 Scan with parameters that was set by +CWSTASCANEX.
<mac_addr> The MAC address of external wireless network.
<channel_number> The channel number of external wireless network.
<rssi> The signal level of external wireless network.

Examples
AT+CWSTASCANSYN=?
+CWSTASCANSYN: (0-1)

OK
AT+CWSTASCANSYN=1
OK

www.simcom.com 511 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CWSTASCANSYN: "08:4F:0A:CA:45:80",6,-64

+CWSTASCANSYN: "92:32:4B:9F:E2:EB",1,-66

+CWSTASCANSYN: "1C:15:1F:FD:C7:6C",6,-83

+CWSTASCANSYN: 0
AT+CWSTASCANSYN=0
OK
AT+CWSTASCANEX=1,1,4,25,0
OK
AT+CWSTASCANSYN=1,1
OK

+CWSTASCANSYN: "08:4F:0A:CA:45:80",6,-64

+CWSTASCANSYN: "92:32:4B:9F:E2:EB",1,-66

+CWSTASCANSYN: "1C:15:1F:FD:C7:6C",6,-83

+CWSTASCANSYN: 0

25.2.4 AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI

AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI

Test Command Response
AT+CWMAP=? +CWMAP:(0-1)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CWMAP? +CWMAP:<flag>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWMAP=<flag> 1)if the mode is 0 or 1:
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

www.simcom.com 512 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<flag > 0 Close WIFI

1 Open WIFI

Examples

AT+CWMAP?
+CWMAP:1

OK

AT+CWMAP=0
OK

25.2.5 AT+CWSSID SSID setting

AT+CWSSID SSID setting

Read Command Response
AT+CWSSID? + CWSSID:<ssid>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWSSID=<ssid> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<ssid> new ssid string

1. The max length of <ssid> is 128 bytes when the <ssid> include
only ASCII characters.
The default value is Mrvl-uAP-X-XXX.

Examples

AT+CWSSID?

www.simcom.com 513 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CWSSID:Mrvl-uAP-X-C7FC

OK

25.2.6 AT+CWAUTH Authentication setting

AT+ CWAUTH Authentication setting

Read Command Response
AT+CWAUTH=? +CWAUTH:<auth>,<encrypt>[,<password>]

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWAUTH=<auth>,<encr OK
ypt>[,<password>] or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<auth> 0 – open/share
1 – open
2 – share
3 – wpa
4 – wpa2
5 – wpa/wpa2
<encrypt> 0 – null
1 – WEP
2 – TKIP
3 – AES
<password> password string, the length is 5 or betwwen 8 to 64. The char in the
password is only allow the ASCII’s decimal code betwwen 32 to 126.

NOTE

The parameter need to meet the following conditions:

1. If (auth = 0) then (encrypt = 0)
1. If (auth = 1) then (encrypt = 1)
2. If (auth = 2) then (encrypt = 1)

www.simcom.com 514 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

3. If (auth >=3) then (encrypt >=2)

4. If(encrypt = 0) then (password is null)
5. If(encrypt = 1) then
{
1) password can’t be set null
2) password format: (5 ASCII character) or (10 hexadecimal number) or(13 ASCII character)
or(26 hexadecimal number)
}
6. if(encrypt >= 2) then
{
1) password can’t be set null
2) password format: (8~63 ASCII character or 64 hexadecimal number)
}

Examples

AT+CWAUTH?
+CWAUTH:0,1, "11111"

OK

AT+CWAUTH?
+CWAUTH:5,4, "12345678"

OK

AT+CWAUTH=0,0
OK //Auth:open/share encrypt:null
AT+CWAUTH=1,1,"11111"
OK //Auth:open encrypt: WEP
AT+CWAUTH=2,1,"12345"
OK //Auth:share encrypt: WEP
//(ASCII character password:12345)
AT+CWAUTH=2,1,"3132333435"
OK //Auth:share encrypt:WEP
//(sixteen hexadecimal number: password 12345)
AT+CWAUTH=5,4,"abcd1234"
OK //Auth:WPA/WPA2 encrypt:TIKP-AES

www.simcom.com 515 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

25.2.7 AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting

AT+CWMAP mode and channel setting

Read Command Response
AT+CWMOCH? +CWMOCH:<mode>,<channel>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWMOCH=<mode>,<ch OK
annel> or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<mode> 2–b 2.4G mode

3 – b/g 2.4G mode
4 – b/g/n 2.4G mode
<channel> 0 – auto select
1~11 – 2.4Gmode channel number

Examples

AT+CWMOCH?
+CWMOCH:4,0

OK

AT+CWMOCH=3,1
OK

25.2.8 AT+CWISO Client isolation setting

AT+CWISO Client isolation setting

Test Command Response
AT+CWISO=? +CWISO:(0-1)

www.simcom.com 516 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Read Command Response
AT+CWISO? +CWMOCH:<mode>,<channel>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CWISO=<isolation> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<isolation> 0 Close
1 Open

Examples

AT+CWISO?
+CWISO:1

OK

AT+CWISO=0
OK

25.2.9 AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address

AT+CWISO Client isolation setting

Test Command Response
AT+CWMACADDR=? [<number>,<mac_addr>
[… …]]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

www.simcom.com 517 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<number> 0 – host mac addr

1 – client mac addr
… – client mac addr
<mac_addr> Device mac address

Examples

AT+CWMACADDR?

0,00:0A:F5:88:88:8F
1,74:23:44:8f:64:fd

OK

25.2.10 AT+CWCLICNT Get client number connected to the WIFI

AT+CWISO Client isolation setting

Read Command Response
AT+CWCLICNT? +CWCLICNT: <cnt>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<cnt> the connected client count, range is from 0 to 32.

Examples

AT+CWCLICNT?

+CWCLICNT: 1

OK

www.simcom.com 518 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Bluetooth

26.1 Overview of AT Commands for Bluetooth

Command Description
AT+BLEPOWER Power on/off Ble Device
AT+BLESTATUS Inquiry current BLE connect status
AT+BLEHOST Get or Set host name
AT+BLEADDR Get or Set ble address
AT+BLESREG Register GATT Server
AT+BLESDREG Deregister GATT Server
AT+BLESSAD Add a service
AT+BLESSRM Remove a service
AT+BLESSCAD Add a characteristic to an existed service
AT+BLESSCRM Remove a characteristic
AT+BLESSDAD Add a descriptor to an existed characteristic
AT+BLESSDRM Remove a descriptor
AT+BLESSSTART Start a server
AT+BLESSSTOP Stop a server
AT+BLESSETADVDATA Set adverting package
AT+BLESCLRADVDATA Clear adverting package
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM Set adverting parameters
AT+BLESLSTART Start advertising
AT+BLESLSTOP Stop advertising
AT+BLEADV Set adverting parameters
AT+BLEDISCONN Disconnect BLE connection
AT+BLESIND Send an indication to a client
AT+BLESNTY Send a notice to a client
AT+BLESRSP Send a Response to a Client’S Read or Write Operation
+BLESRREQ Read request received from remote device
+BLESWREQ Write request received from remote device
+BLESCON Notify When a Connection’s Status Change
+BLEMTU Exchange mtu request received from remote device
AT+BLECREG Register GATT Client

www.simcom.com 519 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BLECDREG Deregister GATT Client

AT+BLESCAN Scan Surrounding BLE Device
+BLESCANRST Notify When Find a BLE Device
AT+BLECGDT Get Device Type
AT+BLECCON Connect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device
AT+BLECDISC Disconnect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device
AT+BLECSS Search Peer’s Service
AT+BLECGC Search Peer’s Characteristic
AT+BLECGD Search Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor
AT+BLECRC Read Peer’s Characteristic
AT+BLECWC Write Peer’s Characteristic
AT+BLECRD Read Peer’s Descriptor
AT+BLECWD Write Peer’s Descriptor
+BLECNTY Notify When Get a Notication from Peer’s Device
+BLECIND Notify When Get a Indication from Peer’s Device
AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT Device
AT+BTHOST Get/Set BT Device Name
AT+BTADDR Get/Set BT Device Address
AT+BTSCAN Scan BT Device
AT+BTIOCAP Get/Set BT Device IO Capability
AT+BTPAIR Pair With Other BT Device
AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair With The Paired BT Device
AT+BTPAIRED Get Paired BT Device
AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive Local SPP Service
AT+BTSPPPROF Get Remote BT Device SPP Service Status
AT+BTSPPCONN Establish/Release SPP Connection
AT+BTSPPSEND SPP Send Data
+BTSPPRECV SPP Receive Data

NOTE

Currently, only A7678 Series support AT commands for BLE. ASR1603_011_051 version SDK support
AT command for BT.

26.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BLE

The client and server can be created and used at the same time, but only one connection is supported.

www.simcom.com 520 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.1 AT+BLEPOWER Power on/off Ble Device

AT+BLEPOWER=1 is used to power on ble device. You must execute AT+BLEPOWER=1 before any other
ble related operations.

AT+BLEPOWER Power on/off Ble Device

Test Command Response
AT+BLEPOWER=? OK
Response
+BLEPOWER: <status>
Read Command
AT+BLEPOWER? OK
Or
ERROR
Response
Write Command OK
AT+BLEPOWER=<op> Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 12000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<status> This parameter has the following two values:

0 the current device is closed.
1 the current device is open.
<op> This parameter has the following two values:
0 power off the ble device
1 power on the ble device

Examples

AT+BLEPOWER=?
OK
AT+BLEPOWER=1
OK

NOTE

When the Bluetooth is turned off, the client information is cleared and the connection status of the
server is reset.
www.simcom.com 521 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.2 AT+BLESTATUS Inquiry Current BLE Connect Status

AT+BLESTATUS Inquiry Current BLE Connect Status

Test Command Response
AT+BLESTATUS=? OK
Response
If ble has no connection:
OK
Read Command
else:
AT+BLESTATUS?
+BLESTATUS: <conn_id>,<gatts_type>,<user_id>,<addr>

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<conn_id> The connection id of current connection

<gatts_type> The values are as follows:
0 None.
1 Gatt Server.
2 Gatt Client.
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.Length is 8.
<addr> Address of the peer device.

Examples

AT+BLESTATUS=?
OK
AT+BLESTATUS?
+BLESTATUS: 0,1,ABCDEF00,c0:65:29:48:56:ef
OK

www.simcom.com 522 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.3 AT+BLEHOST Inquiry and Set Host Device Name

AT+BLEHOST Inquiry and Set Host Device Name

Test Command Response
AT+BLEHOST=? OK
Response
Read Command +BLEHOST: <name>,<address>
AT+BLEHOST?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLEHOST=<name> OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<name> Device name, max length of it is 18 bytes

<address> Device address

Examples

AT+BLEHOST=?
OK
AT+BLEHOST?
+BLEHOST: SIMCOM BLE,"df:45:e6:29:65:c0"

OK
AT+BLEHOST="SIMCOM BLE"
OK

26.2.4 AT+BLEADDR Inquiry and Set Device Address

AT+BLEADDR Inquiry and Set Device Address

Test Command Response
AT+BLEADDR=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLEADDR? +BLEADDR: <address>

www.simcom.com 523 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
Write Command +BLEADDR: <address>
AT+BLEADDR=<address>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<address> Device address

Examples

AT+BLEADDR=?
OK
AT+BLEADDR?
+BLEADDR: "df:45:e6:29:65:c0"

OK
AT+BLEADDR="C0:00:00:00:00:01"
+BLEADDR: "c0:00:00:00:00:01"

OK

26.2.5 AT+BLESREG Register GATT Server

AT+BLESREG Register GATT Server

Test Command Response
AT+BLESREG=? OK
Response
If the server has already been registered, response
+BLESREG: <server_index>,<user_id>
Read Command …
AT+BLESREG? +BLESREG: <server_index>,<user_id>

OK
else only response
www.simcom.com 524 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
Response
+BLESREG: <server_index>,<user_id>
Execution Command
AT+BLESREG OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index, the number of registered servers is limited to 64.

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.
A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLESREG=?
OK
AT+BLESREG
+BLESREG: 0, ABCDEF50

OK
AT+BLESREG?
+BLESREG: 0,ABCDEF50

OK

26.2.6 AT+BLESDREG Deregister GATT Server

AT+BLESDREG Deregister GATT Server

Test Command Response
AT+BLESDREG=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLESDREG? OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLESDREG=<server_index +BLESDREG: <server_index>,<user_id>
www.simcom.com 525 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

>
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.
A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLESDREG=?
OK
AT+BLESDREG?
OK
AT+BLESDREG=0
+BLESDREG: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

26.2.7 AT+BLESSAD Add a Service

AT+BLESSAD Add a Service

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSAD=? OK
Response
If the server has already been registered, response
+BLESSAD:
<service_index>,<user_id>,<uuid>,<is_primary>,<inst>,<serv
Read Command
ice_handle>
AT+BLESSAD?
…
+BLESSAD:
<service_index>,<user_id>,<uuid>,<is_primary>,<inst>,<serv
ice_handle>
www.simcom.com 526 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLESSAD:
Write Command <service_index>,<user_id>,<uuid>,<is_primary>,<inst>,<serv
AT+BLESSAD=<server_index>, ice_handle>
<uuid>,<num_handles>,<is_pri
mary>,<inst> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server Index. Generated when the server is created.

<service_index> Service Index, the number of registered services is limited to 64.
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.
A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<uuid> The uuid of the service. Max length is 32.
<num_handles> Reserve.
<is_primary> The values are as follows:
1 primary service.
<inst> Reserve.
<service_handle> The handle of this service. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLESSAD=?
OK
AT+BLESSAD=0,"1802",30,1,0
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF50,1802,1,0,0

OK
AT+BLESSAD?
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF50,1802,1,0,0

OK

www.simcom.com 527 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.8 AT+BLESSRM Remove a Service

AT+BLESSRM Remove a Service

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSRM=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLESSRM? OK
Response
+BLESSRM:
<service_index>,<user_id>,<uuid>,<service_handle>
Write Command
AT+BLESSRM=<service_index>
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<service_index> Service Index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.
A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<uuid> The UUID of the service, a string with hex value, length is 4.
<service_handle> The handle of this service. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLESSRM=?
OK
AT+BLESSRM?
OK
AT+BLESSRM=0
+BLESSRM: 0,ABCDEF50,1802,0

OK

www.simcom.com 528 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.9 AT+BLESSCAD Add a Characteristic to an Existed Service

AT+BLESSCAD Add a Characteristic to an Existed Service

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSCAD=? OK
Response
If the server has already been registered, response
+BLESSCAD:
<char_index>,<user_id>,<char_uuid>,<inst>,<char_handle>
…
Read Command
+BLESSCAD:
AT+BLESSCAD?
<char_index>,<user_id>,<char_uuid>,<inst>,<char_handle>

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLESSCAD:
Write Command
<char_index>,<user_id>,<char_uuid>,<inst>,<char_handle>
AT+BLESSCAD=<service_inde
x>,<char_uuid>,<inst>,<pro
OK
p>,<permission>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<service_index> Service Index

<char_index> Characteristic index, the number of registered characteristics is limited
to 64.
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server. A Hex value
string. Each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<char_uuid> The UUID of the characteristic. Max length is 32.
<inst> Not use.
<prop> The characteristic’s properties. It should be a combination of the
following values:
1 Broadcast
2 Read
4 Write without response
8 Write

www.simcom.com 529 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

16 Notify
32 Indicate
64 Authenticated Signed Writes
128 Extended properties
<permission> Permission of this characteristic.
It should be a combination of the following values:
Read 1
Write 2
<char_handle> The handle of this Characteristic. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLESSCAD=?
OK
AT+BLESSCAD=0,"2A06",4,38,3
+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF50,2A06,4,0

OK
AT+BLESSCAD?
+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF50,2A06,4,38,3,0

OK

26.2.10 AT+BLESSCRM Remove a Characteristic

AT+BLESSCRM Remove a Characteristic

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSCRM=? OK
Response
+BLESSCRM:
<char_index>,<user_id>,<char_uuid>
Write Command
AT+BLESSCRM=<char_index>
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values
www.simcom.com 530 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<char_index> Characteristic index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server. A Hex value
string. Each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<char_uuid> The UUID of the characteristic, a string with hex value, length is 4.

Examples

AT+BLESSCRM=?
OK
AT+BLESSCRM=0
+BLESSCRM: 0,ABCDEF50,2A06

OK

26.2.11 AT+BLESSDAD Add a Descriptor to an Existed Characteristic

AT+BLESSDAD Add a Descriptor to an Existed Characteristic

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSDAD=? OK
Response
If the server has already been registered, response
+BLESSDAD:
<desc_index>,<char_uuid> ,<desc_uuid>,<inst>,<desc_handl
e>
…
Read Command
+BLESSDAD:
AT+BLESSDAD?
<desc_index>,<char_uuid> ,<desc_uuid>,<inst>,<desc_handl
e>

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLESSDAD:
Write Command <desc_index>,<char_uuid> ,<desc_uuid>,<inst>,<desc_handl
AT+BLESSDAD=<char_index e>
>,<desc_uuid>,<inst>,<pe
rmission> OK
or
ERROR

www.simcom.com 531 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<char_index> Characteristic index

<desc_index> Descriptor Index
<char_uuid> The UUID of the characteristic, max length is 32.
<desc_uuid> The UUID of the descriptor, the rules as follows:
1.can’t add multiple the same descriptor to a characteristic.
2.can’t add descriptor to a characteristic if server is already active.
3.max length is 32.
4.available value is 2900,2901,2902,2903,2904,2905.
<inst> Not use.
<permission> Permission of this characteristic. Dec format.
It should be a combination of the following values:
Read 1
Write 2
<desc_handle> Handle of this descriptor. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLEPOWER=1
OK

AT+BLESREG?
OK

AT+BLESREG
+BLESREG: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSAD?
OK

AT+BLESSAD=0,"1603",30,1,4
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF00,1603,1,4,0

OK

AT+BLESSCAD=0,"8901",4,54,3
www.simcom.com 532 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF00,8901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2901",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 0,8901,2901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2902",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 1,8901,2902,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2901",4,0
ERROR

AT+BLEADV=0,1,1,1,0
+BLEADV: ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSSTART=0,0
+BLESSSTART: 0,ABCDEF00,0

OK

AT+BLESLSTART=0
+BLESLSTART: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2903",4,0
ERROR

26.2.12 AT+BLESSDRM Remove a Descriptor

AT+BLESSDRM Add a Descriptor to an Existed Service

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSDRM=? OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLESSDRM=<desc_index> +BLESSDRM: <desc_index>,<desc_uuid>

www.simcom.com 533 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<desc_index> Descriptor Index

<desc_uuid> The UUID of the descriptor, a string with hex value, length is 4.

Examples

AT+BLESSDRM=?
OK
AT+BLESSDRM=0
+BLESSDRM: 0,0210

OK

26.2.13 AT+BLESSSTART Start a Server

AT+BLESSSTART Start a Server

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSSTART=? OK
Response
If no started device:
OK
Read Command Else
AT+BLESSSTART? +BLESSSTART:
<server_index>,<user_id>,<server_ble_link_handle>

OK
Response
Write Command +BLESSSTART:
AT+BLESSSTART=<server_ind <server_index>,<user_id>,<server_ble_link_handle>
ex>,<transport>
OK
www.simcom.com 534 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index. Generated when the server is created.

<transport> Not use.
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server. A Hex value
string. Each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<server_ble_link_handle> The ble link handle of this server. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLESSSTART=?
OK
AT+BLESSSTART=0,0
+BLESSSTART: 0,ABCDEF50,0

OK

26.2.14 AT+BLESSSTOP Stop a Server

AT+BLESSSTOP Stop a Server

Test Command Response
AT+BLESSSTOP=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLESSSTOP? OK
Response
+BLESSSTOP:
Write Command <server_index>,<user_id>,<server_ble_link_handle>
AT+BLESSSTOP=<server_inde
x> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms

www.simcom.com 535 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index. Generated when the server is created.(server should

stop after ble advertising stop)
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string. Each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.
<server_ble_link_handle> The ble link handle of this server. Dec format.

Examples

AT+BLEPOWER=1
OK

AT+BLESREG?
OK

AT+BLESREG
+BLESREG: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSAD?
OK

AT+BLESSAD=0,"1603",30,1,4
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF00,1603,1,4,0

OK

AT+BLESSCAD=0,"8901",4,54,3
+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF00,8901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2901",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 0,8901,2901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2902",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 1,8901,2902,0,0

www.simcom.com 536 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

AT+BLEADV=0,1,1,1,0
+BLEADV: ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSSTART=0,0
+BLESSSTART: 0,ABCDEF00,0

OK

AT+BLESLSTART=0
+BLESLSTART: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSSTOP=0
ERROR

AT+BLESLSTOP=0
+BLESLSTOP: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSSTOP=0
+BLESSSTOP: 0,ABCDEF00,0

OK

26.2.15 AT+BLESSETADVDATA Set Adverting Package

This command is incompatible with the +BLEHOST and +BLEADV command. If the above commands are
used at same time, only this command will take effect.

AT+BLESSETADVDATA Set Adverting Package

Response
Test Command +BLESSETADVDATA: <server_index>,<type>,<value>
AT+BLESSETADVDATA=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLESSETADVDATA=<serve 1)if <type> and <value> is ignored:

www.simcom.com 537 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

r_index>[,<type>,<value>] +BLESSETDAVDATA: [<adv_data>]

OK
2)else:
OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index, generated when the server is register.

<type> LE adverting package type, consistent with Bluetooth standard
documents. Common values are as follows:
0x01: Flags
0x09: Complete Local Name
0xFF: Manufacturer Specific Data
For other types of values, please refer to the description of generic
access profile in the standard document
<value> LE adverting package data. String Type, max length is 29. If the format
is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal string, DATA
will be transcoded and set.
<adv_data> Adverting package currently set, is a hexadecimal string.

Examples

AT+BLESSETADVDATA=?
+BLESSETADVDATA:
<server_index>,<type>,<value>

OK
AT+BLESSETADVDATA=0
+BLESSETADVDATA:

OK
AT+BLESSETADVDATA=0,1,"HEX{01}"
OK

www.simcom.com 538 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.16 AT+BLESCLRADVDATA Clear Adverting package

This command is only used to clear the adverting package set by +BLESSETADVDATA command.

AT+BLESCLRADVDATA Clear Adverting package

Test Command Response
AT+BLESCLRADVDATA=? OK
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+BLESCLRADVDATA=<serve
or
r_index>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Service index, generated when the server is register.

Examples

AT+BLESCLRADVDATA=?
OK
AT+BLESCLRADVDATA=0
OK

26.2.17 AT+BLESSETADVPARAM Set Adverting Paramters

AT+BLESSETADVPARAM Set Adverting Parameters

Response
+BLESSETADVPARAM:
<server_index>,<adv_interval_min>,<adv_interval_max>,<ad
Test Command v_type>,<own_address_type>,<peer_address_type>,<peer_a
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM=? ddress>,<adv_channel_map>,<adv_filter_policy>,<adv_tx_po
wer>

OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM=<ser +BLESSETDAVDPARAM:
ver_index>[,<adv_interval_min <adv_interval_min>,<adv_interval_max>,<adv_type>,<own_a

www.simcom.com 539 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

>,<adv_interval_max>[,<adv_ty ddress_type>,<peer_address_type>,<peer_address>,<adv_c
pe>[,<own_address_type>[,<pe hannel_map>,<adv_filter_policy>,<adv_tx_power_dBm>
er_address_type>,<peer_addre
ss>[,<adv_channel_map>[,<adv OK
_filter_policy>[,<adv_tx_power
>]]]]]]]
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index, generated when the server is register.

Hexademical number type.Minimum advertising interval for undirected and
<adv_interval_min> low duty cycle directed advertising. Range: 0x0020 to 0x4000. Default:
0x0800 (1.28 s). Time = N * 0.625 ms.For example: f0.
Hexademical number type.Minimum advertising interval for undirected and
<adv_interval_max> low duty cycle directed advertising. Range: 0x0020 to 0x4000. Default:
0x0800 (1.28 s). Time = N * 0.625 ms. For example: f0.
Its value is the one of following:
0x00: Connectable and scannable undirected advertising (ADV_IND)
(default).
0x01: Connectable high duty cycle directed advertising
(ADV_DIRECT_IND, high duty cycle).
<adv_type>
0x02: Scannable undirected advertising (ADV_SCAN_IND).
0x03: Non connectable undirected advertising (ADV_NONCONN_IND).
0x04: Connectable low duty cycle directed advertising
(ADV_DIRECT_IND, low duty cycle).
Other values: Reserved for future use.
Its value is the one of following:
0x00: Public device address (default).
< own_address_type >
0x01: Random device address.
Other values: Reserved for future use.
Its value is the one of following:
0x00: Public Device Address (default).
<peer_address_type>
0x01: Random Device Address.
Other values: Reserved for future use.
String type.Address of the device to be connected.For example:
<peer_address>
“02:12:65:ef:d5:f0”.
<adv_channel_map> Reserved for future use.
Its value is the one of following:
0x00: Process scan and connection requests from all devices (i.e., the
<adv_filter_policy>
White List is not in use) (default).
0x01: Process connection requests from all devices and scan requests

www.simcom.com 540 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

only from devices that are in the White List.

0x02: Process scan requests from all devices and connection requests
only from devices that are in the White List.
0x03: Process scan and connection requests only from devices in the
White List.
Other values: Reverved for future use.
Its value is the one of following:
0: set advertising tx power to -12dBm
1: set advertising tx power to -8dBm
<adv_tx_power>
2: set advertising tx power to -2dBm
3: set advertising tx power to 0dBm
4: set advertising tx power to +6dBm
Its value is the one of following:
244: indicate that current advertising tx power is -12dBm
248: indicate that current advertising tx power is -8dBm
<adv_tx_power_dBm>
254: indicate that current advertising tx power is -2dBm
0: indicate that current advertising tx power is 0dBm
6: indicate that current advertising tx power is +6dBm

Examples

AT+BLESSETADVPARAM=?
+BLESSETADVPARAM:
<server_index>,<adv_interval_min>,<adv_interval_max>,<adv_type>,<own_address_type>,<peer_
address_type>,<peer_address>,<adv_channel_map>,<adv_filter_policy>,<adv_tx_power>

OK
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM=0
+BLESSETADVPARAM: 0x0800,0x0800,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,0

OK
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM=0,80,f0
+BLESSETADVPARAM: 0x0080,0x00f0,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,0

OK
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM= 0,320,320,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,2
+BLESSETADVPARAM: 0x0320,0x0320,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,254

OK
AT+BLESSETADVPARAM= 0,320,320,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,4
+BLESSETADVPARAM: 0x0320,0x0320,0,0,0,"00:00:00:00:00:00",7,0,6

OK

www.simcom.com 541 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.18 AT+BLESLSTART Start Advertising

AT+BLESLSTART Start Advertising

Test Command Response
AT+BLESLSTART=? OK
Response
If no device in adversing.
OK
Read Command
Else
AT+BLESLSTART?
+BLESLSTART: <server_index>,<user_id>

OK
Response
+BLESLSTART: <server_index>,<user_id>
Write Command
AT+BLESLSTART=<server_inde
OK
x>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index. Generated when the server is created.(ble advertising

should start after server start)
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLEPOWER=1
OK

AT+BLESREG?
OK

AT+BLESREG
+BLESREG: 0,ABCDEF00

www.simcom.com 542 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

AT+BLESSAD?
OK

AT+BLESSAD=0,"1603",30,1,4
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF00,1603,1,4,0

OK

AT+BLESSCAD=0,"8901",4,54,3
+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF00,8901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2901",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 0,8901,2901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2902",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 1,8901,2902,0,0

OK

AT+BLEADV=0,1,1,1,0
+BLEADV: ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESLSTART=0
ERROR

AT+BLESSSTART=0,0
+BLESSSTART: 0,ABCDEF00,0

OK

AT+BLESLSTART=0
+BLESLSTART: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

www.simcom.com 543 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.19 AT+BLESLSTOP Stop Advertising

AT+BLESLSTOP Stop Advertising

Test Command Response
AT+BLESLSTOP=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLESLSTOP? OK
Response
+BLESLSTOP: <server_index>,<user_id>
Write Command
AT+BLESLSTOP=<server_index
OK
>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index. Generated when the server is created.(disallow stop

advertising if ble link exist)
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLEPOWER=1
OK

AT+BLESREG?
OK

AT+BLESREG
+BLESREG: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSAD?
OK

AT+BLESSAD=0,"1603",30,1,4
+BLESSAD: 0,ABCDEF00,1603,1,4,0

www.simcom.com 544 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

AT+BLESSCAD=0,"8901",4,54,3
+BLESSCAD: 0,ABCDEF00,8901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2901",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 0,8901,2901,0,0

OK

AT+BLESSDAD=0,"2902",4,0
+BLESSDAD: 1,8901,2902,0,0

OK

AT+BLEADV=0,1,1,1,0
+BLEADV: ABCDEF00

OK

AT+BLESSSTART=0,0
+BLESSSTART: 0,ABCDEF00,0

OK

AT+BLESLSTART=0
+BLESLSTART: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

+BLESCON: 1,ABCDEF00,7e:c3:ed:71:e5:55,1

AT+BLESLSTOP=0
ERROR

+BLESCON: 0,ABCDEF00,7e:c3:ed:71:e5:55,1

AT+BLESLSTOP=0
+BLESLSTOP: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

www.simcom.com 545 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.20 AT+BLEADV Set Adverting Parameters

AT+BLEADV Set Adverting Parameters

Test Command Response
AT+BLEADV=? OK
Write Command Response
AT+BLEADV=<server_index>,<i +BLEADV: <user_id>
nclude_flag>,<include_name>,<
include_txpower>,<appearance OK
>[,<manufacturer_data>,<servic or
e_data>,<service_uuid>] ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.Length is 8.
<include_flag> Include flag parameter or not
0 Not include
1 Include
<include_name> Include BT name
0 Not include
1 Include
<include_txpower> Include Tx power Level
0 Not include
1 Include
<appearance> Set appearance,0~16384
<manufacturer_data> Set manufacturer, A Hex value string (“HEX{data}”) or a decimal value
string.Max length of it is 56.
<service_data> Set service_data uuid, A Hex value string, each char
of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.The length of it should be 0 or
4~32.
<service_uuid> Set complete services uuid, A Hex value string, each
char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}. The length of it should be
0 or 4~32.

Examples

www.simcom.com 546 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BLEADV=?
OK
AT+BLEADV=0,1,1,1,0
+BLEADV: ABCDEF50

OK

26.2.21 AT+BLEDISCONN Disconnect BLE Connection

AT+BLEDISCONN Disconnect BLE Connection

Test Command Response
AT+BLEDISCONN=? OK
Read Command Response
AT+BLEDISCONN? OK
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BLEDISCONN=<conn_id> +BLESCON: <op>,<user_id>,<addr>,<conn_id>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<op> 0 Disconnect
1 Connect
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection
<addr> Address of the peer device.
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’}.Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLEDISCONN=?
OK
AT+BLEDISCONN=0
OK

www.simcom.com 547 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+BLESCON: 0,ABCDEF50,df:45:e6:29:65:c1,0

26.2.22 AT+BLESIND Send an Indication to a Client

AT+BLESIND Send an Indication to a Client

Test Command Response
AT+BLESIND=? OK
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BLESIND=<char_index>,<v
+BLESIND: <result>,<user_id>,<conn_id>,<attr_handle>
alue>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<char_index> Characteristic index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of
it is 8.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.
<attr_handle> The handle of the characteristic value. Dec format.
<value> The value need to be notified. String Type, max length is (MTU – 3). If
the format is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal
string, DATA will be transcoded and sent. Please refer to chapter
26.2.27 about MTU.
<result> 0 Success
1 Fail

Examples

AT+BLESIND=?
OK
AT+BLESIND=0,"HEX{123456}"
+BLESIND: 0,ABCDEF00,1,17

OK

www.simcom.com 548 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.23 AT+BLESNTY Send an notice to a Client

AT+BLESNTY Send an Notice to a Client

Test Command Response
AT+BLESNTY=? OK
Response
+BLESNTY: <result>,<user_id>,<conn_id>,<attr_handle>
Write Command
AT+BLESNTY=<char_index>,<v
OK
alue>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<char_index> Characteristic index

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of
it is 8.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.
<attr_handle> The handle of the characteristic value. Dec format.
<value> The value need to be notified. String Type, max length is (MTU – 3). If
the format is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal
string, DATA will be transcoded and sent. Please refer to chapter
26.2.27 about MTU.
<result> 0 Success
1 Fail.

Examples

AT+BLESNTY=?
OK
AT+BLESNTY=0,"HEX{123456}"
+BLESNTY: 0,ABCDEF00,1,17

OK

www.simcom.com 549 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.24 AT+BLESRSP Send a Response to a Client’S Read or Write Operation

AT+BLESRSP Send a Response to a Client’S Read or Write Operation

Response
+BLESRSP: <result>,<user_id>,<conn_id>,<attr_handle>
Write Command
AT+BLESRSP=<switch>,<value
OK
>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<switch> 0 Read
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set { ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of
it is 8.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.
<attr_handle> The handle of the characteristic value. Dec format.
<value> The value need to response read request. String Type, max length is
(MTU – 3). If the format is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a
hexadecimal string, DATA will be transcoded and sent. Please refer to
chapter 26.2.27 about MTU.
<result> 0 Success
1 Fail

Examples

AT+BLESRSP=0,"HEX{123456}"
+BLESRSP: 0,ABCDEF50,1,17

OK

26.2.25 +BLESRREQ Read request received from remote device

AT+BLESRREQ Read request received from remote device

URC
if there is incoming a read request:
+BLESRREQ:
<user_id>,<conn_id>,<trans_id>,<addr>,<attr_handle>,<is_lo
www.simcom.com 550 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ng>,<offset>
Reference -

Defined Values

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of it is 8.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.
<trans_id> The id of current transaction.0~65535
<addr> Address of the peer device.
<attr_handle> Handle of attribute.
<is_long> Tell server that the request is one or several requests.
<offset> Offset of the request.0~65535

Examples

+BLESRREQ:
ABCDEF50,1,0,"90:f0:6a:3a:4f:41",17,19,0

26.2.26 +BLESWREQ Write request received from remote device

AT+BLESWREQ Write request received from remote device

URC
if there is incoming a write request:
+BLESWREQ:
<user_id>,<conn_id>,<trans_id>,<addr>,<attr_handle>,<value
>,<need_rsp>,<is_prep>,<offset>
Reference -

Defined Values

<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of it is 8.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.
<trans_id> The id of current transaction.0~65535
<addr> Address of the peer device.

www.simcom.com 551 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<attr_handle> Handle of attribute.

<value> The value need to be write, Hex format
<need_rsp> Whether client need server's response
1 Yes
0 No
<is_prep> Whether or not server execute request immediately
0 No
1 Yse
<offset> Offset of the request.0~65535

Examples

+BLESWREQ: ABCDEF50,1,0,"21:e8:5a:c2:8d:47",17,1234,0,0,0

26.2.27 +BLESCON Notify When a Connection’s Status Change

+BLESCON Notify When a Connection’s Status Change

Response
+BLESCON: <op>,<user_id>,<addr>,<conn_id>
Reference -

Defined Values

<op> 0 Disconnect
1 Connect
<user_id> User id of GATT server, or the name of the GATT server.A Hex value
string, each char of it should in set{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }.Max length of
it is 8.
<addr> Address of the peer device.
<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.

Examples

+BLESCON: 1,ABCDEF50,21:e8:5a:c2:8d:47,1

www.simcom.com 552 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.28 +BLEMTU Exchange mtu request received from remote device

+BLEMTU Exchange mtu request received from remote device

Response
+BLEMTU: <conn_id>,<mtu>
Reference -

Defined Values

<conn_id> The connection id of current connection.

<mtu> Negotiated MTU Size. The default is 23.

Examples

+BLEMTU: 1,185

26.2.29AT+BLECREG Register GATT Client

AT+BLECREG Register GATT Client

Test Command Response
AT+BLECREG=? OK
Response
If the client has already been registered, response
+BLECREG: <client_index>,<user_id>
…
Read Command
+BLECREG: <client_index>,<user_id>
AT+BLECREG?

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLECREG: <client_index>,<user_id>
Execution Command
AT+BLECREG OK
or
ERROR

www.simcom.com 553 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> Client index, the number of registered servers is limited to 64.

<user_id> User id of GATT Client. A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLECREG=?
OK
AT+BLECREG
+BLECREG: 0, ABCDEF50

OK
AT+BLECREG?
+BLECREG: 0,ABCDEF50

OK

26.2.30 AT+BLECDREG Deregister GATT Client

AT+BLECDREG Deregister GATT Client

Test Command Response
AT+BLECDREG=? OK
Response
+BLECDREG: <client_index>,<user_id>
Write Command
AT+BLECDREG=<client_index> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 554 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<client_index> Client Index, generated when registering GATT client.

<user_id> User id of GATT Client. A Hex value string. Each char of it should in set
{ ‘0’~‘9’,‘a’~‘f’,‘A’~‘F’ }. Length is 8.

Examples

AT+BLECDREG=?
OK
AT+BLECDREG?
OK
AT+BLECDREG=0
+BLECDREG: 0,ABCDEF00

OK

26.2.31 AT+BLESCAN Scan Surrounding BLE Device

You must execute AT+BLESCAN after power on the device.

AT+BLESCAN SCAN Surrounding BLE Device
Test Command Response
AT+BLESCAN=? OK
Response
If has the devices scaned, response
+BLESCAN:
<client_index>,<server_index>,<remote_address>
…
Read Command
+BLESCAN:
AT+BLESCAN?
<client_index>,<server_index>,<remote_address>

OK
else only response
OK
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+BLESCAN=<client_index>,<
or
operation>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 555 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<client_index> Client index, generated when registering GATT client.

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.
<remote_address> Remote device address.
<operation> This parameter has the following two values:
0 stop scan. If the device is not scanning, the command response
error.
1 start scan. If the device is scanning currently, the command
response error.

Examples

AT+BLESCAN=?
OK
AT+BLESCAN?
OK
AT+BLESCAN=0,1
OK

26.2.32 +BLESCANRST Notify When Find a BLE Device

+BLESCANRST Notify When Find a BLE Device

Response
+BLESCANRST:
<client_index>,<server_index>,<remote_address>,<rssi>,<ad
v_data>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> Client index, generated when registering GATT client.

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.
<remote_address> Remote device address.
<rssi> Received Signal Strength Indication.
<adv_data> Remote device’s advertising data. Hex String Type.

www.simcom.com 556 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

+BLESCANRST: 0,0,"1f:50:24:38:96:20",197,"02011A020A080BFF4C0010063A"

26.2.33 AT+BLECGDT Get Device Type

AT+BLECGDT Get Device Type

Test Command Response
AT+BLECGDT=? OK
Response
+BLECGDT: <server_index>,<device_type>
Write Command
AT+BLECGDT=<server_index> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.

<device_type> This parameter has the following values:
0 Unknown.
1 Classic.
2 Le
3 Dual

Examples

AT+BLECGDT=0
+BLECGDT: 0,2

OK

26.2.34 AT+BLECCON Connect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device

AT+BLECCON Connect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device

www.simcom.com 557 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Test Command Response

AT+BLECCON=? OK
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BLECCON=<server_index> +BLECCON: <connect_id>,<remote_address>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.

<connect_id> The connection id of current connection.
<remote_address> Remote device address.

Examples

AT+BLECCON=0
OK

+BLECCON: 0,"2b:3c:42:10:23:58"

26.2.35 AT+BLECDISC Disconnect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device

AT+BLECDISC Disconnect GATT Client to Remote LE/Dual-mode Device

Test Command Response
AT+BLECDISC=? OK
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BLECDISC=<connect_id> +BLECDISC: <connect_id>,<remote_address>
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

www.simcom.com 558 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<connect_id> The connection id of current connection.

<remote_address> Remote device address.

Examples

AT+BLECDISC=0
OK

+BLEDISC: 0,"2b:3c:42:10:23:58"

26.2.36 AT+BLECSS Search Peer’s Service

AT+BLECSS Search Peer’s Service

Test Command Response
AT+BLECSS=? OK
Response
If has the services searched, response
+BLECSS: <server_index>,<service_index>,<uuid>
…
Read Command
+BLECSS: <server_index>,<service_index>,<uuid>
AT+BLECSS?

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLECSS: <server_index>,<service_index>,<uuid>
Write Command
AT+BLECSS=<service_index> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.

<service_index> Remote device’s service index, generated when search services.
<uuid> The uuid of the service. The length is 4 or 32 bytes. Hex String Type.

www.simcom.com 559 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+BLECSS?
+BLECSS: 0,0,0x1800
+BLECSS: 0,1,0x1801
+BLECSS: 0,2,0x8900

OK

26.2.37 AT+BLECGC Search Peer’s Characteristic

AT+BLECGC Search Peer’s Characteristic

Test Command Response
AT+BLECGC=? OK
Response
If has the services searched, response
+BLECGC:
<service_index>,<characteristic_index>,<propertis>,<uuid>
…
Read Command
+BLECGC:
AT+BLECGC?
<service_index>,<characteristic_index>,<propertis>,<uuid>

OK
else only response
OK
Response
+BLECGC:
Write Command <service_index>,<characteristic_index>,<properties>,<uuid>
AT+BLECGC=<characteristic_i
ndex> OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<service_index> Remote device’s service index, generated when search services.

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search
characteristic.
www.simcom.com 560 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<properties> The characteristic’s properties. It should be a combination of the

following values:
1 Broadcast
2 Read
4 Write without response
8 Write
16 Notify
32 Indicate
64 Authenticated Signed Writes
128 Extended properties
<uuid> The uuid of the characteristic. The length is 4 or 32 bytes. Hex String
Type.

Examples

AT+BLECGC?
+BLECGC: 0,0,0x2A00
+BLECGC: 0,1,0x2A01
+BLECGC: 0,2,0x2A02
+BLECGC: 0,3,0x2A03
+BLECGC: 0,4,0x2A04
+BLECGC: 1,5,0x2A05
+BLECGC: 2,6,0x8901

OK

26.2.38 AT+BLECGD Search Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

AT+BLECGD Search Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

Test Command Response
AT+BLECGD=? OK
Response
If has the services searched, response
+BLECGD:
<characteristic_index>,<descriptor_index>,<uuid>
…
Read Command
+BLECGD:
AT+BLECGD?
<characteristic_index>,<descriptor_index>,<uuid>

OK
else only response
OK
Write Command Response

www.simcom.com 561 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BLECGD=<descriptor_inde +BLECGD:
x> <characteristic_index>,<descriptor_index>,<uuid>

OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search

characteristic.
<descriptor_index> Remote device’s descriptor index, generated when search descriptor.
<uuid> The uuid of the descriptor. The length is 4 or 32 bytes. Hex String
Type.

Examples

AT+BLECGD?
+BLECGD: 6,0,0x2902

OK

26.2.39 AT+BLECRC Read Peer’s Characteristic

AT+BLECRC Read Peer’s Characteristic

Test Command Response
AT+BLECRC=? OK
Response
1) If the server response the read request quickly:
OK

Write Command
+BLECRC: <characteristic_index>,<value>
AT+BLECRC=<characteristic_in
2) If send read request succefully and don’t receive read
dex>
response whthin the specified time:
OK
3) An error occurred:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 562 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference -

Defined Values

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search peer’s

characteristic.
<value> Server response data. Hex String Type.

Examples

AT+BLECRC=6
OK

+BLECRC: 6,"313233"

26.2.40 AT+BLECWC Write Peer’s Characteristic

AT+BLECWC Write Peer’s Characteristic

Test Command Response
AT+BLECWC=? OK
Response
Write Command 1) If write the characteristic succefully:
AT+BLECWC=<characteristic_i OK
ndex>,<write_type>,<value> 2) Other error occurred:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search peer’s

characteristic.
<write_type> This parameter has the following values:
0 write without response
1 write
<value> The value need to write. String Type, max length is (MTU – 3). If the
format is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal string,
DATA will be transcoded and sent. Please refer to chapter 26.2.27

www.simcom.com 563 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

about MTU.
<error_code> Please refer to chapter 26.3.

Examples

AT+BLECWC=6,0,"HEX{123456}"
OK

26.2.41 AT+BLECRD Read Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

AT+BLECRD Read Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

Test Command Response
AT+BLECRD=? OK
Response
3) If the server response the read request quickly:
OK

Write Command
+BLECRD: <descriptor_index>,<value>
AT+BLECRD=<descriptor_inde
2) If send read request succefully and don’t receive read
x>
response whthin the specified time:
OK
3) An error occurred:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<descriptor_index> Remote device’s descriptor index, generated when search peer’s

characteristic descriptor.
<value> Server response data. Hex String Type.

Examples

AT+BLECRD=0
OK

+BLECRD: 0,"0000"

www.simcom.com 564 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.2.42 AT+BLECWD Write Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

AT+BLECWD Write Peer’s Characteristic Descriptor

Test Command Response
AT+BLECWD=? OK
Response
Write Command 1) If write the characteristic succefully:
AT+BLECWD=<descriptor_inde OK
x>,<value> 2) Other error occurred:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<descriptor_index> Remote device’s descriptor index, generated when search peer’s

characteristic descriptor.
<value> The value need to write. String Type, max length is (MTU – 3). If the
format is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal string,
DATA will be transcoded and sent. Please refer to chapter 26.2.27
about MTU.
<error_code> Please refer to chapter 26.3.

Examples

AT+BLECWD=0,"HEX{0100}"
OK

26.2.43 +BLECNTY Notify When Get a Notication from Peer’s Device

+BLECNTY Notify When Get a Notication from Peer’s Device

Response
+BLECNTY: <connect_id>,<characteristic_index>,<value>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 565 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<connect_id> The connection id of current connection.

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search
characteristic.
<value> Server response data. Hex String Type.

Examples

+BLECNTY: 0,6,"02011A020A080BFF4C0010063A"

26.2.44 +BLECIND Notify When Get a Indication from Peer’s Device

+BLECIND Notify When Get a Indication from Peer’s Device

Response
+BLECIND: <connect_id>,<characteristic_index>,<value>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<connect_id> The connection id of current connection.

<characteristic_index> Remote device’s characteristic index, generated when search
characteristic.
<value> Server response data. Hex String Type.

Examples

+BLECIND: 0,6,"02011A020A080BFF4C0010063A"

26.2.45 +BLECSRCHSERV Notify when the discovery for service of server ends

This urc is used to mark the ends of searching service of server. Then you can get the complete information
about the service and characteristic with the corresponding commands.

+BLECSRCHSERV Notify when the discovery for service of server ends

Response
+BLECSRCHSERV: DISCOVER COMPLETION

www.simcom.com 566 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Examples

+BLEMTU: 0,185

+BLECSRCHSERV: DISCOVER COMPLETION

26.2.46 AT+BLESSETSCANRESP Set Scan Response

AT+BLESSETSCANRESP Set Scan Response

Response
Test Command +BLESSETSCANRESP: <server_index>,<type>,<value>
AT+BLESSETSCANRESP=?
OK
Response
1)if <type> and <value> is ignored:
Write Command +BLESSETSCANRESP: [<resp_data>]
AT+BLESSETSCANRESP OK
=<server_index>[,<type>,<valu 2)else:
e>] OK
or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<server_index> Server index, generated when the server is register.

<type> LE adverting package type, consistent with Bluetooth standard
documents. Common values are as follows:
0x01: Flags
0x09: Complete Local Name
0xFF: Manufacturer Specific Data
For other types of values, please refer to the description of generic

www.simcom.com 567 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

access profile in the standard document

<value> LE adverting package data. String Type, max length is 29. If the format
is the same as HEX{DATA}, and DATA is a hexadecimal string, DATA
will be transcoded and set.
<resp_data> Scan response data currently set, is a hexadecimal string.

Examples

AT+BLESSETSCANRESP=?
+BLESSETSCANRESP:
<server_index>,<type>,<value>

OK
AT+BLESSETSCANRESP=0
+BLESSETSCANRESP:

OK
AT+BLESSETSCANRESP=0,1,"HEX{01}"
OK

26.2.47 +BLESCANRESPDATA Notify When Get a Scan Response Data

+BLESCANRESPDATA Notify When Get a Response Data

Response
+BLESCANRESPDATA:
<client_index>,<server_index>,<remote_address>,<rssi>,<sc
an_resp_data>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<client_index> Client index, generated when registering GATT client.

<server_index> Remote device index, generated when scan surrounding device.
<remote_address> Remote device address.
<rssi> Received Signal Strength Indication.
< scan_resp_data > Remote device’s scan response data. Hex String Type.

www.simcom.com 568 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

+BLESCANRESPDATA: 0,14,"72:af:f2:80:a4:e8",174,"0816AAFD7265646D69"

NOTE

The module initiates scanning and reports the scanning response data received from the corresponding
device. This information is not reported every time.

26.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BT

Following commands are only supported by specific FW, for detailed information please contact with
SIMCom FAE

26.3.1 AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT Device

This command is used to open/close bt device. After opening bt device, bt device can be discovered and
connected by other bt device. BT device must in open status before executing AT+BTSCAN, AT+BTPAIR,
AT+UNPAIR, AT+BTSPPSRV, AT+BTSPPPROF, AT+BTSPPCONN and AT+BTSPPSEND command.

AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT Device

Response
Test Command +BTPOWER: (0-1)
AT+BTPOWER=?
OK
Response
Read Command +BTPOWER: <status>
AT+BTPOWER?
OK
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+BTPOWER=<flag>[,<debug
Or
>]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<flag> This parameter has the following two values:

www.simcom.com 569 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0 close bt device.
1 open bt device.
<debug> Current not support.
<status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 bt device has been closed.
1 bt device has been opened.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=?
+BTPOWER: (0-1)
OK

AT+BTPOWER?
+BTPOWER: 0
OK

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTPOWER?
+BTPOWER: 1
OK

26.3.2 AT+BTHOST Get/Set BT Device Name

This command is used to get bt device name and bt device address, and can also set bt device name. This
command can be executed at any time. The parameter will be saved in flash. If bt device name is set during
bt device in open status, then need to reopen bt device by executing AT+BTPOWER command to make bt
device name valid, otherwise bt device name inquiried by other bt device is the same as previous bt device
name.

AT+BTHOST Get/Set BT Device Name

Response
Read Command +BTHOST: <bt_name>,<bt_addr>
AT+BTHOST?
OK
Response
Write Command OK
AT+BTHOST=<new_bt_name> Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 570 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference -

Defined Values

<new_bt_name> New bt device name.(max 247 bytes)

<bt_name> Current bt device name.
<bt_addr> Current bt device address.

Examples

AT+BTHOST?
+BTHOST: SIMCOM BT,11:22:23:33:33:80
OK

AT+BTHOST=SIMCOM_BT_DEVICE
OK

AT+BTHOST?
+BTHOST: SIMCOM_BT_DEVICE,11:22:23:33:33:80
OK

26.3.3 AT+BTADDR Get/Set BT Device Address

This command is used to get/set bt device address. This command can be executed at any time. The
parameter will be saved in flash. If bt device address is set during bt device in open status, then need to
reopen bt device by executing AT+BTPOWER command to make bt device address valid, otherwise bt
device address not change.

AT+BTADDR Get/Set BT Device Address

Response
Read Command +BTADDR: <bt_addr>
AT+BTADDR?
OK
Response
Write Command OK
AT+BTADDR=<new_bt_addr> Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms

www.simcom.com 571 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference -

Defined Values

<new_bt_addr> New bt device address.

<bt_addr> Current bt device address.

Examples

AT+BTADDR?
+BTADDR: 38:08:17:26:36:45
OK

AT+BTADDR=112223333380
OK

AT+BTADDR?
+BTADDR: 11:22:23:33:33:80
OK

26.3.4 AT+BTSCAN Scan BT device

This command is used to discover other bt device. BT device must in open status before executing this
command.

AT+BTSCAN Scan BT Device

Response
Test Command +BTSCAN: (0-1),(0-1),(6-48)
AT+BTSCAN=?
OK
Response
OK
+BTSCAN:
Write Command
<scan_status>[,<index>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>,<rssi_level>]
AT+BTSCAN=<flag>[,<mode>[,
…
<timeout>]]
<scan_status>[,<index>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>,<rssi_level>]
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -
www.simcom.com 572 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<flag> This parameter has the following two values:

0 stop scan.
1 start scan.
<mode> This parameter has the following two values:
0 don’t hide paired device.
1 hide paired device.
<timeout> Duration of the scan.
duration = 1.28s*timeout.(default: 12.8s)
<scan_status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 scanning.
1 scan end.
<index> The index of discovered bt device.(start with 1)
<bt_name> The name of discovered bt device.
<bt_addr> The address of discovered bt device.
<rssi_level> Received signal strength indication

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3,F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,Honor V10,90:94:97:DA:3C:73,176
+BTSCAN: 0,4,OPPO A91,1C:02:19:8F:8A:7C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3, F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F, A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,Honor V10,90:94:97:DA:3C:73,176

AT+BTSCAN=0
OK
+BTSCAN: 1

www.simcom.com 573 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.3.5 AT+BTIOCAP Get/Set BT Device IO Capalibity

This command is used to get/set bt device io capability. This command can be executed at any time. The
parameter will be saved in flash. If bt device io capability is set during bt device in open status, then need to
reopen bt device by executing AT+BTPOWER command to make bt device io capability valid, otherwise bt
device io capability not change.

AT+BTIOCAP Get/Set BT Device IO Capability

Response
Test Command +BTIOCAP: (0-3)
AT+BTIOCAP=?
OK
Response
Test Command +BTIOCAP: <mode>
AT+BTIOCAP?
OK
Response
+BTIOCAP: 1
Write Command
AT+BTIOCAP=<mode> OK
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> This parameter has the following four values:

0 display only.
1 display and yes or no.
2 keyboard only.
3 no display and no keyboard.

Examples

AT+BTIOCAP=?
+BTIOCAP: (0-3)
OK

AT+BTIOCAP?
+BTIOCAP: 1
OK

www.simcom.com 574 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BTIOCAP=3
+BTIOCAP: 1
OK

AT+BTIOCAP?
+BTIOCAP: 3
OK

26.3.6 AT+BTPAIR Pair With Other BT Device

This command is used to pair with other bt device. After pairing success, the pairing information will be
saved in flash and the bluetooth connection will be disconnected actively. You can use AT+BTPAIRED
command to query the paired bt device. BT device must in open status before executing this command.

AT+BTPAIR Pair With Other BT Device

Response
Test Command +BTPAIR: (index)
AT+BTPAIR=?
OK
Response
OK
Write Command
+BTPAIRING: <mode>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>[,<key>]
AT+BTPAIR=0,<index>
Or
ERROR
Response
Write Command OK
AT+BTPAIR=<mode>,<accept>[, +BTPAIR: <result>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>
<key>] Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<mode> This parameter has the following six values:

1 compare mode.
2 passkey mode.
3 rebond mode.(Current not support)
4 notify mode. (Current not support)
5 just work mode. (Support, but invisible to user, user do nothing)

www.simcom.com 575 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

6 pin code mode. (Current not support)

<accept> When pairing is initiated, it is the index of the remote device;And as a
confirmation of the pairing request
<key> Random generation 6-digit verification code.(default: 123456)
<index> AT+BTSCAN command response index.
<bt_name> The name of remote bt device.
<bt_addr> The address of remote bt device.
<result> This parameter has the following two values:
0 pair fail.
1 pair success.

Examples

AT+BTIOCAP=1
+BTIOCAP: 1
OK

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3,F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTPAIR=0,3
OK
+BTPAIRING: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,466622

AT+BTPAIR=1,1
OK
+BTPAIR: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTIOCAP=2
+BTIOCAP: 1
OK

AT+BTPOWER=0
OK

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

www.simcom.com 576 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3,F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTPAIR=0,3
OK
+BTPAIRING: 2,peer bt name,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C //for passkey mode, bt_name fixed as
"peer bt name"

AT+BTPAIR=2,1,123456 //"123456", remote bt device displayed

OK
+BTPAIR: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

26.3.7 AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair With The Paired BT Device

This command is used to Unpair with the paired bt device. You should make sure the bluetooth connection
is disconnected before unpairing. After unpairing success, the pairing information will be removed from flash.
BT device must in open status before executing this command.

AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair With The Paired BT Device

Response
Test Command +BTUNPAIR: (index)
AT+BTUNPAIR=?
OK
Response
OK
Write Command
+BTUNPAIR: <status>
AT+BTUNPAIR=<index>
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<index> AT+BTPAIRED command response index.

<status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 unpair fail.
www.simcom.com 577 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 unpair success.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 2,1,KK, 04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C
+BTPAIRED: 2,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F

AT+BTUNPAIR=1
OK
+BTUNPAIR: 1

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 1,1,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F

26.3.8 AT+BTPAIRED Get Paired BT Device

This command is used to get paired bt device. This command can be executed at any time.

AT+BTPAIRED Get Paired BT Device

Response
OK
+BTPAIRED: <paired_num>,<index>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>
Read Command
…
AT+BTPAIRED?
+BTPAIRED: <paired_num>,<index>,<bt_name>,<bt_addr>
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<paired_num> The total number of paired bt device.

<index> The index of paired bt device.

www.simcom.com 578 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<bt_name> The name of paired bt device.

<bt_addr> The address of paired bt device.

Examples

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 2,1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C
+BTPAIRED: 2,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F

26.3.9 AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive Local SPP Service

This command is used to active/deactive local SPP service. BT device must in open status before executing
this command.

AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive Local SPP Service

Response
Test Command +BTSPPSRV: (0-1)
AT+BTSPPSRV=?
OK
Response
Rest Command
+BTSPPSRV: <status>
AT+BTSPPSRV?
OK
Response
+BTSPPSRV: <result>
Write Command
OK
AT+BTSPPSRV=<flag>
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<flag> This parameter has the following two values:

0 deactive local spp service.(Current not support)
1 active local spp service.
<status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 local not support spp service.
1 local support spp service.

www.simcom.com 579 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<result> This parameter has the following two values:

0 local spp service is deactived.
1 local spp service is active.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSPPSRV=?
+BTSPPSRV: (0-1)
OK

AT+BTSPPSRV?
+BTSPPSRV: 1
OK

AT+BTSPPSRV=0
ERROR

AT+BTSPPSRV=1
+BTSPPSRV: 1
OK

26.3.10 AT+BTSPPPROF Get Remote BT Device SPP Service Status

This command is used to check whether the remote bt device support spp service. BT device must in open
status before executing this command.

AT+BTSPPPROF Get Remote BT Device SPP Service Status

Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BTSPPPROF=<index> +BTSPPPROF: <status>
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values
www.simcom.com 580 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<index> AT+BTPAIRED command response index.

<status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 remote bt device spp service is not active.
1 remote bt device spp service is active.(Current fixed return)

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 2,1,KK, 04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C
+BTPAIRED: 2,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F

AT+BTSPPPROF=1
OK
+BTSPPPROF: 1

26.3.11 AT+BTSPPCONN Establish/Release SPP Connection

This command is used to establish/release spp connection. If local bt device which does’t have pairing
information of peer bt device initiate spp connection, then pairing procedure need to be executed before
establishing spp connection. The pairing procedure can be triggered manually by AT+BTPAIR command. If
local bt device which has pairing information of peer bt device initiate spp connection, then spp connection
procedure can be triggered directly by AT+BTSPPCONN command without manually performing pairing
procedure again. BT device must in open status before executing this command.

AT+BTSPPCONN Establish/Release SPP Connection

Response
Test Command +BTSPPCONN: (0-1)
AT+BTSPPCONN=?
OK
Response
Rest Command
+BTSPPCONN: <status>
AT+BTSPPCONN?
OK
Response
Write Command OK
AT+BTSPPCONN=<action>[,<in
dex>] +BTSPPCONN: <result>[,<max_frame_size>,<bt_addr>]
Or

www.simcom.com 581 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<action> This parameter has the following two values:

0 release spp connection.
1 establish spp connection.
<index> AT+BTPAIRED command response index.(default: 1)
<status> This parameter has the following two values:
0 spp connection has been release.
1 spp connection has been established.
<result> This parameter has the following two values:
0 spp connection release success.
1 spp connection establish success.
<max_frame_size> Maximum frame size.(unit: byte)
<bt_addr> The address of connected bt device.

NOTE

When the SPP on the module initiates a connection, the connection may fail and the message
"+BTSPPCONN: 1,7" is reported. However, it does not affect the subsequent passive connection and
other functions.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3, F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTPAIR=0,3
OK
+BTPAIRING: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,466622

www.simcom.com 582 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BTPAIR=1,1
OK
+BTPAIR: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 1,1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTSPPCONN=1,1
OK

+BTSPPCONN: 1,990,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTSPPCONN=0
OK

+BTSPPCONN: 0

26.3.12 AT+BTSPPSEND SPP Send Data

This command is used to send data by spp. SPP connection must be established before sending data.

AT+BTSPPSEND SPP Send Data

Response
OK
Write Command
AT+BTSPPSEND=<data> +BTSPPSEND: <result>
Or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference -

Defined Values

<data> The data to be sent. The following items need to notice:

If max_frame_size of +BTSPPCONN event more than 200, then SPP
MTU is equal to 200.
If max_frame_size of +BTSPPCONN event less than 200, then SPP
MTU is equal to max_frame_size.
If the format is the same as {non-ascii}”<data>”,data is a hexadecimal
string, data will be transcoded and sent.

www.simcom.com 583 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The amount of data sent by user should less than or equal to SPP
MTU, or return ERROR.
<result> This parameter has the following two values:
0 send fail.
1 send success.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3,F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTPAIR=0,3
OK
+BTPAIRING: 1,KK, 04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,466622

AT+BTPAIR=1,1
OK
+BTPAIR: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 1,1,KK, 04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTSPPCONN=1,1
OK
+BTSPPCONN: 1,990,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTSPPSEND=003100320033006100620063
OK
+BTSPPSEND: 1

AT+BTSPPSEND={non-ascii}"003100320033006100620063"
OK
+BTSPPSEND: 1

www.simcom.com 584 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26.3.13 +BTSPPRECV SPP Receive Data

This urc is used to indicate spp has received data. SPP connection must be established before receiving
data.

+BTSPPRECV SPP Receive Data

URC
+BTSPPRECV: <data_len>,<data>
Or
+BTSPPRECV: ERROR
Reference -

Defined Values

<data_len> The length of spp received data.

<data> SPP received data. The following items need to notice:
If max_frame_size of +BTSPPCONN event more than 200, then SPP
MTU is equal to 200.
If max_frame_size of +BTSPPCONN event less than 200, then SPP
MTU is equal to max_frame_size.
The amount of data received from remote should less than or equal to
SPP MTU, or return +BTSPPRECV: ERROR.

Examples

AT+BTPOWER=1
OK

AT+BTSCAN=1,0,20
OK
+BTSCAN: 0,1,Mi Note 3,F4:F5:DB:C9:03:2C,178
+BTSCAN: 0,2,HUAWEI WATCH GT 2-A5F,A0:D8:07:A6:7A:5F,194
+BTSCAN: 0,3,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,180
+BTSCAN: 1

AT+BTPAIR=0,3
OK
+BTPAIRING: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C,466622

AT+BTPAIR=1,1
OK
+BTPAIR: 1,KK,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

www.simcom.com 585 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAIRED: 1,1,KK, 04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

AT+BTSPPCONN=1,1
OK
+BTSPPCONN: 1,990,04:8C:9A:D7:90:4C

+BTSPPRECV: 24,003100320033006100620063

26.4 Description of <error_code>

Error codes Description

1 Invalid Handle
2 Read Not Permitted
3 Write Not Permiited
4 Invalid PDU
5 Insufficient Authentication
6 Request Not Supported
7 Invalid Offset
8 Insufficient Authorizaztion
9 Prepare Queue Full
10 Attribute Not Found
11 Attribute Not Long
12 Insufficient Encryption Key Size
13 Invalid Attribute Value Length
14 Unlikely Error
15 Insufficient Encryption
16 Unsupported Group Type
17 Insufficient Resources
18 Database Out Of Sync
19 Value Not Allowed

www.simcom.com 586 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for CTBURST

27.1 Overview of AT Commands for CTBURST

Command Description
AT+CTBURST The RF TX Burst Test

NOTE

27.2 Supports the 1802 platform.

27.3 Supports the 1601,1603,1606 and 1803 platforms.

27.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for CTBURST(CAT4)

27.2.1 AT+CTBURST The RF TX Burst Test

AT+CTBURST The RF TX Burst Test

Test Command Response
AT+CTBURST=? +CTBURST=0-2,0-142,1-65535,-5000-3500, 0-5

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CTBURST=<option>,<b 1)LTE RF TX successfully:
and>,<power>,<gsmband>, *RADIOPOWER: 0
<para>
OK

+CTBURST: 0
www.simcom.com 587 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)GSM RF TX successfully:
*RADIOPOWER: 0

+CTBURST: 0
*GSMTR:-31355

OK
RF TX failed:
*RADIOPOWER: 0

+CME ERROR: unknown error

Parameter Saving Mode -

Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<option> 0 – default.

<band> 1 – LTE frequency = 18300.

2 – LTE frequency = 18900.
3 – LTE frequency = 19500.
4 – LTE frequency = 20175.
5 – LTE frequency = 20525.
6 – LTE frequency = 20700.
7 – LTE frequency = 21100.
8 – LTE frequency = 21625.
17 – LTE frequency = 23790.
20 – LTE frequency = 24300.
38 – LTE frequency = 38000.
39 – LTE frequency = 38450.
40 – LTE frequency = 39150.
101 – GSM TX.

<power> 0 – LTE max power.

1 – LTE 10 dBm.
9 – LTE turn off TX.

<gsmband> 0 – GSM 900.

1 – GSM 1800.
2 – GSM 1900.
3 – GSM 850.
4 – WCDMA band1.

www.simcom.com 588 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

5 – WCDMA band2.
7 – WCDMA band5.
8 – WCDMA band8.
9 – GSM turn off TX.

<para> 0 – GSM TX.

9 – GSM turn off TX.

Examples

//Example of GSM TX
AT+CFUN=0
+SIMCARD: NOT AVAILABLE

+CGEV: ME DETACH

OK

*RADIOPOWER: 0
AT+CTBURST=0,101,0,1,0 //GSM 1800 MHZ Maximum power emission
*RADIOPOWER: 0

+CTBURST:0
*GSMTR:-31355

OK
AT+CTBURST=0,101,0,9,9 //GSM turn off emission.
*RADIOPOWER: 0

+CTBURST:0
*GSMTR:-31355

OK

//Example of LTE TX
AT+CFUN=0
+SIMCARD: NOT AVAILABLE

+CGEV: ME DETACH

OK

*RADIOPOWER: 0

www.simcom.com 589 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CTBURST=0,38,0 //B38 Maximum power emission

*RADIOPOWER: 0

OK

+CTBURST:0
AT+CTBURST=0,1,9 //LTE turn off emission.
*RADIOPOWER: 0

OK

+CTBURST:0

NOTE

To test each item, close the previous item first.

When testing LTE, you need to restart the module.
The second and third parameters are mainly for LTE, and the fourth and fifth parameters are mainly
for GSM

27.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for CTBURST(CAT1&CAT4)

27.3.1 AT+CTBURST The TX/RX Burst Test

AT+CTBURST The RF TX Burst Test

Test Command Response
AT+CTBURST=? +CTBURST=0-2,0-142,1-65535,-5000-3500, 0-5

OK
Write Command Response
AT+CTBURST=<mode>[,<b If mode is 0
and>,<channel>,<power>[, +CTBURST: TX/RX OFF
<bandwith>]]
OK
If mode is 1
+CTBURST: TX ON

www.simcom.com 590 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK
If mode is 2
For gsm/wcdma
+CTBURST: RX [rssiValue]

OK
For LTE
+CTBURST: RX: [mainRssiValue], [secRssiValue]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<mode> Start/stop TX/RX the burst/waveform

0 – stop RF TX/RX
1 – start RF TX
2 – start RF RX
<band> The band of burst/waveform to be sent
0 – GSM 850 Band
1 – GSM 900 Band
2 – GSM DCS 1800 Band
3 – GSM PCS 1900 Band
10 – WCDMA IMT 2000 Band
11 – WCDMA PCS 1900 Band
12 – WCDMA 800 Band
13 – WCDMA 850 Band
14 – WCDMA 900 Band
101 – LTE 1 Band
102 – LTE 2 Band
103 – LTE 3 Band
104 – LTE 4 Band
105 – LTE 5 Band
106 – LTE 6 Band
107 – LTE 7 Band
108 – LTE 8 Band
109 – LTE 9 Band
110 – LTE 10 Band
111 – LTE 11 Band
112 – LTE 12 Band
113 – LTE 13 Band
114 – LTE 14 Band

www.simcom.com 591 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

117 – LTE 17 Band

118 – LTE 18 Band
119 – LTE 19 Band
120 – LTE 20 Band
121 – LTE 21 Band
122 – LTE 22 Band
123 – LTE 23 Band
124 – LTE 24 Band
125 – LTE 25 Band
126 – LTE 26 Band
127 – LTE 27 Band
128 – LTE 28 Band
131 – LTE 31 Band
133 – LTE 33 Band
134 – LTE 34 Band
135 – LTE 35 Band
136 – LTE 36 Band
137 – LTE 37 Band
138 – LTE 38 Band
139 – LTE 39 Band
140 – LTE 40 Band
141 – LTE 41 Band
142 – LTE 42 Band
172 – LTE 72 Band
<channel> Frequency channel, the range is different according to different band
GSM 850: 128~251
GSM 900: 1~124, 975~1023
GSM DCS 1800: 512~885
GSM PCS 1900: 512~810
WCDMA IMT 2000: 9612~9888
WCDMA PCS 1900: 9262~9538
WCDMA 800: 4132~4233, 782~862
WCDMA 850: 4132~4233, 782~862
WCDMA 900: 2712~2863
LTE 1: 18000~18599
LTE 2: 18600~19199
LTE 3: 19200~19949
LTE 4: 19950~20399
LTE 5: 20400~20649
LTE 6: 20650~20749
LTE 7: 20750~21449
LTE 8: 21450~21799
LTE 9: 21800~22149
LTE 10: 22150~22749
LTE 11: 22750~22949

www.simcom.com 592 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

LTE 12: 23010~23179

LTE 13: 23180~23279
LTE 14: 23280~23379
LTE 17: 23730~23849
LTE 18: 23850~23999
LTE 19: 24000~24149
LTE 20: 24150~24449
LTE 21: 24450~24599
LTE 22: 24600~25399
LTE 23: 25500~25699
LTE 24: 25700~26039
LTE 25: 26040~26689
LTE 26: 26690~27039
LTE 27: 27040~27209
LTE 28: 27210~27659
LTE 31: 27760~27809
LTE 33: 36000~36199
LTE 34: 36200~36349
LTE 35: 36350~36949
LTE 36: 36950~37549
LTE 37: 37550~37749
LTE 38: 37750~38249
LTE 39: 38250~38649
LTE 40: 38650~39649
LTE 41: 39650~41589
LTE 42: 41590~43589
LTE 72: 133472~133521
<power> For LTE:The power between 0~2000apc, the value is different with
different band
For GSM: The power means afcDac, the value between 0 and 1023.
suggested range is (200-700) (too bigger will cause Tx saturated, and
equipment could not detect it)
<bandwith> Rx band width:0~5.if it is WCDMA,this value must be set to 0.
0 1.4M
1 3M
2 5M
3 10M
4 15M
5 20M
< rssiValue > The Rx Power for GSM/WCDMA
< mainRssiValue > The Main ant Rx Power for LTE
< secRssiValue > The Sec ant Rx Power for LTE

Examples

www.simcom.com 593 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CFUN=0 // Minimum functionality

OK
AT+CTBURST=1,101,18300,2000 //Start RF TX Power of LTE BAND1 the arfcn is
18300 the power is 2000apc
+CTBURST: TX ON

OK

AT+CTBURST=0 //Close TX/RX CTBURST

+CTBURST: TX/RX OFF

OK
AT+CTBURST=2,101,18300,2000,5 //Start RF RX Power of LTE BAND1 the arfcn is
18300,mainrssi is -60 secrssi is 0
+CTBURST: RX: -60, 0

OK

AT+CTBURST=0 //Close TX/RX CTBURST

+CTBURST: TX/RX OFF

OK
AT+CTBURST=1,10,9750,2000 //Start RF TX Power of WCDMA2000 the arfcn is
9750 the power is 2000apc
+CTBURST: TX ON

OK

AT+CTBURST=0 //Close TX/RX CTBURST

+CTBURST: TX/RX OFF

OK
AT+CTBURST=2,10,9750,2000,0
+CTBURST: RX: -60 //Start RF RX Power of WCDMA2000 the arfcn is
9750
OK

AT+CTBURST=0 //Close TX/RX CTBURST

+CTBURST: TX/RX OFF

OK

NOTE

www.simcom.com 594 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

To test each item, close the previous item first.

www.simcom.com 595 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Summary of ERROR Codes

28.1 Verbose Codes and Numeric Codes

Verbose result code Numeric (V0 set) Description

OK 0 Command executed, no errors, Wake up after
reset
CONNECT 1 Link established
RING 2 Ring detected
NO CARRIER 3 Link not established or disconnected
ERROR 4 Invalid command or command line too long
NO DIALTONE 6 No dial tone, dialing impossible, wrong mode
BUSY 7 Remote station busy
NO ANSWER 8 Connection completion timeout

28.2 Response String of AT+CEER

Number Response string

CS internal cause
0 Unknown
1 Unassigned number
3 No route to destination
6 Channel unacceptable
8 Operator determined barring
16 Normal call clearing
17 User busy
18 No user responding
19 User alerting: no answer
21 Call rejected
22 Number changed
25 Preemption

www.simcom.com 596 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

26 Non selected user clearing

27 Destination out of order
28 Invalid number format
29 Facility rejected
30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
31 Normal unspecified
34 No circuit/channel available
38 Network out of order
41 Temporary failure
42 Switching equipment congestion
43 Access information discarded
44 Requested circuit/channel unavailable
47 Resource unavailable
49 QoS unavailable
50 Requested facility not subscribed
55 Incoming calls barred within CUG
57 Bearer capability not authorized
58 Bearer capability not available
63 Service not available
65 Bearer service not implemented
68 ACM MAX reached
69 Facility not implemented
70 Only RDI bearer capability available
79 Service not implemented
81 Invalid transaction ID
87 User not member of CUG
88 Incompatible destination
91 Invalid transit network selection
95 Incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information
97 Message type non-existent
98 Message type wrong state
99 Information element not-existent
100 Conditional IE error
101 Message wrong state
102 Recovery after timer expiry
111 Protocol error: unspecified
127 Interworking: unspecified
224 Call barring
241 FDN Blocked

www.simcom.com 597 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

CS network cause
1 Unassigned/unallocated number
3 No route to destination
6 Channel unacceptable
8 Operator determined barring
16 Normal call clearing
17 User busy
18 No user responding
19 User alerting, no answer
21 Call rejected
22 Number changed
26 Non selected user clearing
27 Destination out of order
28 Invalid/incomplete number
29 Facility rejected
30 Response to Status Enquiry
31 Normal, unspecified
34 No circuit/channel available
38 Network out of order
41 Temporary failure
42 Switching equipment congestion
43 Access information discarded
44 Requested circuit/channel not available
47 Resources unavailable, unspecified
49 Quality of service unavailable
50 Requested facility not subscribed
55 Incoming calls barred within the CUG
57 Bearer capability not authorized
58 Bearer capability not available
63 Service/option not available
65 Bearer service not implemented
68 ACM >= ACMmax
69 Requested facility not implemented
70 Only RDI bearer is available
79 Service/option not implemented
81 Invalid transaction identifier value
87 User not member of CUG
88 Incompatible destination
91 Invalid transit network selection
95 Semantically incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information

www.simcom.com 598 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

97 Message non-existent/not implemented

98 Message type not compatible with state
99 IE non-existent/not implemented
100 Conditional IE error
101 Message not compatible with state
102 Recovery on timer expiry
111 Protocol error, unspecified
117 Interworking, unspecified

CS network reject
2 IMSI unknown in HLR
3 Illegal MS
4 IMSI unknown in VLR
5 IMEI not accepted
6 Illegal ME
7 GPRS services not allowed
8 GPRS & non GPRS services not allowed
9 MS identity cannot be derived
10 Implicitly detached
11 PLMN not allowed
12 Location Area not allowed
13 Roaming not allowed
14 GPRS services not allowed in PLMN
15 No Suitable Cells In Location Area
16 MSC temporarily not reachable
17 Network failure
20 MAC failure
21 Synch failure
22 Congestion
23 GSM authentication unacceptable
32 Service option not supported
33 Requested service option not subscribed
34 Service option temporarily out of order
38 Call cannot be identified
40 No PDP context activated
95 Semantically incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information
97 Message type non-existent
98 Message type not compatible with state
99 Information element non-existent
101 Message not compatible with state

www.simcom.com 599 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

161 RR release indication

162 RR random access failure
163 RRC release indication
164 RRC close session indication
165 RRC open session failure
166 Low level failure
167 Low level failure no redial allowed
168 Invalid SIM
169 No service
170 Timer T3230 expired
171 No cell available
172 Wrong state
173 Access class blocked
174 Abort message received
175 Other cause
176 Timer T303 expired
177 No resources
178 Release pending
179 Invalid user data

PS internal cause lookup

0 Invalid connection identifier
1 Invalid NSAPI
2 Invalid Primary NSAPI
3 Invalid field
4 SNDCP failure
5 RAB setup failure
6 No GPRS context
7 PDP establish timeout
8 PDP activate timeout
9 PDP modify timeout
10 PDP inactive max timeout
11 PDP lowerlayer error
12 PDP duplicate
13 Access technology change
14 PDP unknown reason

PS network cause
25 LLC or SNDCP failure
26 Insufficient resources
27 Missing or unknown APN

www.simcom.com 600 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

28 Unknown PDP address or PDP type

29 User Aauthentication failed
30 Activation rejected by GGSN
31 Activation rejected, unspecified
32 Service option not supported
33 Requested service option not subscribed
34 Service option temporarily out of order
35 NSAPI already used (not sent)
36 Regular deactivation
37 QoS not accepted
38 Network failure
39 Reactivation required
40 Feature not supported
41 Semantic error in the TFT operation
42 Syntactical error in the TFT operation
43 Unknown PDP context
44 PDP context without TFT already activated
45 Semantic errors in packet filter
46 Syntactical errors in packet filter
81 Invalid transaction identifier
95 Semantically incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information
97 Message non-existent/not implemented
98 Message type not compatible with state
99 IE non-existent/not implemented
100 Conditional IE error
101 Message not compatible with state
111 Protocol error, unspecified

28.3 Summary of CME ERROR Codes

This result code is similar to the regular ERROR result code. The format of <err> can be either numeric or
verbose string, by setting AT+CMEE command.

Defined Values

Code of <err> Meaning

www.simcom.com 601 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0 phone failure
1 no connection to phone
2 phone adaptor link reserved
3 operation not allowed
4 operation not supported
5 PH- SIM PIN required
6 PH-FSIM PIN required
7 PH-FSIM PUK required
10 SIM not inserted
11 SIM PIN required
12 SIM PUK required
13 SIM failure
14 SIM busy
15 SIM wrong
16 incorrect password
17 SIM PIN2 required
18 SIM PUK2 required
20 memory full
21 invalid index
22 not found
23 memory failure
24 text string too long
25 invalid characters in text string
26 dial string too long
27 invalid characters in dial string
30 no network service
31 network timeout
32 network not allowed - emergency calls only
40 network personalization PIN required
41 network personalization PUK required
42 network subset personalization PIN required
43 network subset personalization PUK required
44 service provider personalization PIN required
45 service provider personalization PUK required
46 corporate personalization PIN required
47 corporate personalization PUK required
50 Incorrect parameters
100 unknown error
103 Illegal MESSAGE
106 Illegal ME
107 GPRS services not allowed

www.simcom.com 602 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

111 PLMN not allowed

112 Location area not allowed
113 Roaming not allowed in this location area
132 service option not supported
133 requested service option not subscribed
134 service option temporarily out of order
148 unspecified GPRS error
149 PDP authentication failure
150 invalid mobile class
151 AT command timeout

Examples

AT+CPIN="1234","1234"
+CME ERROR: SIM failure

28.4 Summary of CMS ERROR Codes

Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned. ERROR is returned normally when error is
related to syntax or invalid parameters. The format of <err> can be either numeric or verbose. This is set
with command AT+CMEE.

Defined Values

Code of <err> Meaning

300 ME failure
301 SMS service of ME reserved
302 Operation not allowed
303 Operation not supported
304 Invalid PDU mode parameter
305 Invalid text mode parameter
310 SIM not inserted
311 SIM PIN required
312 PH-SIM PIN required
313 SIM failure

www.simcom.com 603 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

314 SIM busy

315 SIM wrong
316 SIM PUK required
317 SIM PIN2 required
318 SIM PUK2 required
320 Memory failure
321 Invalid memory index
322 Memory full
330 SMSC address unknown
331 no network service
332 Network timeout
340 no +CNMA acknowledgement expected
341 Buffer overflow
342 SMS size more than expected
500 unknown error

Examples

AT+CMGS=02112345678
+CMS ERROR: 304

www.simcom.com 604 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for WEBSOCKET

29.1 Overview of AT Commands for websocket

Command Description
AT+WSSTART Start websocket service
AT+WSSTOP Stop websocket service
AT+WSCONNECT Connect to websocket server
AT+WSDISC Disconnect from server
AT+WSSEND Publish a message to server

29.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for websocket(S)

Webcosket,Currently only 1603,1606 and 1803 is supported.

29.2.1 AT+WSSTART Start websocket service

AT+WSSTART is used to start websocket service by activating PDP context. You must execute this
command before any other websocket related operations.

AT+WSSTART Start websocket service

Response
1)If start websocket service successfully:
OK

+WSSTART: 0
Execution Command
2)If failed:
AT+WSSTART
OK

+WSSTART: <err>
3)If websocket service have started successfully and you executed
AT+WSSTART again:

www.simcom.com 605 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

ERROR
Max Response Time 12000ms
Parameter Saving Mode -
Reference

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to Chapter 29.3

Examples

AT+WSSTART
OK

+WSSTART: 0

29.2.2 AT+WSSTOP Stop websocket service

AT+WSSTOP is used to stop websocket service.

AT+WSSTOP Stop websocket service

Response
1)If stop websocket service successfully:
OK

+WSSTOP: 0
Execution Command 2)If failed:
AT+WSSTOP +WSSTOP: <err>

ERROR
3)If websocket service have stopped successfully and you executed
AT+WSSTOP again:
ERROR
Max Response Time 12000ms
Parameter Saving Mode -
Reference

www.simcom.com 606 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<err> The result code, please refer to chapter 29.3

Examples

AT+WSSTOP
OK

+WSSTOP: 0

29.2.3 AT+WSCONNECT Connect to websocket server

AT+WSCONNECT is used to connect to a websocket server.

AT+WSCONNECT Connect to Websocket server

Response
Test Command +WSCONNECT: (9-256),(1-64800)
AT+WSCONNECT=?
OK
Response
1)if connected:
+WSCONNECT:
<connect_status>[,<server_addr>,<server_port>,<server_path>
]
Read Command
AT+WSCONNECT?
OK
2)if not connected:
+ WSCONNECT: <connect_status>

OK
Response
1)If successfully:
OK

Write Command
+WSCONNECT: 0
AT+WSCONNECT=<server_a
2)If failed:
ddr>,[time_out]
OK

+WSCONNECT: <err>
3)If failed:

www.simcom.com 607 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+WSCONNECT: <err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

This parameter has the following two values:

<connect_status> 0 the current device is not connected.
1 the current device is connected.
The string that described the server address and port. The range of
the string length is 9 to 256 bytes. The string should be like this
<server_addr> "ws://116.247.119.165:5141/test", must begin with "ws://". If the
<server_addr> not include the port, the default port is 80.If the
<server_addr> not include the path, the default path is /.
<server_port> The websocketconnet port, the default port is 80.
<server_path> The websocketconnet path, the default path is /.
The timeout value for connect. The unit is second. The range is 60s to
<time_out>
180s. The default value is 120s (not set the timeout value).
The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
<err>
chapter 29.3.

Examples

AT+WSCONNECT="ws://121.40.165.18:8800",120
OK

+WSCONNECT: 0
AT+WSCONNECT?
+WEBSOCKETCONNECT: 1,"121.40.165.18",8800,"/"

OK

29.2.4 AT+WSDISC Disconnect from server

AT+WSDISC is used to disconnect from the server.

www.simcom.com 608 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+WSDISC Disconnect from server

Response:
Test Command +WSDISC:(0, 60-180)
AT+WSDISC=?
OK
Response
1)If disconnect successfully:
+WSDISC: 0

OK
2)If disconnect successfully:
OK

+WSDISC: 0
Write Command
3)If failed:
AT+WSDISC=<timeout>
OK

+WSDISC: <err>
4)If failed:
ERROR
5)If failed:
+WSDISC: <err>

ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference

Defined Values

<timeout> The timeout value for disconnection. The unit is second. The range is
60s to 180s. The default value is 0s (not set the timeout value).
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 29.3.

Examples

AT+CMQTTDISC=120
OK

+WSDISC: 0

www.simcom.com 609 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

29.2.5 AT+WSSEND Publish a message to server

AT+WSSEND is publish a message to server.

AT+WSSEND publish a message to server

Response
Test Command +WSSEND: (1-1024),(0-1)
AT+WSSEND=?
OK
Response
1)If successfully:
>
<input data here>
OK

+WSSEND: 0,<dataLength>
Write Command 2)If failed:
AT+WSSEND=<dataLength>, OK
<datatype>
+WSSEND: <err>
3)If failed:
+WSSEND: <err>

ERROR
4)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode -
Max Response Time -
Reference -

Defined Values

<dataLength> The length of input topic data. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
<datatype> The publish message’s type. The range is from 0 to 1.
0 text message
1 binary message
<err> The result code: 0 is success. Other values are failure. Please refer to
chapter 29.3.

www.simcom.com 610 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+WSSEND=10,1
>

OK

+WSSEND: 0,10

29.3 Command Result Codes

29.3.1 Description of <err>

<err> Description
0 operation succeeded
1 failed
2 Send handshake fail
3 parsehandshake fail
4 Read write socket fail
5 Connect to host fail
6 invalid parameter
7 Network have opened
8 Network no open

29.4 Unsolicited Result Codes

URC Description
When client disconnect passively,
URC "+WSDISC" will be reported,
+WSDISC: <cause>
then user need to connect MQTT
server again.
+WSRECEIVE: <datalen>
While client receive message,URC
<data>
"+WSRECEIVE" will be reported.

www.simcom.com 611 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for LWM2M

30.1 Overview of AT Commands for LWM2M

Command Description
AT+LWSTART Start LWM2M service
AT+LWSTOP Stop LWM2M Service
AT+LWCNF Config the LWM2M
AT+LWOPEN Register to a LWM2M server
AT+LWCLOSE Deregister to LWM2M server
AT+LWADDOBJ Add a LWM2M object
AT+LWDELOBJ Delete a LWM2M object
AT+LWREADRSP Send read response to LWM2M server
AT+LWWRITERSP Send write response to LWM2M server
AT+LWEXECUTERSP Send execute response to LWM2M server

30.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for LWM2M

30.2.1 AT+LWSTART Start LWM2M service

AT+LWSTART is used to start LWM2M service by activating PDP context. You must execute AT+LWSTART
before any other LWM2M related operations except AT+LWCNF.

AT+LWSTART Start LWM2M service

Response
Test Command
AT+LWSTART=?
OK
Response
Execute Command
1)
AT+LWSTART
OK

www.simcom.com 612 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Examples

AT+LWSTART
OK

30.2.2 AT+LWSTOP Stop LWM2M Service

AT+LWSTOP is used to stop LWM2M service by deactivating PDP context When you are no longer using
the LWM2M service, use this command.

AT+LWSTOP Stop LWM2M Service

Response
Test Command
AT+LWSTOP=?
OK
Response
1)
Execute Command
OK
AT+LWSTOP
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Examples

AT+LWSTOP
OK

www.simcom.com 613 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.3 AT+LWCNF Config the LWM2M

AT+LWCNF is used to config the LWM2M.

AT+LWCNF Config the LWM2M

Response
+LWCNF: "server",<ipaddress>
+LWCNF: "serverport",<serverport>
+LWCNF: "endpointname",<endpointname>
Test Command
+LWCNF: "connecttype",(4,6)
AT+LWCNF=?
+LWCNF: "lifetime",<lifetime>
+LWCNF: "localport",<localport>

OK
Write Command
AT+LWCNF=<server>,<ipaddress> Response
AT+LWCNF=<serverport>,<serverport> 1)
AT+LWCNF=<endpointname>,< endpointname> OK
AT+LWCNF=< connecttype>,4 or 6 2)
AT+LWCNF=<lifetime>,<lifetime> ERROR
AT+LWCNF=<localport>,<localport>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<server> The LWM2M server address URL or ipaddress.

<serverport> The LWM2M server port,the range is from 0 to 65535.
<enpointname> The LWM2M client device name.
<connecttype> The type of LWM2M server address IPV4 or IPV6.
<lifetime> The connection life time.the max value is 65535.
<localport> The LWM2M client device local port. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Examples

AT+LWCNF="server","leshan.eclipseprojects.io"
OK

www.simcom.com 614 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+LWCNF="serverport","5683"
OK

AT+LWCNF="endpointname","simcom"
OK

AT+LWCNF="connectiontype","4"
OK

AT+LWCNF="lifetime","800"
OK

AT+LWCNF="localport","56833"
OK

30.2.4 AT+LWOPEN Register to a LWM2M server

AT+LWOPEN is used to register to a LWM2M sever, make sure you register to a LWM2M sever before you
execute AT+LWCLOSE command.

AT+LWOPEN Register to a LWM2M server

Test Command Response
AT+LWOPEN=? OK
Response
1)
OK
Execute Command
AT+LWOPEN
+LMOPEN:<lwm2mId>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

www.simcom.com 615 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+LWOPEN=?
OK
AT+LWOPEN
OK

+LMOPEN:0

30.2.5 AT+LWCLOSE Deregister to a LWM2M server

This command is used to Deregister to a LWM2M server.

AT+LWCLOSE Deregister to a LWM2M server

Response
Test Command
AT+LWCLOSE=?
OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+LWCLOSE=<lwm2mId>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> AT+LWOPEN return the LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

Examples

AT+LWCLOSE=0
OK

www.simcom.com 616 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.6 AT+LWADDOBJ Add a LWM2M object

AT+LWADDOBJ is used to add a LWM2M object.

AT+LWADDOBJ Add a LWM2M object

Response
Test Command
AT+LWADDOBJ=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+LWADDOBJ=<lwm2mId>,<o 1)
bjectId>,<instanceId>,<resourc OK
eCnt>,<resourceId>,<resouceId 2)
>…. ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> AT+LWOPEN return the LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID you want to add.the range is from 0 to 65535,
But 0-7 has already used.
<instanceId> The LWM2M object instance ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.
<resourceCnt> The LWM2M resource count. The range is from 1 to 15.
<resourceId> The LWM2M resource ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Examples

AT+LWADDOBJ=?
OK
AT+LWADDOBJ=0,3303,0,6,5518,5601,5602,5603,5604,5605
OK

www.simcom.com 617 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.7 AT+LWDELOBJ Delete a LWM2M object

AT+LWDELOBJ is used to delete a LWM2M object.

AT+LWDELOBJ Delete a LWM2M object

Response
Test Command
AT+LWDELOBJ=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+LWDELOBJ=<lwm2mId>,<o OK
bjectId> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> AT+LWOPEN return the LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID you want to delete.the range is from 0 to
65535.

Examples

AT+LWDELOBJ=?
OK
AT+LWDELOBJ=0,3303
OK

30.2.8 AT+LWREADRSP Send read response to LWM2M server

You can use this command to send read response to LWM2M server.

AT+LWREADRSP Send read response to LWM2M server

Response
Test Command
AT+LWREADRSP=?
OK

www.simcom.com 618 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Write Command
Response
AT+LWREADRSP=<lwm2mId>,<
1)
objectId>,<instanceId>,<resour
OK
ceCnt>,<resourceId>,<valuetyp
2)
e>,<valuelen>,<value>,<
ERROR
resourceId >,<valuetype>…
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID,according to “+LWREAD” returned.

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID,according to “+LWREAD” returned.
<instanceId> The LWM2M object instance ID,according to “+LWREAD” returned.
<resourceCnt> The LWM2M resource count,according to “+LWREAD” returned.
<resourceId> The LWM2M resource ID,according to “+LWREAD” returned.
<valuetype> The type of value of reponse.
 I Integer
 F Float
 B Boolean
 D UINT8 array data
 S String
<valuelen> The length of value.
<value> The reponse value.

Examples

AT+LWREADRSP=?
OK

+LWREAD:0,3303,0,1,5602
AT+LWREADRSP= 0,3303,0,1,5602,"F",5,"15623"
OK

NOTE

Must execute the this command after URC “+LWREAD” returned.“+LWREAD” see 30.2.11

www.simcom.com 619 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.9 AT+LWWRITERSP Send response to a LWM2M server

This command is used to send a response to LWM2M server.

AT+LWWRITERSP Send reponse to a LWM2M server

Response
Test Command +LWWRITERSP: <lwm2mId>,<result>
AT+LWWRITERSP=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+LWWRITERSP=<lwm2mId>, OK
<result> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID,according to “+LWWRITE” returned.

<result> According to “+LWWRITE”,return the result, see 30.3

Examples

+LMWRITE: 0,3335,0,1,5750,S,1,"p"
AT+LWWRITERSP =0,0
OK

NOTE

Must execute the this command after URC “+LWWRITE” returned.“+LWWRITE” see 30.2.12

www.simcom.com 620 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.10 AT+LWEXECUTERSP Send response to LWM2M server

You can use AT+LWEXECUTERSP send response to LWM2M server.

AT+LWEXECUTERSP Send response to LWM2M server

Response
Test Command
AT+LWEXECUTERSP=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+LWEXECUTERSP=<lwm2mI OK
d>,<result> 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID,according to “+LWEXECUTE” returned.

<result> According to “+LWEXECUTE”,return the result, see 30.3

Examples

AT+LWEXECUTERSP=?
OK

+LWEXECUTE: 0,3303,0,5605,1,"0"
AT+LWEXECUTERSP=0,0
OK

NOTE

Must execute the this command after URC “+LWEXECUTE” returned.“+LWEXECUTE” see 30.2.13

www.simcom.com 621 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.2.11 +LWREAD LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate read

LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate read.

+LWREAD LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate read

Response
+LWREAD:<lwm2mId>,<objectId>,<instanceId>,<resourceCnt>,
<resourceId>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID you want to add.the range is from 8 to 65535.
<instanceId> The LWM2M object instance ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.
<resourceCnt> The LWM2M resource count. The range is from 1 to 15.
<resourceId> The LWM2M resource ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.

30.2.12 +LWWRITE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate write

LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate write.

+LWWRITE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate read

Response
+LWWRITE:
<lwm2mId>,<objectId>,<instanceId>,<resourceCnt>,<resourceId>
,<valuetype>,<valuelen>,<value>,< resourceId >,<valuetype>…
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

www.simcom.com 622 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID you want to add.the range is from 8 to 65535.
<instanceId> The LWM2M object instance ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.
<resourceCnt> The LWM2M resource count. The range is from 1 to 15.
<resourceId> The LWM2M resource ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.
<valuetype> The type of value of reponse.
 I Integer
 F Float
 B Boolean
 D UINT8 array data
S String
<valuelen> The length of value.
<value> The reponse value.

30.2.13 +LWEXECUTE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate execute

LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate execute.

+LWEXECUTE LWM2M client response of LWM2M server operate execute

Response
1)
+LWEXECUTE: <lwm2mId>,<objectId>,<instanceId>,
<resourceId>,<len>,<buffer>
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<lwm2mId> The LWM2M session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<objectId> The LWM2M object ID.the range is from 8 to 65535.
<instanceId> The LWM2M object instance ID. The range is from 0 to 65535.
<resourceId> The LWM2M resource count. The range is from 1 to 15.
<len> The response buffer len.
<buffer> The response buffer.

www.simcom.com 623 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

30.3 Command Result Codes

<result> Description
0 No error
1 Ignore
65 Created
66 Deleted
68 Changed
69 Content
95 Continue
128 Bad request
129 Unauthorized
130 Bad option
132 Not found
133 Method no allowed
134 Not acceptable
136 Req entity incomplete
140 Precondition failed
141 Entity too large
160 Internal server error
161 Not implemented
163 Service unavailable

www.simcom.com 624 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for COAP

31.1 Overview of AT Commands for COAP

Command Description
AT+COAPSTART Active PDP
AT+COAPSTOP Deactive PDP
AT+COAPOPEN Open a COAP server
AT+COAPCLOSE Close a COAP server
AT+COAPHEAD Config the head of COAP
AT+COAPOPTION Config the option of COAP
AT+COAPSEND Send COAP message to the server
AT+COAPSENDTX Send COAP message to the server by transparent transmission

31.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for COAP

31.2.1 AT+COAPSTART Active PDP

AT+COAPSTART is used to active PDP context. You must execute AT+COAPSTART before any other
COAP related operations.

AT+COAPSTART Active PDP

Response
Test Command
AT+COAPSTART=?
OK
Response
1)
Execute Command
OK
AT+COAPSTART
2)
ERROR

www.simcom.com 625 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE

Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Examples

AT+COAPSTART
OK

31.2.2 AT+COAPSTOP Deactive PDP

AT+LWSTOP is used to deactive PDP context When you are no longer using the COAP service, use this
command.

AT+COAPSTOP Deactive PDP

Response
Test Command
AT+COAPSTOP=?
OK
Response
1)
Execute Command
OK
AT+COAPSTOP
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Examples

AT+COAPSTOP
OK

www.simcom.com 626 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

31.2.3 AT+COAPOPEN Open a COAP server

AT+COAPOPEN is used to open a COAP sever, make sure you open a COAP sever before you execute
AT+COAPCLOSE command.

AT+COAPOPEN Open a COAP server

Test Command Response
AT+COAPOPEN=? OK
Response
1)
Write Command OK
AT+COAPOPEN=<server>,<ser
verport> +COAPOPEN:<coapId>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<server> The COAP server address URL or ipaddress

<serverport> The COAP server port,the range is from 0 to 65535.
<coap_sessionId> The COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

Examples

AT+COAPOPEN=?
OK
AT+COAPOPEN="47.108.134.22",5683
OK

COAPOPEN:0

www.simcom.com 627 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

31.2.4 AT+COAPCLOSE Close a COAP server

This command is used to Deregister to a COAP server.

AT+COAPCLOSE Close a COAP server

Response
Test Command
AT+COAPCLOSE=?
OK
Response
Write Command 1)
AT+COAPCLOSE=< OK
coap_sessionId > 2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<coap_sessionId> AT+COAPOPEN return the COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

Examples

AT+COAPCLOSE=0
OK

31.2.5 AT+COAPHEAD Config the head of COAP

AT+COAPHEAD is used to config the head of COAP

AT+COAPHEAD Config the head of COAP

Response
Test Command
AT+COAPHEAD=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+COAPHEAD=<coap_sessio 1)
nId>,<msgId>,<tkl>,<token> OK

www.simcom.com 628 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<coap_sessionId> AT+COAPOPEN return the COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<msgId> The COAP message ID,the range is 0 to 65535.
<tkl> The length of token,the range is 0 to 8.
<token> The token of COAP message.

Examples

AT+COAPHEAD=?
OK
AT+COAPHEAD=0,35691,1,"1"
OK

31.2.6 AT+COAPOPTION Config the option of COAP

AT+COAPOPTION is used to config the option of COAP.

AT+COAPOPTION Config the option of COAP
Response
Test Command
AT+COAPOPTION=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+COAPOPTION=< 1)
coap_sessionId>,< OK
opt_count>,<optNum>,<optValu 2)
e>,<opt_count>….. ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 629 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<coap_sessionId> AT+COAPOPEN return the COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<opt_count> The num of option you want to config.the range is 0 to 10.
<optNum> The type of option.
<optValue> The value of the option

Examples

AT+COAPOPTION=?
OK
AT+COAPOPTION=0,1,7,"5683"
OK

31.2.7 AT+COAPSEND Send COAP message to the server

You can use this command to Send COAP message to the server

AT+COAPSEND Send COAP message to the server

Response
Test Command
AT+COAPSEND=?
OK
Write Command Response
AT+COAPSEND=< 1)
coap_sessionId>,< OK
type>,<method>,<data_len>,<d 2)
ata> ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<coap_sessionId> AT+COAPOPEN return the COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<type> The message type of COAP,it can set “con”,“non”,“ack”,“rst”.
<method> The message method of COAP,it can set
“get”,“post”,“put”,“delete”,“fetch”,“patch”,“ipatch”.
<data_len> The data length of COAP message.the range is 0 to 2000.
<data> The data of COAP message

Examples
www.simcom.com 630 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+COAPSEND=?
OK

AT+COAPSEND=0,"con","get",5,"12345"
OK

31.2.8 AT+COAPSENDTX Send COAP message to the server by transparent

transmission

This command is used to Send COAP message to the server by transparent transmission.
AT+COAPSENDTX Send COAP message to the server by transparent transmission
Response
Test Command +COAPSENDTX: <coap_sessionId>,<result>
AT+COAPSENDTX=?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+COAPSENDTX=<
OK
coap_sessionId>,<
2)
type>,<method>,<data_len>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<coap_sessionId> AT+COAPOPEN return the COAP session ID.the range is from 0 to 1.

<result> According to “+COAPSENDTX”,return the result.
<type> The message type of COAP,it can set “con”,”non”,”ack”,”rst”.
<method> The message method of COAP,it can set
“get”,”post”,”put”,”delete”,”fetch”,”patch”,”ipatch”.
<data_len> The data length of COAP message.the range is 1 to 2000.

Examples

AT+COAPSENDTX=?
OK
AT+COAPSENDTX =0,"con","get",5

www.simcom.com 631 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

>
01234
OK

31.2.9 +COAPRECV Receive response message from server

Receive response message from server

+COAPRECV Receive response message from server
Response
1)
+COAPRECV: <request or response>,from session
<coap_sessionId>,<received code>,
<received tid>[,<len>,<data>]
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<request or response> The message type of COAP server response.

<coap_sessionId> The COAP server response which coap session
<received code> The received code of the message
<received tid> The received tid of the message
<len> The response data len.
<data> The response data.

www.simcom.com 632 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for SMTPS

32.1 Overview of AT Commands for SMTPS

Command Description
AT+CSMTPSCFG Configure the SMTP context
AT+CSMTPSSRV Set SMTP server address and port number
AT+CSMTPSAUTH SMTP server authentication
AT+CSMTPSFROM Sender address and name
AT+CSMTPSRCPT Recipient address and name (TO/CC/BCC)
AT+CSMTPSSUB E-mail subject
AT+CSMTPSBODY E-mail body
AT+CSMTPSBCH E-mail body character set
AT+CSMTPSFILE Select attachment
AT+CSMTPSSEND Initiate session and send e-mail
AT+CSMTPSSTOP Force to stop sending e-mail
AT+CSMTPSCLEAN Clean mail content and setting

NOTE

Currently, only ASR1603 and ASR1803S support SMTPS.

32.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMTPS

32.2.1 AT+CSMTPSCFG Config the SMTP context

This command is used to select SMTP ssl context and pdp context. SMTP client will initiate session with the
specified context to send an e-mail.
Execution command will set the ssl context and pdp context as default value.
AT+CSMTPSCFG Config the SMTP context
www.simcom.com 633 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSCFG=? OK

Response

1)if the “sslCtxId” is default:

+CSMTPSCFG: "sslCtxId",<sslCtxId>
Write Command

/* select the ssl context */ OK

AT+CSMTPSCFG="sslCtxId 2) the “sslCtxId” is not default:

"[,<sslCtxId>] OK

3) error

ERROR

Response

1)the “pdpCtxId” is default:

+CSMTPSCFG: "pdpCtxId",<pdpCtxId>
Write Command

/* select the pdp context */ OK

AT+CSMTPSCFG="pdpCtxI 2) the “pdpCtxId” is not default:

d"[,<pdpCtxId>] OK

3) error

ERROR

Execution Command Response

AT+CSMTPSCFG OK

or

ERROR

Parameter Saving Mode -

Reference

Defined Values
<sslCtxId> SMTP SSL context id. the default is 0.

<pdpCtxId> SMTP PDP context id. the default is 1.

Example
AT+CSMTPSCFG="sslCtxId",0
OK

www.simcom.com 634 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CSMTPSCFG="sslCtxId"
+CSMTPSCFG: "sslCtxId",0

OK

32.2.2 AT+CSMTPSSRV Set SMTP server address and port number

This command is used to set SMTP server address and server’s port number. SMTP client will initiate TCP
session with the specified server to send an e-mail.
Read command returns current SMTP server address and port number.
Execution command will clear SMTP server address and set the port number as default value.
AT+CSMTPSSRV Set SMTP server address and port number

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSRV=? OK

Response
Read Command
+CSMTPSSRV: <server>,<port>,<server_type>
AT+CSMTPSSRV?
OK

Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CSMTPSSRV=<server>,
or
<port>[, <server_type>]
ERROR

Execution Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSRV OK

or

ERROR

Parameter Saving Mode -

Reference

Defined Values
<server> SMTP server address, non empty string with double quotes,
mandatory and ASCII text string up to 127 characters.

<port> Port number of SMTP server in decimal format, from 1 to 65535, and
default port is 465 for SMTP.

<server_type> The type of server:

www.simcom.com 635 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

1 – SMTP server.

2 – SMTPS server with SSL3.0/TLS1.0/TLS1.1/TLS1.2 supported

3 – SMTPS server with STARTTLS

Example
AT+CSMTPSSRV="smtp.server.
com",425
OK
AT+CSMTPSSRV?
+CSMTPSSRV:
"smtp.server.com",425,2
OK
AT+CSMTPSSRV
OK
AT+CSMTPSSRV?
+CSMTPSSRV: "",465,2
OK

32.2.3 AT+CSMTPSAUTH SMTP server authentication

This synchronous command is used to control SMTP authentication during connection with SMTP server. If
SMTP server requires authentication while logging in the server, TE must set the authentication control flag
and provide user name and password correctly before sending an e-mail.
Read command returns current SMTP server authentication control flag, if the flag is 0, both <user> and
<pwd> are empty strings.
Execution Command clears user name and password.
AT+CSMTPSAUTH SMTP server authentication

Response
Test Command
+CSMTPSAUTH: (list of supported <flag>s)
AT+CSMTPSAUTH=?
OK

Response
Read Command
+CSMTPSAUTH: <flag>, <user>, <pwd>
AT+CSMTPSAUTH?
OK

Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CSMTPSAUTH=
or
<flag>[, <user>, <pwd>]
ERROR

www.simcom.com 636 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response

Execution Command OK

AT+CSMTPSAUTH or

ERROR

Defined Values
<flag> SMTP server authentication control flag, integer type.

0 – SMTP server doesn’t require authentication, factory value.

1 – SMTP server requires authentication.

<user> User name to be used for SMTP authentication, non empty string with
double quotes and up to 127 characters.

<pwd> Password to be used for SMTP authentication, string with double

quotes and up to 127 characters.

NOTE: If <flag> is 0, <user> and <pwd> must be omitted (i.e. only

<flag> is present).

Example
AT+CSMTPSAUTH?
+CSMTPSAUTH: 0, "",""
OK
AT+CSMTPSAUTH=1,"username
","password"
OK
AT+CSMTPSAUTH?
+CSMTPSAUTH: 1, "username",
"password"
OK
AT+CSMTPSAUTH
OK
AT+CSMTPSAUTH?
+CSMTPSAUTH: 0, "", ""
OK

32.2.4 AT+CSMTPSFROM Sender address and name

This synchronous command is used to set sender’s address and name, which are used to construct e-mail
header. The sender’s address must be correct if the SMTP server requires.
Read command returns current sender’s address and name.
Execution command will clear sender’s address and name.

www.simcom.com 637 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CSMTPSFROM Sender address and name

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSFROM=? OK

Response
Read Command
+CSMTPSFROM: <saddr>, <sname>
AT+CSMTPSFROM?
OK

Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CSMTPSFROM=
or
<saddr>[, <sname>]
ERROR

Response

Execution Command OK

AT+CSMTPSFROM or

ERROR

Defined Values
<saddr> E-mail sender address (MAIL FROM), non empty string with double
quotes, mandatory and ASCII text up to 127 characters. <saddr> will
be present in the header of the e-mail sent by SMTP client in the field:
"From: ".

<sname> E-mail sender name, string with double quotes, and alphanumeric
ASCII text up to 63 characters. <sname> will be present in the header
of the e-mail sent by SMTP client in the field: "From: ".

Example
AT+CSMTPSFROM="senderadd
[email protected]","sendernam
e"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFROM?
+CSMTPSFROM:
"[email protected]","
sendername"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFROM
OK
AT+CSMTPSFROM?

www.simcom.com 638 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

+CSMTPSFROM: "", ""

OK

32.2.5 AT+CSMTPSRCPT Recipient address and name (TO/CC/BCC)

This synchronous command is used to set recipient address/name and kind (TO/CC/BCC). If only the
parameter of “kind” is present, the command will clear all recipients of this kind, and if only parameters of
“kind” and “index” are present, the command will clear the specified recipient.
Read command returns current recipient address/name and kind list.
Execution command will clear all recipient information.
AT+CSMTPSRCPT Recipient address and name (TO/CC/BCC)

Response
Test Command +CSMTPSRCPT: (list of supported <kind>s), (list of supported
AT+CSMTPSRCPT=? <index>s)

OK

Response

[+CSMTPSRCPT: <kind>, <index>, <raddr>, <rname>

[<CR><LF>…]]

Read Command OK

AT+CSMTPSRCPT? or

OK

or

ERROR

Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CSMTPSRCPT=<kind>[,
<index>[,<raddr>[,<rname>] or
]]
ERROR

Response

Execution Command OK

AT+CSMTPSRCPT or

ERROR

Defined Values
<kind> Recipient kind, the kinds of TO and CC are used to construct e-mail
header in the field: “To: ” or “Cc: ”.

www.simcom.com 639 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

0 – TO, normal recipient.

1 – CC, Carbon Copy recipient.

2 – BCC, Blind Carbon Copy recipient.

<index> Index of the kind of recipient, decimal format, and from 0 to 4.

<raddr> Recipient address, non empty string with double quotes, and up to 127
characters.

<rname> Recipient name, string type with double quotes, and up to 63

characters.

Example
AT+CSMTPSRCPT=0,0,"rcptadd
[email protected]",
"rcptname_to"
OK
AT+CSMTPSRCPT?
+CSMTPSRCPT:
0,0,"[email protected]
m","rcptname_to"
OK
AT+CSMTPSRCPT=1,0,"rcptadd
[email protected]","rcptnam
e_cc"
OK
AT+CSMTPSRCPT?
+CSMTPSRCPT:
0,0,"[email protected]
m","rcptname_to"
+CSMTPSRCPT:
1,0,"[email protected]
m","rcptname_cc"
OK

32.2.6 AT+CSMTPSSUB E-mail subject

This synchronous command is used to set the subject of e-mail, which is used to construct e-mail header.
Read command returns current e-mail subject.
Execution command will clear the subject.
AT+CSMTPSSUB E-mail subject

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSUB=? OK

www.simcom.com 640 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response

Read Command +SMTPSUB: <subject_len>,<subject_character><CR><LF>

AT+CSMTPSSUB? [<subject>]

OK

Response

Write Command >

AT+CSMTPSSUB=<subject_ OK
len>[,<subject_character>] or

ERROR

Response

Execution Command OK

AT+CSMTPSSUB or

ERROR

Defined Values
<subject> E-mail subject, string with double quotes, and ASCII text up to 511
characters. <subject> will be present in the header of the e-mail sent
by SMTPS client in the field: “Subject: ”. For write command, it can
input any binary data.

<subject_len> The length of subject content

<subject_character> The character set of subject. Default is utf-8.

Example
AT+CSMTPSSUB?
+CSMTPSSUB: 0,"UTF-8"
OK
AT+CSMTPSSUB=19, "utf-8"
>THIS IS A TEST MAIL
OK
AT+CSMTPSSUB?
+SMTPSSUB: 19,"utf-8"
THIS IS A TEST MAIL
OK

32.2.7 AT+CSMTPSBODY E-mail body

This command is used to set e-mail body, which will be sent to SMTP server with text format.

www.simcom.com 641 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Read command returns current e-mail body. If the process of sending an e-mail is ongoing, the command
will return “ERROR” directly. Execution command clears email body.
AT+CSMTPSBODY E-mail body

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSBODY=? OK

Response

Read Command +CSMTPSBODY: <body_len><CR><LF>

AT+CSMTPSBODY? [<body>]

OK

Write Command Response

AT+CSMTPSBODY=<body_l >
en> OK

Execution Command Response

AT+CSMTPSBODY OK

Defined Values
<body> E-mail body, up to 5120 characters.

<body_len> The length of email body.

Example
AT+CSMTPSBODY=38
>THIS IS A TEST MAIL FROM
SIMCOM MODULE
OK
AT+CSMTPSBODY?
+CSMTPSBODY: 38
THIS IS A TEST MAIL FROM
SIMCOM MODULE
OK

32.2.8 AT+CSMTPSBCH E-mail body character set

This synchronous command is used to set the body character set of e-mail.
Read command returns current e-mail body character set.
AT+CSMTPSBCH E-mail body character set

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSBCH=? OK

www.simcom.com 642 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Response
Read Command
+CSMTPSBCH: <charset>
AT+CSMTPSBCH?
OK

Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CSMTPSBCH=<charset
or
>
ERROR

Response

Execute Command OK

AT+CSMTPSBCH or

ERROR

Defined Values
<charset> E-mail body character, string with double quotes. By default, it is
“utf-8”. The maximum length is 19 bytes.

Example
AT+CSMTPSBCH=?
OK
AT+CSMTPSBCH="gb2312"
OK
AT+CSMTPSBCH?
+CSMTPSBCH: "gb2312"
OK

32.2.9 AT+CSMTPSFILE Select attachment

The synchronous command is used to select file as e-mail attachment.

Read command returns current all selected attachments with full path.
Execution command will clear the selected attachments
AT+CSMTPSFILE Select attachment

Response
Test Command
+CSMTPSFILE: (list of supported <index>s)
AT+CSMTPSFILE=?
OK

Read Command Response

AT+CSMTPSFILE? [+CSMTPSFILE: <index>, <filename>, <filesize>

www.simcom.com 643 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

[<CR><LF>…]]

OK

Response

Write Command OK

AT+CSMTPSFILE=<index>[, or
<filename>] [+CSMTPS: <err>]

ERROR

Execution Command Response

AT+CSMTPSFILE OK

Defined Values
<index> Index for attachments, from 1 to 10. According to the sequence of
<index>, SMTP client will encode and send all attachments.

<filename> String type with double quotes, the name of a file which is under
current directory (refer to file system commands). SMTP client doesn’t
allow two attachments with the same file name. (For write command, if
the file name contains non-ASCII characters, this parameter should
contain a prefix of {non-ascii}. Note: This is only for SD cards)

<filesize> File size in decimal format. The total size of all attachments can’t
exceed 10MB.

<err> The error information.

Example
AT+CSMTPSFILE=1,"E:/file1.txt"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFILE=1,{non-ascii}"
E6B58BE8AF95E99984E4BBB62
E6A7067"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFILE?
+CSMTPSFILE: 1,"E:/file1.txt"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFILE=2,"U:/ file2.txt
"
OK
AT+CSMTPSFILE?
+CSMTPSFILE: 1, "E:/file1.txt"
+CSMTPSFILE: 2, "U:/file2.txt"

www.simcom.com 644 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

OK

32.2.10 AT+CSMTPSSEND Initiate session and send e-mail

This asynchronous command is used to initiate TCP/SSL session with SMTP server and send an e-mail
after all mandatory parameters have been set correctly.
AT+CSMTPSSEND Initiate session and send e-mail

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSEND=? OK

Response

OK

+CSMTPSSEND: <err>

Execution Command or

AT+CSMTPSSEND ERROR

or

+CSMTPSSEND: <err>

ERROR

Defined Values
<err> The error information. 0 indicates success. Other values indicate
failure.

Example
AT+CSMTPSSEND
OK

+CSMTPSSEND: 0

32.2.11 AT+CSMTPSSTOP Force to stop sending e-mail

The synchronous command is used to force to stop sending e-mail and close the TCP/SSL session while
sending an e-mail is ongoing. Otherwise, the command will return “ERROR” directly..
AT+CSMTPSSTOP Force to stop sending e-mail

Test Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSTOP=? OK

Execution Command Response

AT+CSMTPSSTOP OK

www.simcom.com 645 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

or

ERROR

Example
AT+CSMTPSSTOP
OK

32.2.12 AT+CSMTPSCLEAN Clean mail content and setting

The synchronous command is used to clean mail content and setting.

AT+CSMTPSCLEAN Clean mail content and setting

Response

Execution Command OK

AT+CSMTPSCLEAN or

ERROR

Example
AT+CSMTPSCLEAN
OK

32.3 Summary of result codes for SMTPS

Code of <errcode> Meaning

0 SMTPS operation succeeded

600 Busy

601 Network error

602 Socket error

603 Over size

604 Duplicate file

605 Time out

606 Transfer failed

607 Memory error

608 Invalid parameter

609 EFS error

www.simcom.com 646 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

610 SMTP server error

611 Authentication failure

612 User cancel

655 Unknown error

www.simcom.com 647 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for Telecom

self-registration

33.1 Overview of AT Commands for Telecom self-registration

Command Description
AT+HWVER Hardware version number query
AT+AUTOREGCFG Data domain self-registration status query

33.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Telecom self-registration

33.2.1 AT+HWVER Hardware version number query

AT+HWVER Hardware version number query

Response
Test Command
AT+HWVER=?
OK
Response
1)
+HWVER: <ver>
Execution Command
AT+HWVER
OK
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 648 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<ver> Hardware version number

Examples

AT+HWVER=?
OK

AT+HWVER
+HWVER: V1.02

OK

33.2.2 AT+AUTOREGCFG Data domain self-registration status query

AT+AUTOREGCFG Data domain self-registration status query

Response
Test Command +AUTOREGCFG: <info>
AT+AUTOREGCFG=?
OK
Response
1)
Read Command +AUTOREGCFG: <info>
AT+AUTOREGCFG?
OK
2)
ERROR
Response
Write Command
+AUTOREGCFG: <info>
AT+AUTOREGCFG=<domain>[,
<state>]
OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<info> The data domain self-registration status

<domain> “CTCC”
<state> “ENABLE”
“DISABLE”
“CLEANFLAG”

www.simcom.com 649 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Examples

AT+AUTOREGCFG =?
+AUTOREGCFG: the switch of auto reg is closed

OK

AT+AUTOREGCFG?
+AUTOREGCFG: the switch of auto reg is closed

OK

AT+AUTOREGCFG="CTCC","ENABLE"
OK

AT+AUTOREGCFG?
+AUTOREGCFG: the switch of auto reg is opened

OK

NOTE

A7630 series authentication instructions, no testing required.

www.simcom.com 650 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for PSM

34.1 Overview of AT Commands for PSM

Command Description
AT*COMCFG Enable cat1_1bis
AT+CPSMS PSM mode
AT+MEDCR Set psm time and hw psm
AT +CEDRXS DRX Setting
AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters

34.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for psm

34.2.1 AT*COMCFG Set cat1_1bis

AT*COMCFG Set cat1_1bis

AT*COMCFG Set cat1_1bis

Response
*COMCFG:<mode>,<tokens> or
<UMTS_WB_AMR>,<GSM_WB_AMR>,<VENDOR>,<MAN
UFACTURE>,<LTE_CATEGORY>,<MULTISLOT_POWERPRO
Test Command
FILE>,<LTE_SMS_ONLY>,<EC_SUPPORTED>,<EPCO_SUPP
AT*COMCFG=?
ORTED>,<HCCP_SUPPORTED>,<MDRB_SUPPORTED>,<CP_
BACKOFF>,<NSLP>,<EAB>,<ROHC>

OK
Response
1)
Execution Command
OK
AT*COMCFG
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE

www.simcom.com 651 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Max Response Time 9000ms

Reference

Defined Values

<mode> configure MT info

0 get MT configuration
1 set MT configuration
<UMTS_WB_AMR value> 0 or 1 indicate WB AMR is used in UMTS
< GSM _WB_AMR value> 0 or 1 indicate WB AMR is used in GSM
<VENDOR value> vendor info
0 NONE
1 ATT
2 CMCC,
4 IOT
8 TELCEL
16 H3G
32 VDF
64 SILVER
128 ORG
256 TMOBILE
512 VERIZON
1024 HP
<MANUFACTURE value> manufacture info
0 NONE
1 M_SILVER
< LTECATEGORY value> manufacture info
1、 Cat1
2、 Cat1_bis

Examples

AT*COMCFG=0,16
*COMCFG:,,,,1

OK
AT*COMCFG=1,,,,1 Set lte category cat1
OK
AT*COMCFG=1,,,,1 Set lte category cat1_bis
OK

www.simcom.com 652 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

34.2.2 AT+CPSMS Power saving mode setting

AT+CPSMS Power saving mode setting

AT+CPSMS Power saving mode setting

Response
Test Command +CPSMS: (0-2)
AT+CPSMS=?
OK
Read Command Response
+CPSMS: <mode>,[<Requested_Periodic-RAU>],[
<Requested_GPRS-READY-timer>],[<Requested_P
AT+CPSMS? eriodic-TAU>],[<Requested_Active-Time>]

OK
Execution Command
AT+CPSMS=
Response
<mode>[,<Requested_Pe
1)
riodic-RAU>[,<Requested_GPR
OK
SREADY-timer>[,<Requested_P
2)
eri
ERROR
odic-TAU>[,<Requested_Active
Time>]]]]
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<mode> integer type. Indication to disable or enable the use of PSM in the UE
0 Disable the use of PSM
1 Enable the use of PSM
2 Disable the use of PSM and discard all parameters for PSM or, if
available, reset to the manufacturer specific default values.
<Requested_Periodic-RAU> string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested extended
periodic RAU value (T3312) to be allocated to the UE in
GERAN/UTRAN. The requested
extended periodic RAU value is coded as one byte (octet 3) of the
GPRS Timer 3 information
element coded as bit format (e.g. "01000111" equals 70 hours). For
the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] Table 10.5.163a/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS
23.682 [149] and 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. The default value, if available,
is Smanufacturer specific.
<Requested_GPRS-READY- string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested
www.simcom.com 653 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

timer> GPRS READY timer value (T3314) to be allocated to the UE in

GERAN/UTRAN. The
requested GPRS READY timer value is coded as one byte (octet 2) of
the GPRS Timer
information element coded as bit format (e.g. "01000011" equals 3
decihours or 18 minutes).
For the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer IE in 3GPP
TS 24.008 [8]
Table 10.5.172/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. The
default value, if available, is manufacturer specific.
<Requested_Periodic-TAU> string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested extended
periodic TAU value (T3412) to be allocated to the UE in E-UTRAN.
The requested extended
periodic TAU value is coded as one byte (octet 3) of the GPRS Timer 3
information element
coded as bit format (e.g. "01000111" equals 70 hours). For the coding
and the value range, see
the GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] Table 10.5.163a/3GPP
TS 24.008. See also
3GPP TS 23.682 [149] and 3GPP TS 23.401 [82]. The default value, if
available, is
manufacturer specific.
<Requested_Active-Time> string type; one byte in an 8 bit format. Requested Active Time
value (T3324) to be allocated to the UE. The requested Active Time
value is coded as one byte
(octet 3) of the GPRS Timer 2 information element coded as bit format
(e.g. "00100100" equals
4 minutes). For the coding and the value range, see the GPRS Timer 2
IE in
3GPP TS 24.008 [8] Table 10.5.163/3GPP TS 24.008. See also 3GPP
TS 23.682 [149],
3GPP TS 23.060 [47] and 3GPP TS 23.401 [82]. The default value, if
available, is manufacturer
specific

Examples

AT+CPSMS=1,,,"01101111","00001111"
Set t3412-ext time 30s, t3324 time 30s
OK

34.2.3 AT+MEDCR Set/Get MEDATA COMM RESERVER

www.simcom.com 654 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+MEDCR Set/Get MEDATA COMM RESERVER

Response
Test Command +MEDCR
AT+MEDCR=?
OK
Response
Read Command +MEDCR: <flag>,<position>,<value>
AT+MEDCR?
OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+
OK
+MEDCR=<flag>,<position>[,<c
2)
onfigVal>]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

< flag > a numeric parameter which determinates the operation

0: set operation
1: get operation
<position> a numeric parameter, range (0-255)
8: opt for specific IOT without 4G to fasten registration
9: opt for no detach/attach for AT*BAND initated 23G NW mode
change
10: opt for limit EF update for StartCS/PS
11: opt for remapping PS cid(default 5) since NW rejects 2nd same
APN
12: opt for using invalid KSI(7) in case not power off normally
13: opt for setting LTE initial APN cid map from ebi/nsapi
30: opt for control cell change auto-reporting
46: LTE
47: UMTS
48: GSM
< configVal > a numeric parameter, the configure value of each opt, range (0-255)

Examples

AT+MDECR=0,71,2
Set t3412 time 2min
OK
AT+MEDCR=0,103,1
Enable HW psm
OK

www.simcom.com 655 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

34.2.4 AT+CEDRXS DRX Setting

AT+CEDRXS DRX Setting

Response
Test Command +CEDRXS: (0-3),(1-5)
AT+ CEDRXS =?
OK
Read Command Response
+CEDRXS: <eDrxAct>,[ "<requestedEdrxValue>"]
AT+ CEDRXS?
OK
Response
Execution Command
1)
AT+ CEDRXS = <mode>[,<
OK
eDrxAct >[,< eDrx >
2)
]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

< mode > integer type. Indication to disable or enable the use of Drx in the UE
0 Disable the use of Drx
1 Enable the use of Drx
2 Disable the use of Drx and discard all parameters for Drx or, if
available, reset to the manufacturer specific default values.
3 Enable the use of eDrx
< eDrxAct > integer type. indicates the type of access technology
0 AcT is not using eDRX
1 EC- GSM-IoT(A/Gb mode)
4 GSM(A/Gb mode)
5 UTRAN(Iu mode)
6 E-UTRAN(WB-S1 mode)
7 E-UTRAN(NB-S1 mode)
< eDrx > string type, indicates the type of eDrx
< requestedEdrxValue > requested eDRX value, half a byte in a 4 bit format

Examples

AT+CEDRXS=?
+CEDRXS: (0-3),(1-5)

OK
www.simcom.com 656 / 665
 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT+CEDRXS?
+CEDRXS: 4,""

OK

34.2.5 AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters

AT+CEDRXRDP eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters

Response
+CEDRXRDP:
Action Command <eDrxAct>,[ "<requestedEdrxValue>"][,"<nwProvidedEdrxval
AT+CEDRXRDP ue>"][,"<pagingTimerWindow>"]

OK
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

< eDrxAct > integer type. indicates the type of access technology
0 AcT is not using eDRX
1 EC- GSM-IoT(A/Gb mode)
8 GSM(A/Gb mode)
9 UTRAN(Iu mode)
10 E-UTRAN(WB-S1 mode)
E-UTRAN(NB-S1 mode)
< requestedEdrxValue > requested eDRX value, half a byte in a 4 bit format
<nwProvidedEdrxvalue> NW-provided eDRX value, half a byte in a 4 bit format
<pagingTimerWindow> NW-provided paing time window, half a byte in a 4 bit format

Examples

AT+CEDRXRDP
+CEDRXRDP: 4,"","",""

OK

www.simcom.com 657 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for USB

35.1 Overview of AT Commands for USB

Command Description
AT+DIALMODE Config USBNET network
AT$MYCONFIG Config USBNET mode
AT+USBNETIP Config USBNET ip
AT+USBNETMAC Config USBNET mac

35.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for usb

35.2.1 AT+DIALMODE Config USBNET network

AT+DIALMODE Config USBNET network

AT+DIALMODE Config USBNET network

Test Command Response
AT+DIALMODE=? +DIALMODE: (0-1)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+DIALMODE? +DIALMODE:<mode>

OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+DIALMODE=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

www.simcom.com 658 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values

<mode> The Auto Dial status Enable/Disable, the default value is 1.

0 –Enable USBNET network
1 –Disable USBNET network
The function will take effect immediately.

Examples

AT+DIALMODE=1
Disable USBNET network
OK

35.2.2 AT$MYCONFIG Set RNDIS/ECM Mode

AT$MYCONFIG Set RNDIS/ECM Mode

AT$MYCONFIG Set RNDIS/ECM Mode

Test Command Response for 1803
AT$MYCONFIG=? $MYCONFIG: "usbnetmode",(0-2),(0,1),<macName>

OK
Response for 1603 and 1606
$MYCONFIG: "usbnetmode",(0-1),(0,1)

OK
Read Command Response
AT$MYCONFIG? $MYCONFIG: "usbnetmode",<netmode>,<netport>

OK
Response
Write Command
1)
AT$MYCONFIG="USBNETMOD
OK
E"[,<netmode>[,<netport>][,<m
2)
acName>]]
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values
<netmode> The RNDIS/ECM mode, the default value is 0.
0 –RNDIS
1 –ECM
2 –AUTO adapt system

www.simcom.com 659 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

The function will reset modem then take effect.

<netport> The name of Netcard, the default value is 1
0 –ETH
1 –USB
<macName> Set usbnet name under mac pc

Examples

AT$MYCONFIG="USBNETMODE",1,1
Change to ECM
OK

35.2.3 AT+USBNETIP Change RNDIS/ECM Private IP to Public IP

AT+USBNETIP Change RNDIS/ECM Private IP to Public IP

AT+USBNETIP Change RNDIS/ECM Private IP to Public IP

Test Command Response
AT+USBNETIP=? +USBNETIP: (0-1)[,(0-255)[,(0-255)[,(1-254) [,(0-2147483647)]]]]

OK
Read Command Response
AT+USBNETIP? a)If successfully mode=0:
+USBNETIP:0,tpos,dhcps,dhcpe,leasetime

OK
a)If successfully mode=1:
+USBNETIP:1,,,,leasetime

OK

b)If failed:
ERROR
Response
Write Command
1)
AT+USBNETIP=<mode>[,<tpos
OK
>[,<dhcps>[,<dhcpe>[,leasetim
2)
e]]]]
+CME ERROR: Incorrect parameters
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

www.simcom.com 660 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Defined Values
< mode > 0 –Private Ip(default, 192.168.0.xxx etc.)
1 –Public Ip(the ip from the network)The function will reset
modem then take effect.
<tpos> The third position of Gateway Address
<dhcps> Dhcp start value
<dhcpe> Dhcp end value
<leasetime> Dhcp lease time, default value 86400

Examples

AT+USBNETIP=0,10,117
Change usbnet ip
OK

35.2.4 AT+USBNETMAC Set USBNET MAC Address

AT+USBNETMAC Set USBNET MAC Address

AT+USBNETMAC Set USBNET MAC Address

Test Command Response
AT+USBNETMAC=? 1)
OK
2)
ERROR
Read Command Response
AT+USBNETMAC? 1)
+USBNETMAC: <mac_display>

OK
2)
ERROR
3)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+USBNETMAC=<mac>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode AUTO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms

www.simcom.com 661 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

Reference

Defined Values
< mac > String type, the MAC address of USBNET, maximum
length 12
< mac_display > String type,display the MAC address of USBNET, split with
a '-'.

Examples

AT+USBNETMAC=?
OK
AT+USBNETMAC?
+USBNETMAC: F0-0C-29-A3-9B-6D

OK
AT+USBNETMAC=AABBCCDDEEFF
OK

www.simcom.com 662 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

AT Commands for JammingDetect

36.1 Overview of AT Commands for JammingDetect

Command Description
AT+SJDR Enable Jamming Detect
AT+SJDCFG Config Jamming Detect

36.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Jamming Detect

36.2.1 AT+SJDR Enable Jamming Detect

AT+SJDR Enable Jamming Detect

Test Command Response
AT+SJDR=? +SJDR: (0,1)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+SJDR? +SJDR: <mode>

OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+SJDR=<mode>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

www.simcom.com 663 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

<mode> to Enable Jamming detect, default close.

0 –Colse Jamming Detect
1 –Enable Jamming Detect
The function will take effect immediately.

Examples

AT+SJDR=1
Enable Jamming Detect
OK

36.2.2 AT+SJDCFG Config Jamming Detect

AT+SJDCFG Config Jamming Detect

Test Command Response
AT+SJDCFG=? +SJDCFG: "period",(0-120)
+SJDCFG: "mnl",(0-31)
+SJDCFG: "minch",(0-254)
+SJDCFG: "detecstat",(0-1)

OK
Read Command Response
AT+SJDCFG? +SJDCFG: "period",<value>
+SJDCFG: "mnl",<value>
+SJDCFG: "minch",<value>
+SJDCFG: "detecstat",<value>

OK
Response
1)
Write Command
OK
AT+SJDCFG= <type>,<value>
2)
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode NO_SAVE
Max Response Time 9000ms
Reference

Defined Values

<type> “period” Period of URC of auto jamming detection report. When set to
‘0’, no periodic reporting. Default value: 0. Range: 0-120, unit: s
“mnl” The minrxlev threshold (For GSM network only). Defaultvalue:
17. Range:0-31

www.simcom.com 664 / 665

 A76XX Series_AT Command Manual_V1.11

“minch” The minimum channel number or ARFCN number which is

jammed. Default value: 5. Range: 0-254
"detecstat" Enable or disable to report the jamming detection URC
when the jamming is changed. Default value is 1
<value> <value>

Examples

AT+SJDCFG="period",5
Set Jamming Detect report every 5 seconds
OK

www.simcom.com 665 / 665